Home

JD780A Series User`s Guide

1. Route map The JD780A Series provides indoor and outdoor mapping function that allows a user to collect data of points in an indoor or outdoor environment and track the received signals and coverage of RF transmitters plotting real time directly on top of a loaded floor plan or a map Setting measure setup Procedure 1 If required connect a GPS receiver to your JD780A series for outdoor mapping Indoor mapping does not necessarily need a GPS antenna 2 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 3 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a floor map or mc file type created in JDMapCreator Using Spectrum Analyzer 79 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes any scanned floor plan or layout to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mc into the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument b Press SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 4 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 5 Press the Plot Point soft key and then select the plot point option from the following choices To collect data plot points automatically as you move around in a vehicle or outside select GPS and then toggle the Screen Mode soft key between Map and Full With the Map
2. Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the Power amplifier output port of BTS Figure 139 Direct connection Attenuator Attenustor JD785A JD786A JD788A Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 305 JD780A Series Analyzers Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS Figure 140 Indirect connection o 4 JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuatorto prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler E NOTE For accurate PN Offset and Time Offset measurements with the CDMA Signal Analyzer function a PP2S should be connected to the External Trigger Without a GPS connection measurement results could be invalid numbers Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set 0 dB attenuation or turn on the preamp
3. 150 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting modulation measurements Constellation The Constellation is used to observe some aspects of modulation accuracy and can reveal certain fault mechanisms such as l Q amplitude imbalance or quadrature imbalance It displays constellation diagram by modulation types Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the scramble code complete the following steps a Toggle the Scramble soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option WCDMA HSDPA or HSPA HSDPA is set by default 4 To set the threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 55 Constellation measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 162 for more information Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyz
4. All 0 S A pattern that is often selected to verify HDB3 provisioning Circuit will drop if optioned for AMI Alternate A pattern that alternates between ones and zeroes 6 Toggle the TX Clock soft key between Internal and RX and select the timing source option to measure frequency and timing Internal Internal clock uses an internal oscillator in case of external reference is not available and the instrument does not transmit signal to synchronized equipment The instrument provides the clock to the unit under test and most cases in Loopback test mode RX Transmit clock uses the frequency recovered from the received signal Network Loop if accurate frequency measurement is required 7 Toggle the TX LBO soft key between 0 dB and 6 dB and select the level for TX Line Build Out 8 Toggle the CRC 4 soft key between On and Off to activate or deactivate the CRC 4 NOTE CRC 4 is used to detect errors in blocks of data transmitted across communication links The detection is determined by a formula applied at both ends of transmit and receive El uses a four bit CRC CRC 4 for error checking 492 Using E1 Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers To start or stop testing 1 Press the MEASURE hot key 2 Press the BERT soft key and then select the testing option as needed Start Stop or Clear To select the error injection type 1 Press the Error Injection soft key and then select the error injection t
5. 454 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 227 Preamble scanner measurement with Mobile WiMAX OTA signal analyzer Multipath profile The Multipath Profile enables the user to determine RF environmental conditions of testing area lt indicates the multipath power with time delay in us up to six The multipath profile is the result of portions of the original broadcast signal arriving at the receiving antenna out of phase This can be caused by the signal being reflected off objects such as buildings or being refracted through the atmosphere differently from the main signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 b Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms c Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit
6. NOTE You can use the JDViewer to edit or define a custom antenna and add to this list To edit the properties of the connected antenna a Press the Antenna Start Frequency soft key b Entera value by using the numeric keys and then select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz You can also use the rotary knob Press the Antenna Stop Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz You can also use the rotary knob e Press the Gain soft key to enter the gain information for the antenna f Entera value by using the numeric keys and then select the Enter soft key Setting limit You can show or hide the display line on the screen that is used as a visual reference only Procedure To view the display line 1 2 3 4 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Display Line soft key Enter a value and then press the dBm unit soft key Toggle the Display Line On Off soft key and select On The straight line appears on the screen To dismiss the display line 1 2 Press the LIMIT hot key Toggle the Display Line On Off soft key and select Off You can use the multiple segment limit line to set up different limits for different frequency ranges for Pass Fail indication 78 Procedure To display the multiple segment line 1 2 3 4 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Multi Segment Line soft key Toggle the Limit soft key b
7. NOTE This frequency setting is not used in the Multi ACLR and Spurious Emissions modes Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Procedure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 2 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 308 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key NOTE In the measurements such as Code Domain Power Codogram and RCSI you may need to select the reference option between Relative and Absolute before setting the reference level 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can
8. 3 To set the limits for Ec lo if you have selected as for the plot item complete the following steps a 9 209 5 g Press the Ec lo soft key Press the Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Fair soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 160 Route map measurement with CDMA OTA signal analyzer 1 Pilot Power 340 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Pilot Ec lo Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 341 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the EV DO Signal Analyzer function option 021 with the EV DO OTA Analyzer function option 041 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows E IMNOGUCHON acs A a a denia 343 E DISPIAY OVERVIEW ici a di c 343 m Connecting a Clean id 344 m Selecting measurement Mode ooccccncccnncccnnonnnononcnoncncnnnn cnn nnnnnr cnn nc narran ranma anna cnnnncans 346 m Configuring test parameters oooonnncinnicnncnnnnnnnncnnnnnccnn cnn nana narran 346 m
9. 6 10 11 12 Press the Point 1 soft key and then do one of the following option To automatically get the selected point s positioning information with GPS locked press the Get GPS Position The instrument displays the latitude and logitude information of the signal received by a Yagi antenna To manually determine positioning for the selected point complete the following steps a Press the Latitude soft key and then set the properties North South Degree Minute and Second b Press the Longitude soft key and then set the properties East West Degree Minute and Second Point 1 Latitude N 37 32 1 26 Longitude E 126 55 22 29 Azimuth 191 deg Point 2 Point 3 Latitude N 3 Latitude N 37 31 11 53 Longitude E 6 Longitude E 126 56 24 16 Azimuth 92 deg Azimuth 291 deg Press the Azimuth soft key to set an azimuth and then do one of the following Without using a compass turn the rotary knob to align the straight line on the loaded map with the direction of the connected Yagi antenna The instrument calculates the azimuth and the angle appears on the screen Measure an azimuth by using a compass enter the measured angle and then press the Enter soft key Optional To save a defined position press the Save Position soft key and then select one of the soft keys to which you want to save the position information You can use the Load Position soft key to load any saved po
10. CellAdvisor JD780A Series User s Manual JD785A Base Station Analyzer JD786A RF Analyzer JD788A Signal Analyzer CellAdvisor JD780A Series User s Manual JD785A Base Station Analyzer JD786A RF Analyzer JD788A Signal Analyzer Network and Service Enablement JDSU One Milestone Center Court Germantown Maryland 20876 7100 USA Toll Free 1 855 ASK JDSU Tel 1 240 404 2999 Fax 1 240 404 2195 www jdsu com Notice Every effort was made to ensure that the information in this manual was accurate at the time of release However information is subject to change without notice and JDS Uniphase reserves the right to provide an addendum to this manual with information not available at the time that this manual was created Copyright O Copyright 2014 JDS Uniphase Corporation All rights reserved JDSU Network and Service Enablement and its logo are trademarks of JDS Uniphase Corporation JDS Uniphase All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted electronically or otherwise without written permission of the publisher Copyright release Reproduction and distribution of this document is authorized for Government purposes only Trademarks JDSU and CellAdvisor are trademarks or registered trademarks of JDSU in the United States and or other countries Google Maps and Google Earth are either trademarks or registered tr
11. T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is overlaid on the screen along with the second Y axis Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measurement is a common test used in the wireless industry to measure the total transmitted power of a radio within a defined frequency channel It acquires a number of points representing the input signal in the time domain transforms this information into the frequency domain using Fast Fourier Transform FFT and then calculates the channel power The effective resolution bandwidth of the frequency domain trace is proportional to the number of points acquired for the FFT The channel power measurement identifies the total RF power power spectral density PSD and peak to average ratio PAR of the signal within the channel bandwidth 1 23 MHz for cdmaOne After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 144 Figure 144 Channel power measurement with CDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 320 for more information 314 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Occupied bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measures the spectrum shape of the carrier It is
12. To select how to determine scrambling estimation toggle the Scramble soft key and select Spec or Full NOTE The Spec searches Sync Sequence Number from 0 to 31 based on the TD SCDMA specification and determines Scrambling Code Number by using the sync sequence number while the Full does from 0 to 127 fully To select how to determine the Midamble spread factor estimation either in full or maximum power search toggle the Mid SF Map soft key and select Max or Spec NOTE The Max determines the spread factor of the Midamble by using the maximum power of the received Midamble while the Spec searches Default Midamble Allocation based on the TD SCDMA specification To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 8PSK QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM To set the relative threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key lts default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 202 Constellation measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 409 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 414 for more information The Max Inactive is not used in the C
13. Using Channel Scanner JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 271 Custom scanner measurement F tte Level Bi 1842 50 mir 1861 2 107 0 1865 00 NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the display line and channel limit See Setting limit for channel scanner on page 515 for more information Analyzing measurements Setting limit for channel scanner Procedure To use the display line 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Display Line soft key to set a threshold for the limit line and Pass Fail indication 3 Entera value and then press the dBm unit soft key 4 Toggle the Display Line soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the limit line To use the channel limit 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Channel Limit soft key to set the limits for each channel index 3 Press the Index soft key and then select the channel frequency index number by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys 4 Toggle the Limit soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 5 Set the upper threshold a Press the High Limit soft key b Enter a value for the upper limit c Press the dBm unit soft key 6 Set the lower threshold a Press the Low Limit soft key Using Channel Scanner 515 JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value for the lower limit c Press the dBm unit soft key 7 Optional
14. Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 355 JD780A Series Analyzers Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel lag To select the standard channel press the Channel Std soft key and then select the band to be measured Press the Lowest Channel soft key to set the starting channel Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key 9 2 9 Press the Highest Channel soft key to set the stopping channel Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob se Press the Enter soft key After configuring the test parameters your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 171 Figure 171 Multi ACPR measurement with EV DO signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 358 for more information Spurious emissions Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal measured at the RF port of the Base Station Setting measure setup Procedure 1
15. 29 5 p Select the unit Sec mSec or pSec 5 Press the TRIGGER hot key and then do one of the following Select External for an external trigger source Select Video or Display Position for the internal trigger source Press the PREV hard key to continue setting the gated sweep Set the gate delay by completing the following steps a Press the Gate Delay soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Select the unit Sec mSec or pSec 8 Set the gate length by completing the following steps a Press the Gate Length soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Select the unit Sec mSec or pSec 9 Press the PREV hard key to enable gated sweeping 10 Toggle the Gated Sweep soft key and select On NOTE This setting is not used in the in the Spurious Emissions mode the Field Strength mode and the Route Map mode Using RF source You can turn the RF Source feature on to provide different power levels as like using a CW signal generator Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the RF Source soft key Press the Frequency soft key to set the frequency of the RF source Press the Power Level soft key 1 2 3 4 Enter a value and then select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 6 Enter a value between 60 and 0 and then select the dBm soft key 7 Toggle the RF Source soft key and select On Conducting spectrum measurements If you have configured test para
16. 4 S SS RSSI O it 236 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 6 S SS Power Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 237 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the LTE TDD Signal Analyzer option 029 and LTE Advanced TDD Analyzer option 031 with the LTE TDD OTA Analyzer option 049 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows E Introductionis aaa AA DA R A 239 M Display VOI W icoia A A A E 240 Connecting a Cal ica ii A a AAA 240 m Selecting measurement Mode cooocccnnnnococonicoccconononnnonononnnnnononnnnnnnornnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrnnnnnarrnnnnnn 242 m Configuring test parameters cimil aiii idea aia KANNA AAA AAA aaa tia 242 m Conducting spectrum MeasureMentS ooooccccnnoccccnononcncnononnnnnnnonnnncnnonnncnnno nn nnnnnr nn nnnanrnnnr naar nnnninns 247 m Conducting RF MeasuremMentS cooooocccnonoccccnononcncnononnnnnnnonnncnnnnnnnncnnnnnncnnnn rn nn nan nn nnnnnr rn nrnnnnnnnnnnns 249 m Conducting power VS time measurements oocccconoccccnononcncnononcnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnano non nnann nn ncnanrnnnnnnns 258 m Conducting Modulation measurements occconoccccnonoccncnononnnnnononnncnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnno nn nn naar nn nnnnnrnnnnnnns 261 m Performing auto measurements oooocccconoccccnononcncnononnnnnononnncnnnnnnnnnnno nn nn naar rn nn naar nn Ennn nE rn Ennen Ennan 279 Performing power statistics CCDF measurements coonoccccconoc
17. Comatetates Tas om don un EJ WOD Ls x 2048 Mi mint Rand A ICA x t 40 000 Da 5 MAC 128 Mode f D0 A uo Convetucen quey BEDOG ar EJ PIO NE PEA Gentes ha A 2008 M trema Ofteer 43 0048 On Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 363 JD780A Series Analyzers 6 Data Code domain power The Code Domain Power CDP measures the distribution of power across the set of code channels normalized to the total EV DO power lt helps to verify that each code channel is operating at its proper level and to identify problems throughout the transmitter design from coding to the RF section System imperfections such as amplifier non linearity will present themselves as an undesired distribution of power in the code domain Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following
18. Power Statistics CCDF OTA gt Channel Scanner Scramble Scanner Multipath Profile Code Domain Power or Route Map Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number If a frequency to be set matches to the frequency corresponding to the selected channel standard the instrument calculates its channel number and updates the screen with it automatically Procedure To set the center frequency 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel 3 To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 137 JD780A Series Analyzers b Select the band to be measured by u
19. Press the LIMIT hot key Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s To set the limit for Select Set Pilot power Pilot Power High Limit Low Limit Medium access control power MAC Power High Limit Low Limit Data power during the data period Data Power High Limit Low Limit On off power ratio of the pilot and MAC On Off Ratio Low Limit powers to the data power 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information 360 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting modulation measurements In order to make accurate measurements of time offset and PN you must connect an external trigger before making a modulation measurement Constellation The Constellation is used to observe some aspects of modulation accuracy and can reveal certain fault mechanisms such as l Q amplitude imbalance or quadrature imbalance It displays constellation diagram by modulation types Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can als
20. To add a new point press the Add Point soft key To delete the selected point press the Delete Point soft key To change the position press the Frequency or Amplitude soft key and then turn the rotary knob to change the value as desired 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 14 AM FM audio demodulation with spectrum analyzer Field strength meter The Field Strength Meter measures the field strength over the frequency range of a connected antenna which is known with its specific bandwidth and gain characteristics A standard or user defined antenna can be selected from the antenna list in the JD780A series Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Connect an antenna to be used with your instrument 2 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 3 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key and then do one of the following To select the connected antenna from the list stored in the instrument a Press the Antenna List soft key to view the standard and custom antennas The antenna list window appears b Select an antenna to be used for the field strength measurement by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key Using Spectrum Analyzer 77 JD780A Series Analyzers
21. on page 31 for more information 7 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test To stop running the test press the Abort soft key 9 To change the view on the screen during the test press the Display and then select the view option from the following choices Screen You can view each measurement screen as the test progresses Results You can view a measurement result table as the test progresses Settings You can view a measurement setting table as the test progresses Setting display After completion of the auto measurement the screen menu changes to Trace Display so that you can view the results in different forms 330 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Toggle the Display soft key and select the display option Result to view the result table The Display Result menu becomes activated Settings to view the measurement settings for the auto measurement 2 Toggle the Display Result soft key and select the display result option Full to view detailed measurement readings with the pass fail indication Quick to view only the Pass Fail results 3 To view the measurement results for a different carrier press the View Carrier soft key and then select the carrier number to view Performing power statistics CCDF measurements The Power Statistics Complementary Cumulativ
22. 0 88 0 088 RFCX 22D 7 8 0 88 0 049 RFCX 33D 1_1 4 0 88 0 038 RFCX 42D 1_5 8 0 87 0 028 RFCL 22D 7 8 0 88 0 044 RFCL 33D 1_ 1 4 0 88 0 034 RFCL 42D 1_5 8 0 87 0 0315 540 Appendix Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard JD780A Series Analyzers Uplink Downlink Standard Start Freq Stop Freq Start Freq Stop Freq MHz MHz Valid Channels MHz MHz Valid Channels GSM GSM 450 450 40 457 60 259 lt n lt 293 460 40 467 60 259 lt n lt 293 GSM 480 478 80 486 00 306 lt n lt 340 488 80 496 00 306 lt n lt 340 GSM 850 824 00 849 00 128 lt n lt 251 869 00 894 00 128 lt n lt 251 P GSM 900 890 00 915 00 1 lt n lt 124 935 00 960 00 1 lt n lt 124 O lt n lt 124 O lt n lt 124 E GSM 900 880 00 915 00 75221023 925 00 960 00 RRA O lt n lt 124 O lt n lt 124 R GSM 900 876 00 915 00 955 lt n lt 1023 921 00 960 00 955 lt n lt 1023 R GSM 900 China 885 00 889 00 999 lt n lt 1019 930 00 934 00 999 lt n lt 1019 DCS 1800 1710 00 1785 00 512 lt n lt 885 1805 00 1880 00 512 lt n lt 885 PCS 1900 1850 00 1910 00 512 lt n lt 810 1930 00 1990 00 512 lt n lt 810 CDMA 1 lt n lt 799 1 lt n lt 799 Band 0 800 824 00 849 00 961 lt n lt 1023 869 00 894 00 991 lt n lt 1023 Band 1 NA PCS 1850 00 1910 00 O lt n l
23. 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Select Page Up or Page Down as needed to scroll the screen up and down Setting limit for modulation tests Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Time offset Time Offset High Limit Low Limit Carrier feed through Carrier Feed Through High Limit Highest level among inactive channels Max Inactive High Limit Waveform quality Rho for pilot Pilot Rho Low Limit Waveform quality Rho for MAC MAC Rho Low Limit Waveform quality Rho for data Data Rho Low Limit 370 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information The Time Offset compares the PN offset timing with the overall system time and the instrument checks the start of PN offset in comparison to either the GPS signal or the even second clock signal The Carrier Feed Through is a result of the RF carrier signal feeding through the l Q modulator and riding on the output circ
24. 2 titernal Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer function option 026 with the Mobile WiMAX OTA Analyzer function option 046 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows INTO UC ir centile Aa a aed 424 a Display VOM Wi a 424 Connecting a Calida A Aa SR 425 m Selecting measurement MOE ccooocccnnnnoccconicoccconononnnonononnnnnononnnnnnnonnnnnnnornnnnnnrrnnnnnarrnnnnnarenenanns 427 m Configuring test parameters cum in a AAA aaa KK ASRA 427 m Conducting spectrum MeasureMentS ooooccccnnoccccnononcncnononnnnnononcnncnnonnncnnnn nn nnnnnr nn rn naar rn nnnanrnnnninns 432 m Conducting RF Measurement cccccccecceeeseeeeeeee cece eeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeseeaeeeeeeees 434 Conducting power vs time frame MeasurementS ooooocccconoccccnononcncnononcncnanonnncnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnns 441 m Conducting modulation measurements cceeeeeceteeeeeteeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeeeeetess 443 m Performing auto measurements ceccceceeeeeeeeeceeeee cee eeeeaeeeeaee sense saaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseeeseeeees 451 Performing power statistics CCDF measurements cooooocccnonoccncnononcncnanonnncnanonnncnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 452 m Conducting Mobile WiMAX OTA measurement ccccceeeececeeeee cece eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeaeeseeeees 453 JD780A Series Analyzers
25. Enter a value between 1 and 100 Press the Enter soft key Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Spurious Emissions soft key 3 Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 13 Spurious emissions measurement with spectrum analyzer AM FM audio demodulation The AM FM Audio Demodulator operates using the power received from radio waves and it serves as an alternative to identify interfering signals easily The instrument sounds demodulated signals that can be heard through the built in speaker or plugged in headphones You can hear the sound and identify interfering signals easily Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 you can set the measure setup to continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Audio Demod soft key between On and Off to turn the AM FM audio demodulation on and off 3 Press the Dem
26. Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number and span 88 Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 4 Toggle the Link soft key to select the sweep direction and select Fwd for forward or Rev for reverse 5 To set the channel number complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key or ENTER hard key to complete the entry The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 6 To set the span complete the following steps a Press the Span soft key b Select the span option from the following choices To set the span manually select Span enter a value and then select the unit To set the span automatically select Full Span Zero Span or Last Spa
27. f Press the Enter soft key 7 To set the maximum amplifier power complete the following steps a Press the Max Amplifier Power soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dBm soft key 8 To set the CPICH power complete the following steps a Press the More 1 2 soft key b Press the CPICH soft key c Enter a value by using the numeric keys d Press the dBm soft key 9 To set the threshold for CPICH dominance complete the following steps a Press the CPICH Dominance gt soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key NOTE Recommended value is 10 Color of the CPICH Dominance indicator on the screen bases on this setting 10 To set the threshold for multipath power complete the following steps a Press the Multipath Power lt soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 170 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE Recommended value is one Color of the multipath power indicator on the screen bases on this setting 11 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 65 Code domain power measurement with WCDMA HSPA OTA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the use
28. 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set up the range table and frequency range press the Range Table soft key and then complete the following steps a Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range 9 20 5 g Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob h Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 Toggle the Range soft key between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key o9 20 85 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW
29. 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the scramble code complete the following steps a Toggle the Scramble soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 169 JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the Enter soft key 3 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option WCDMA HSDPA or HSPA HSDPA is set by default 4 To set the threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 5 To set the S CCPCH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the S CCPCH soft key b Toggle the S CCPCH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the S CCPCH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 6 To set the PICH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the PICH soft key b Toggle the PICH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PICH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys
30. 2496 0 2690 0 39650 lt n lt 41589 Band 42 3400 3400 0 3600 0 41590 lt n lt 43589 Band 43 3600 3600 0 3800 0 43590 lt n lt 45589 TD SCDMA FBNO 1785 0 1805 0 O lt n lt 92 FBN 1 1900 0 1920 0 O lt n lt 92 FBN 2 1920 0 1980 0 O lt n lt 255 FBN 3 1920 0 1980 0 O lt n lt 36 FBN 4 1980 0 2010 0 O lt n lt 142 FBN 5 2010 0 2025 0 O lt n lt 67 FBN 6 2100 0 2170 0 O lt n lt 255 FBN 7 2100 0 2170 0 O lt n lt 36 FBN 8 2170 0 2220 0 O lt n lt 242 WiMAX ProfR1 1 25 2150 2150 625 2159 375 O lt n lt 7 ProfR2 1 25 2305 2305 625 2320 625 O lt n lt 12 ProfR3 1 25 2361 2361 875 2375 625 13 lt n lt 24 ProfR4 1 25 2500 2500 625 2688 125 O lt n lt 150 ProfR5 1 25 3400 3400 625 3700 625 O lt n lt 240 ProfR6 3 5 2598 2524 750 2591 250 0O lt n lt 38 2598 750 2665 250 O lt n lt 38 ProfR7 3 5 3461 3411 750 3443 250 O lt n lt 18 3461 750 3493 250 O lt n lt 18 ProfR8 3 5 3551 3501 750 3598 000 O lt n lt 55 3551 750 3648 000 O lt n lt 55 ProfR9 3 5 3651 3601 750 3698 000 O lt n lt 55 3651 750 3748 000 O lt n lt 55 ProfR10 3 5 3751 3701 750 3798 000 O lt n lt 55 3751 750 3848 000 O lt n lt 55 ProfR11 7 2600 2526 500 2589 500 O lt n lt 36 2600 50 2663 50 O lt n lt 36 ProfR12 7 3463 2413 500 3441 500 O lt n lt 16 3463 50 3491 50 O lt n lt 16 ProfR13 7 3553 3503 500 3596 250 O lt n lt 53 3553 50 3646 25 O lt n lt 53 542 Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers ProfR14 7 3653 3603 500 3696
31. A o AA ER E Hagh Resatuticn nu Sound for alare Color LOO hey selections AM FM a demodAatian as z Rotary nob with E enter button T E L gt Function herd hen to activate particular functions Turns the keypad backlight on amp off 26 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers Front panel The JD780A series analyzers have the same front panel look as like Figure 1 except for the bumpers in different colors Power on off button Key Description rou POWER ON OFF You can turn your instrument on or off Two LEDs indicate power source and status See Starting up the JD780A series on page 31 Function hard keys You can use these hard keys to activate specified functions as labeled on each key Key Description a MODE You can select an analyzer mode from all the standard and optional modes available to your instrument i FREQ DIST You can configure frequency or distance settings Ta En 2 SEG AMP SCALE You can configure amplitude and scale settings BW AVG You can configure bandwidth and average settings scorer TRACE DISPLAY You can set up trace and display parameters m MARKER You can analyze measurements with markers res see PEAK SEARCH You can set up peak search parameters Hot keys When the user input field on the screen is inactive you can use these hot keys to activate specific functions instead of numbers When you see the
32. Constellation Data Channel Control Channel Subframe Time Alignement Error or Data Allocation Map Auto Measure gt Conformance Test Maintenance Test Signal Perfomance or DAS Test Power Statistics CCDF More 1 2 gt Carrier Aggregation More 1 2 gt OTA gt Channel Scanner ID Scanner Multipath Profile Control Channel Datagram or Route Map 242 NOTE The Carrier Aggregation soft key is activated if the license for the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number If a frequency to be set matches to the frequency corresponding to the selected channel standard the instrument calculates its channel number and updates the screen with it automatically Procedure To set the center frequency 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz on PF ON Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number 1 Press the FREQ DIS
33. Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information 516 Using Channel Scanner Using Power Meter This chapter provides instructions for using the RF Power Meter function and the Optical Power Meter function Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows INMOGUCTION wists atciteade as il 519 Display OVEIVI Wii idas e a a 519 Performing internal RF power Me aSUrEMENMS cceccceceeeceeneeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeteneeesaees 519 Performing external RF power MeasureMeNiS oocconcccccoccconocononcccnonccnn nc nano cnn nc nc rana 524 Performing optical power measurements oococinncccnncccnoninononnnnncccnoncn narran cnn rra 527 Setting limit for power Meter ooonncconcccniniconocononcccnonncnnon canon narnia rca nn 530 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The Power Meter of the JD780A series uses power measurement based on spectrum measurement results to provide an accurate power measurement result unlike a general spectrum analyzer of which power accuracy may be degraded if the span is set too wide The power meter also provides Pass Fail indication with user defined lower and upper limits The Power Meter function provides following measurements m Internal RF Power Measurement m External RF Power Measurement Optical Power Measurement Display overview Figure 272 provides descriptions for ea
34. Introduction The Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer performs power and spectrum measurements as well as modulation analysis to test the proper transmitter performance of Mobile WiMAX systems lt performs conformance testing according to the following standards providing a simple Pass Fail indication on each test m IEEE 802 16e 2005 WiBro Korean Mobile WiMAX OFDMA Service This instrument provides the following measurement tools for Mobile WiMAX system Spectrum Analysis m RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask Spurious Emissions m Power vs Time Frame Modulation Analysis Constellation Spectral Flatness EVM ws Subcarrier EVM vs Symbol m Auto Measure Power Statistics CCDF m Over The Air OTA Preamble Scanner Multipath Profile Preamble Power Trend Route Map Display overview Figure 211 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen 424 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 211 Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode Input settings User input field y Pass fak indicator Measurement settings Screen menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the Po
35. Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key Toggle the MAC soft key and select the MAC Walsh code option 64 or 128 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the detection mode option Auto QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM 7 To set the threshold for pilot dominance complete the following steps a Press the Pilot Dominance gt soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Recommended value is 10 Color of the Pilot Dominance indicator on the screen bases on this setting 8 To set the threshold for multipath power complete the following steps a Press the Multipath Power lt soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key NOTE Recommended value is one Color of the multipath power indicator on the screen bases on this setting 9 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 184 Code domain power measurement with EV DO OTA signal analyzer Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 379 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication Route map The JD780A Series
36. JD780A Series Analyzers After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 170 Figure 170 ACPR measurement with EV DO signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 358 for more information Multi ACPR The Multi ACPR measurement is used to perform multi channel ACPR measurements with as many channels as possible It helps you to measure ACPR in multi channel transmitting Base Station environment Setting frequency for Multi ACPR You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the frequency do one of the following To set the center frequency complete the following steps Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Lowest Frequency soft key to set the starting center frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Highest Frequency soft key to set the stopping center frequency 9 29 5 BD Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob g Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number complete the following steps
37. MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 Toggle the Range soft key between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a o9 2095 Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a o9 ao gt Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 7 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a b c Press the Average soft key
38. Peak Power or Pulse Power For JD734B select Peak Power For JD732B select Average Power For JD731B select the power range option Forward Avg Power Reverse Avg Power Forward Peak Power Pulse Power or VSWR For JD733A select the power range option Forward Avg Power Reverse Avg Power Forward Peak Power or VSWR 3 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 526 Using Power Meter JD780A Series Analyzers 4 Press the Resolution soft key and then select the resolution option from the following choices Oto display the reading with no zero decimal place 1 to display the reading with one decimal place 2 to display the reading with two decimal places Measurement example You can measure and understand a trend of a system output in operation where output power constantly varies depending on the amount of calls being processed by the BTS or Repeater In addition the Log graph benefits you to easily examine the discontinuance of output power caused by the transmission problems or defective connection Figure 277 External power measurement of pulse power NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for power meter on page 530 for more information Performing optical power measurements The optical power measurement is available in conjunction with MP series power sensor which measures optical pow
39. Press the dBm soft key 5 Optional To enable the external offset complete the following steps 528 Using Power Meter JD780A Series Analyzers a Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On b Enter a value between 0 and 60 by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Making a measurement Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Wavelength soft key and select the wavelength option To set the wave length automatically select Auto To select the wave length from the standard wave list select StdWave The StdWave soft key becomes activated 3 Press the StdWave soft key and then select the standard wavelength option 850 nm 980 nm 1300 nm 1310 nm 1480 nm 1490 nm or 1550 nm 4 Press the Resolution soft key and then select the resolution option from the following choices 0 to display the reading with nodecimal place 1 to display the reading with one decimal place 2 to display the reading with two decimal places Measurement example Figure 279 optical power measurement 75 00 eee CETATI 67 1 ater avelongth 0 Modulation NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for power meter on page 530 for more information Using Power Meter 529 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting limit for power meter You can use the L
40. Purpose and scope The purpose of this manual is to help you successfully operate the JD780A series and use its features and capabilities This manual includes instructions that describe how to operate set up configure and use the JD780A series consisting of JD785A Base Station Analyzer JD786A RF Analyzer and JD788A Signal Analyzer Assumptions This manual is intended for novice intermediate and experienced users who want to use the JD780A series effectively and efficiently We are assuming that you have basic operation experience and are familiar with basic mobile communication concepts and terminology Safety and compliance information Safety and compliance information for the instrument are provided upon your request Safety consideration It is mandatory to permanently connect this product to the protective earth When powering this instrument externally always use an AC power cable that includes an earth safety ground connection which is shipped with your instrument WARNING AN Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage and other hazards Refer all servicing to qualified JDSU service personnel CAUTION AN This equipment contains parts and assemblies sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Use ESD precautionary procedures when touching removing or inserting ESD sensitive parts and assemblies or damage to components could result An elec
41. Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly NOTE This Units menu is available in the Spectrum and RF Analysis modes Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum and RF analysis It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Procedure To set the scale per division Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 181 JD780A Series Analyzers Press the AMP SCALE hard key Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div Enter a value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys po Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offse
42. Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Press the PREV hard key 7 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 118 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 8 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a Press the Average soft key b Entera value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 35 Spurious emissions measurement with GSM signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 119 for more information Setting limit for RF tests By default test limits specified in the standard are set for you You can change thresholds if you desire Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Channel power Channel Power High Limit Low Limit Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Spectrum emission mask Spectrum Emission Mask On Off only ACLR ACLR On Off only Multi ACLR Multi ACLR On Off only Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 119
43. To set up the AM FM audio demodulation complete the following steps a b g Press the AM FM Audio Demod soft key Toggle the Audio Demod soft key between On and Off to turn the AM FM audio demodulation on or off Press the Demod at soft key and then select the marker number for the frequency to be demodulated NOTE For the alarm and AM FM audio demodulation you must set the marker s first by using the MARKER hard key as these features use the marker position to sound alarm or demodulate See Using marker on page 49 for more information Press the Demod Mode soft key and then select the demodulation mode AM FM and CW Press the Dwell Time soft key and then turn the rotary knob to set the demodulation interval between 1 and 20 Toggle the Auto Gain soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the automatic gain feature to adjust the interval gain of the demodulator Optional Press the Volume soft key and adjust the volume 5 To start anew measurement press the Reset Restart soft key 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using Interference Analyzer 99 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 25 Interference measurement in RSSI NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the display line multi segme
44. Values or Edit Tags button but not the factory keyword tags marked with the asterisk NOTE You must keep the keywords marked with the asterisk intact as the StrataSync server uses them when transferring data 4 Select the Separator option from the choices hyphen underscore _ or None 5 Select the As a filename option between On and Off If you select Off the keyword will not be placed in a file name but in the trace PNG file information 6 Tap the Save and Exit button to save and exit or the Keyboard button to return to the keyboard Appendix 559 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 289 Append keywords window Path amp Profa HmornaWSave 5crem TEST A E Tag Values Eo Tags Separator H u None Asa filename On on 560 Appendix Network and Service Enablement Regional Sales North America Latin America Asia Pacific EMEA www jdsu com Toll Free 1 855 ASK JDSU Tel 55 11 5503 3800 Tel 852 2892 0990 Tel 49 7121 86 2222 Tel 1 240 404 2999 Fax 55 11 5505 1598 Fax 852 2892 0770 Fax 49 7121 86 1222 Fax 1 240 404 2195
45. You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 191 Figure 191 Spectrum measurement screen with TD SCDMA signal analyzer Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Procedure Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write WwW measurements Display the input signal s maximum response only Max Hold M Display the input signals minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 393 JD780A Series Analyzers Remove all the traces and initialize the trace More 1 2 gt Trace settings Clear All Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the
46. and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 24 Interference measurement in dual spectrogram view RSSI The Received Signal Strength Indicator RSSI is a multi signal tracking metric that is particularly useful for measuring power level variations over time The RSSI measurement lets you assign power 98 Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers limit line for audible alarms and increase alarm counters every time a signal exceeds a defined limit line For long term analysis the spectrogram and RSSI measurements can be automatically saved into an external USB memory Post analysis can be performed with JDViewer application software Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 88 2 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 3 To set up the alarm parameters complete the following steps a p 20 5 g Press the Alarm soft key Press the Alarm at soft key and select the marker number M1 to M6 Press the Limit Line soft key to set a threshold for the alarm Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the dBm soft key Toggle the Alarm soft key between On and Off to turn the alarm feature on or off Optional Press the Volume soft key and adjust the volume 4
47. gt Freq Reference Table 17 External reference indicators Type Indicator Description Internal m green T indicates that the instrument uses the built in External ES green The green EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connected and locked and that the instrument uses the same reference clock as the signal source External E red The red EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connect but not locked GPS w green The green GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS US yellow The yellow GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locking is in progress GPS FA grey The grey GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is not connected failed or unable to be locked Conducting spectrum measurements If you have configured test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 143 312 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 143 Spectrum measurement screen with CDMA signal analyzer Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round t
48. of Conformity is provided upon your request Low voltage directive compliance This product was tested and conforms to the Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC and its amending directives Conformity with this directive is based upon compliance with the harmonized European standard EN61010 1 A copy of the Declaration of Conformity is provided upon your request WEEE and battery directive compliance JDSU has established processes in compliance with the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC and the Battery Directive 2006 66 EC This product and the batteries used to power the product should not be disposed of as unsorted municipal waste and should be collected separately and disposed of according to your national regulations In the European Union all equipment and batteries purchased from JDSU after 2005 08 13 can be returned for disposal at the end of its useful life JDSU will ensure that all waste equipment and batteries returned are reused recycled or disposed of in an environmentally friendly manner and in compliance with all applicable national and international waste legislation It is the responsibility of the equipment owner to return equipment and batteries to JDSU for appropriate disposal If the equipment or battery was imported by a reseller whose name or logo is marked on the equipment or battery then the owner should return the equipment or battery directly to the reseller Instructions
49. on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 207 Sync DL ID vs Tau measurement with TD SCDMA OTA signal analyzer Sync DL ID multipath Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Sync DL ID soft key and select Auto or Manual to set the Sync Downlink ID automatically or manually 3 Optional To select the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information 418 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 208 Sync DL ID multipath measurement with TD SCDMA OTA signal analyzer Sync DL ID analyzer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2
50. value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal 310 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Setting trigger source You can set the trigger source option for your measurements Connecting an external trigger is necessary for accurate modulation measurements on CDMA systems Procedure 1 Press the TRIGGER hot key 2 Select the trigger source option from the following choices Internal External or GPS Setting external clock To enhance the reliability of modulation analysis mea
51. 0209 Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a o9 2095 gt Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Press the PREV hard key 7 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 8 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a b c Press the Average soft key Enter a value between 1 and 100 Press the Enter soft key 192 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 78 Spurious emissions measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer P01 000 Wes 411 000 Mu NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user de
52. 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart Using Channel Scanner 509 JD780A Series Analyzers External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Enter a value by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure
53. 2 Toggle the EVM Detection Mode soft key and select Single or Combine as desired Single Testing on one single antenna connected to your JD780A series with a cable Combine Testing on multiple antennas connected to your JD780A series with a 2x1 or 4x1 combiner or an antenna Press the Uplink Downlink Configuration soft key and then select the number of uplink downlink between one and six Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on the measurement item MBSFN RS appears in the result table To set the Multicast Broadcast Si
54. 274 Indirect connection aod Po JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuatorto prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler 520 Using Power Meter JD780A Series Analyzers Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 2 Press the MODE hard key Select More 1 2 gt Power Meter gt Internal RF Power Meter Setting frequency You need to set the frequency range to be measured either with the center frequency and span or with the start and stop frequencies You can also set the frequency with the channel number and span Procedure To set the center frequency and span 1 on PF Ye DN Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Span soft key and then do one of the following To set the span manually select Span enter a value and then select the unit To set the span automatically select Full Span Zero Span or Last Span as needed NOTE The Zero Span option is available only in the Spectrum mode If you have sele
55. 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Using Spectrum Analyzer 57 JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off NOTE This setting is not used in the Field Strength mode Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum measurement screen lt represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Procedure To set the scale per division 1 2 3 4 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div Enter a value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Setting bandwidth You can manually set the Resolution Bandwidth RBW Video Bandwidth VBW and the proportional VBW based on the designated RBW Selecting Auto changes the value to correspond to your frequency span setting for RBW and to the current RBW and VBW RBW settings for VBW Procedure To automatically set the RBW and VBW to your selected VBW RBW ratio 1 2 3 4 5 Press the BW AVG hard key Press the VBW RBW soft key to set the proportional VBW based on the designated RBW Table 9 shows the ratio example for 30 kHz RBW Select the ratio 1 0 3 0 1 0 03 0 01 or 0 003 Toggle the RBW soft key and select Auto To
56. Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on either PMCH or PDSCH appears on the screen depending on the detected channel To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered
57. Cicas ete De A an eee eatin amp 311 SR A A 311 Conducting spectrum measurements ooooonoccconcconanonocononcnonononnnn non rnn cnn nenes 312 SAA a Conducting RF measurements SPUMOUS EMISSIONS ee a E E aE cp cui E ed Sache Eie cb ea ehcp ae S E anaana rae Eada EaR Setting limit for RF tests Conducting modulation measurements Constellation cceeeeeeeees Setting limit for modulation tests Performing auto MeASULEMENIS ii an Setting limit for AUS MEAS US inicia e AAA aiii Seting meastire SETUP Ga el is ee ee A ee ee Setting ASP A cei ion tat hide SA a eee eine ee a Performing power statistics CCDF measurements Setting measure setup Measurement example 332 Conducting CDMA OTA measurements occocconnccnocccoonononcconcnonn conocia non c cnn rra 332 AECE kantta AAStANEAAAASEANEEANEENEANEEANEEASEAAEAANEANEAACEANEANEEASEANEEAEEAAEEAE EAEE E Ea 332 NS testn cna secanskuagety cece van wanes tac sev cay stated puetasteyapthvacsvanecdtavesaencsuetesac ent auseeeettogion 334 Multipathtprotilescican cmo roca Lee onda a ab as ene tao Ls cl oh caudate thet dido 335 Code domain power 336 E A A O TANTO 338 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer c ooooncccinnccconccccocnnononnnono cono cn ronca rnnn 342 Introduction ts ci A AS S A ee eA A os Display overview Connecting a cable Direct connection Indirect CONNECUON Wa A A A en ee a a he oe alo Ove
58. Emission Mask ACLR Multi ACLR or Spurious Emissions Power vs Time Frame Modulation Analysis gt Constellation Data Channel Control Channel Subframe Frame Time Alignement Error or Data Allocation Map Auto Measure gt Conformance Test Maintenance Test Signal Perfomance or DAS Test Power Statistics CCDF More 1 2 gt Carrier Aggregation More 1 2 gt OTA gt Channel Scanner ID Scanner Multipath Profile Control Channel Datagram or Route Map NOTE The Carrier Aggregation soft key is activated if the license for the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 179 JD780A Series Analyzers Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number If a frequency to be set matches to the frequency corresponding to the selected channel standard the instrument calculates its channel number and updates the screen with it automatically Procedure To set the center frequency 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz on PF ON Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by using the n
59. GHz MHz kHz or Hz e 3 Toggle the Range soft key between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps 148 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key o9 29o psp 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW soft key o9 2095 gt Enter a value by using the numeric keys i Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Press the PREV hard key 7 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 8 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a Press the Average soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key After configurin
60. HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Setting trigger source You can set the trigger source option for your measurements Procedure 1 Press the TRIGGER hot key 2 Select the trigger source option from the following choices Internal External or GPS Setting external clock To enhance the reliability of modulation analysis measurements the JD780A series must be synchronized with a base station When an external clock is not supplied the instrument works with its built in internal high accuracy time base and some measurement results may exhibit inaccurate values Therefore it is highly recommended that you use the same reference clock as the signal source You can use the TRIGGER hot key to set the external clock Figure 107 Connection ports for external reference clock PP2S 10MH 13MH 15MHz GPS 246 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure Connect an external reference or a GPS antenna to the JD780A series Press the SYSTEM hot key Press the Freq Reference soft key and then select the reference option Internal External 10 MHz External 13 MHz External 15 MHz
61. JD780A Series Analyzers Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Conducting power vs time measurements The Power vs Time measurement measures the mean transmission power during the useful part of GSM bursts and verifies that the power ramp fits within the defined mask It also lets you view the rise fall and useful part of the GSM burst This measurement provides masks for both of Base Transceiver Station BTS and Mobile Station MS The timing masks are referenced to the transition from the bit 13 to the bit 14 of the mid amble training sequence For GMSK measurements the 0 dB reference is determined by measuring the mean transmitted power during the useful part of the burst Power vs time slot Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option Auto GSM or EDGE Auto is set by defaul
62. LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 150 for more information Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement required by 3GPP specifications encompasses different power limits and different measurement bandwidths resolution bandwidths at various frequency offsets It may be expressed as a ratio of power spectral densities between the carrier and the specified offset frequency band It provides useful figures of merit for the spectral re growth and emissions produced by components and circuit blocks without the rigor of performing a full SEM measurement The SEM measures spurious signal levels in up to five pairs of offset or region frequencies and relates them to the carrier power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can set the mask type according to the output power of the base station be tested Your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 51 Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Mask Type soft key 3 Select the mask type option 31 dBm 31 39 dBm 39 43 dBm or 49 dBm Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 145 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 51 SEM measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer o MOTA Mode WCOMAJHGR
63. Limit Adjacent channel power ratio ACLR Spectrum emission mask SEM Mask Type Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions Range Table 7 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting measure setup After setting frequency as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure mun Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Bandwidth soft key Select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz Press the Sector soft key and then select the sector option Alpha Beta or Gamma To set external offset complete the following steps a Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key 6 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information 7 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test 8 When prompted on the screen connect the cable from the Spectrum Analyzer RF In p
64. Power Dynamic soft key Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the limit Press the Low Limit soft key ao pp Enter a value for the lower limit e Press the dBm unit soft key To verify signal quality press the Signal Quality soft key and then do the following as needed To set the limit for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error gt High Limit Test Limits E TM2 E Low Limit TM3 1 E TM3 2 E TM3 3 Error vector magnitude EVM gt Test Limits E High Limit QPSK TM2 E TM3 1 E High Limit 16 QAM TM3 2 E TM3 3 High Limit 64 QAM Time alignment error Time Alignment Error High Limit RS power RS Power High Limit Low Limit To verify unwanted emissions press the Unwanted Emissions soft key and then do the following as needed To set the limit for Select Set Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Adjacent channel power ratio ACLR Spectrum emission mask SEM Mask Type Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions Range Table Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting measure setup After setting frequency as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you ca
65. STRATASYNC AM CA SA 1Yr STRATASYNC TDM CA SA 1Yr StrataSync Asset Management Annual Subscription StrataSync Test Data Management Annual Subscription Requires STRATASYNC AM CA SA 1Yr Optional Miscellaneous G710050581 JD74050341 JD71050342 JD70050342 JD70050343 JD70050006 G710050585 G710050586 G710050587 G710550324 JD780A362 556 Attenuator 40 dB 100 W DC to 4 GHz Unidirectional Soft Carrying Case Hard Carrying Case Hard Carrying Case with wheels CellAdvisor Backpack Carrying Case USB Bluetooth Dongle and 5 dBi Dipole Antenna RF Directional Coupler 700 MHz to 4 GHz 30 dB Input Output Type N m to Type N f Tap Off Type N f RF Combiner 700 MHz to 4 GHz Type N f to Type N m 4x1 RF Combiner 700 MHz to 4 GHz Type N f to Type N m External Battery Charger JD785A Series User s Manual Printed Version Highly recommended for LTE Testing Highly recommended for LTE Advanced Testing Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix J RoHS information This appendix describes the RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances information which is a mandatory requirement from China The RoHS directive consists in the restriction on the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical or electronic equipment sold or used in the European Union after July 1 2006 These substances are lead mercury cadmium hexavalent chromium polybrominated biphenyls and polybrominated diphenyl ethers Concerned P
66. Seitings to view the measurement settings for the auto measurement 2 Toggle the Display Result soft key and select the display result option Full to view detailed measurement readings with the pass fail indication Quick to view only the Pass Fail results 3 To view the measurement results for a different carrier press the View Carrier soft key and then select the carrier number to view Performing power statistics CCDF measurements The Power Statistics Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function CCDF measurement characterizes the power statistics of the input signal It provides PAR Peak to Average power Ratio versus different probabilities 452 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the CCDF Length soft key to set the length of the CCDF 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 226 CCDF measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer Conducting Mobile
67. Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 2 3 Press the SWEEP hot key Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Setting trigger source You can set the trigger source option for your measurements 112 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the TRIGGER hot key 2 Select the trigger source option from the following choices To set the trigger level Select When using the RF burst wideband trigger RF Burst To free burst if there is a frequency burst signal Internal FB To training sequence code RF Burst 8 TS To external trigger reference External To the free trigger Free Conducting spectrum measurements If you have configured test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 your measurement result is d
68. Strength Indicator m Interference Finder m Spectrum Replayer Display overview Figure 20 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen 86 Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 20 Interference measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode Input settings P il User input field i ass fa indicator Measurement settings ines menus Legend Measurement result Connecting a cable Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series Figure 21 Interference measurement connection brterfering Sgal Modulates Seyret brerenng Sigal Modulos Sysel SVEP sth aE TE A i JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set it to 0 dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the testing Using Interference Analyzer 87 JD780A Series Analyzers Selecting measurement mode Procedure Press the MODE hard key Press the Interference Analyzer soft key The Spectrum mode is selected by default To change the mode press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode Spectrogram Dual Spectrogram RSSI Interference Finder or Spectrum Replayer NOTE If the Dual Spectrogram is se
69. Timing The Set Timing menu becomes activated 5 To define a schedule for an auto measurement complete the following steps a Press the Set Timing soft key Press the Start Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Stop Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key o9p205 sp Press the Time Interval soft key Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 415 JD780A Series Analyzers g Enter the amount of time in minutes and then press the Enter soft key 7 Press the Settings soft key and then set the following a Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 b Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On c Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the dB soft key 8 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information 9 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test 10 To stop running the test press the Abort soft key 11 To change the view on the screen during the test press the Display and then select the view option from the following choices Screen You can view each measurement screen as the test progresses Results You can v
70. To place the time cursor to analyze your measurements complete the following steps a Toggle the Time Cursor soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the time cursor b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key When the time cursor is enabled the measurement is put on hold and information about the time cursor is displayed 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 177 MAC Codogram in full view with EV DO signal analyzer Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 367 JD780A Series Analyzers RCSI The Received Code Strength Indicator RCSI is used to track the power variation over time of EV DO channels Pilot MAC Data and Slot The RCSI measurements can be saved into an external USB memory so that a post analysis can be done with the application software JDViewer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following ste
71. To select how to determine scrambling estimation toggle the Scramble soft key and select Spec or Full NOTE The Spec searches Sync Sequence Number from 0 to 31 based on the TD SCDMA specification and determines Scrambling Code Number by using the sync sequence number while the Full does from 0 to 127 fully To select how to determine the Midamble spread factor estimation either in full or maximum power search toggle the Mid SF Map soft key and select Max or Spec NOTE The Max determines the spread factor of the Midamble by using the maximum power of the received Midamble while the Spec searches Default Midamble Allocation based on the TD SCDMA specification To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 8PSK QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM To set the relative threshold complete the following steps 410 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers a Press the Threshold soft key lts default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 203 Midamble measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer Code power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a
72. Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On to set the external offset value Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 f To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off g To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To save your settings go to SAVE LOAD gt Save gt Save Setup and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information Press the Continue soft key to do the reference test first or press the Skip Reference Test soft key if you already saved test results from the radio band under test Press the FREQ DIST hard key and then set the frequency to be measured See Setting frequency on page 243 for more information Press the PREV hard key Press the Limit soft key and then set the limits and allowed percentage change for each test item See Maintenance test on page 280 for more information on setting limits Keep pressing the PREV hard key until you see the Run Test soft key Press the Run Test soft key The instrument runs specified tests to gather reference measurement values The measurement table appears when the re
73. Toggle the Time Cursor soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the time cursor b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key NOTE When the time cursor is enabled the measurement is put on hold and information about the time cursor is displayed 9 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 58 Codogram in full view with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer od ine aeta wnt 158 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting display You can view your measurement results in a different view option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the View soft key and select the display option Zoom to view the result in detail with zoom in window The Position and Width menus become activated Full to view the full measurement result 3 To define the zoom start position and width complete the following steps a Press the Position soft key b Enter a value of the position by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key d Press the Width soft key and then select the Walsh code option 32 64 128 or 256 RCSI The Received Code Strength indicator RCSI is used to track the code channels such as CPICH P CCPCH S CCPCH PICH P SCH and S SCH It is particular
74. Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 6 7 8 9 to the location at the top of the screen With the Full setting you can view all the collected points of the route without the loaded map To collect data plot points manually without a GPS antenna in an indoor environment press the Position soft key Toggle the Plot soft key and select Start to start plotting Touch directly on the screen or press the ENTER hard key to collect data and plot points on the loaded map for the Position setting NOTE For the Position setting you can change the direction of the route with the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob Toggle the Plot soft key and select Stop to stop plotting Press the SAVE LOAD hot key to save the result See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The instrument does not automatically save the collected data It is recommended that you save the result Otherwise you will lose all the collected data Setting limit for route map You can set the thresholds for each test item Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Excellent soft key to set its threshold 3 Entera value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Very Good soft key to set its threshold 5 Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob 6 Press the Good soft key to set its threshold 7
75. You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 277 for more information Using marker You can use the MARKER hard key to place a marker on a resource block and display the IQ diagram for the selected resource block Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 269 JD780A Series Analyzers Press the Channel soft key to select the channel to be displayed in the IQ diagram The channel P SS is selected by default Turn the rotary knob to move the highlight from one to another in the channel summary table Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the result of the selected channel Subframe The Subframe measures the modulation accuracy of all the data and control channels at the specified subframe 1 ms Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 270 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft ke
76. a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft 260 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Measurement example Figure 116 Power vs time frame measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer Conducting modulation measurements Constellation The Constellation is used to observe some aspects of modulation accuracy and can reveal certain fault mechanisms such as l Q amplitude imbalance or quadrature imbalance It displays constellation diagram by modulation types Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You
77. acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly NOTE For the Field Strength mode the units change to dBuV m dBmV m dBV m Volt m Watt m22 and dBm m 22 Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamplifier so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from O dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Entera value by using the numeric keys
78. add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 6 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result To set the frequencies to be scanned 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number between one and six by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To set the center frequency for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Center Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 5 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result Setting measure setup After configuring other test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key To set th
79. also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select how to determine scrambling estimation toggle the Scramble soft key and select Spec or Full NOTE The Spec searches Sync Sequence Number from 0 to 31 based on the TD SCDMA specification and determines Scrambling Code Number by using the sync sequence number while the Full does from 0 to 127 fully To select how to determine the Midamble spread factor estimation either in full or maximum power search toggle the Mid SF Map soft key and select Max or Spec The Max determines the spread factor of the Midamble by using the maximum power of the received Midamble while the Spec searches Default Midamble Allocation based on the TD SCDMA specification To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 8PSK QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 405 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 200 Power vs time mask measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for power vs time tests on page 408 for more information The D
80. an event occurs the measurement is put on hold until you press the HOLD hot key Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on either PMCH or PDSCH appears on the screen depending on the detected channel To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended S
81. analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 440 for more information Setting limit for RF tests By default test limits specified in the standard are set for you You can change thresholds if you desire Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Channel power Channel Power High Limit Low Limit Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Spectrum emission mask Spectrum Emission Mask On Off only Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information 440 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting power vs time frame measurements The Power vs Time Frame measures the modulation envelope in the time domain showing the power of each time slot in a Mobile WiMAX signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement T
82. analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 440 for more information 436 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement compares the total power level within the defined carrier bandwidth and the given offset channels according to the standards Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 b Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms c Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst d Enter a value by using the numeric keys a
83. and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E 2 7 Toggle the EVM Detection Mode soft key and select Single or Combine as desired Single Testing on one single antenna connected to your JD780A series with a cable Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 203 JD780A Series Analyzers Combine Testing on multiple antennas connected to your JD780A series with a 2x1 or 4x1 combiner or an antenna 8 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on the measurement item MBSFN RS appears in the result
84. and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information 232 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 101 Datagram measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer Route map The JD780A Series provides indoor and outdoor mapping function that allows a user to collect data of points in an indoor or outdoor environment and track the received signals and coverage of RF transmitters plotting real time directly on top of a loaded floor plan or a map Setting measure setup Procedure If required connect a GPS receiver to your JD780A series for outdoor mapping Indoor mapping does not necessarily need a GPS antenna Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a floor map or mcf file type created in JDMapCreator NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes any scanned floor plan or layout to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mc into the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument b Press SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 4 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 5 Press the Plot Point soft key and then selec
85. as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Optional To set the scramble code complete the following steps a Toggle the Scramble soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option WCDMA HSDPA or HSPA HSDPA is set by default NOTE It is recommended that you select HSPA for RCDE testing 4 To set the S CCPCH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the S CCPCH soft key b Toggle the S CCPCH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the S CCPCH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 5 To set the PICH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 155 JD780A Series Analyzers Press the PICH soft key Toggle the PICH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PICH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press t
86. audio demodulation Field strength meter AU A esa DUAL SECUNDARIA PIM detection single and multiple carriers Using Interference AnalyZer oo occcccinnncconnnoconnnnnnncnnnnn cnn rre INtrOGUCTION uv irrita lio DISPIAY VE VI Wii a A RS Connectingia cable moi A A A aislado Selecting measurement mode Configuring test parameters Setting frequency Setting amplitdes ce elev wens alee new a tl ae dada SEMI DA Wii A AA oo reve A a dE Setting AVEO cito a A A AA A aa nas adetn eects SNG A A Conducting spectrum measurements Sound indicator ooococnncccinnncccn AM FM audio demodulation Interference Dc a e A e id dpi iii Conducting interference measurements ceseccesessceeeseeeeneeeseeceaeeeseeceaeesseeceaeeesaeesaeeseaeeeseeseaeesaaersaeessaeseaeesaeseeeeeaeenaes Spectrogram Dual spectrogram A a atone eee E a O eteaceed Spectrum Rp io AE Setting limit for interference analyzer snsnsvi cadens shee Adee a neendbieteianebenennieeciees 103 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer WATCH OM x 223 ve cae cgi O A A TT DISPIAViOVEIVIOW ix E cnc NO All ONO Oran Direct CONNECtION ooccconnnnnnnccccnnncnona nono RARE RAR nr rana EAEE EEEn Indirect connection Over the air OTA Selecting measurement mode Configuring test parameters ii an eee eee ene Setting AEQUENCY iria o A ida Setting amplitide ss cio A de ere ee ene ies SON AVEAGE iii
87. be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly NOTE This Units menu is available in the Spectrum and RF Analysis modes Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum and RF analysis It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Procedure To set the scale per division 1 2 3 4 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div Enter a value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 309 JD780A Series Analyzers Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplif
88. by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob n Select the dB soft key 8 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Start 9 Touch directly on the screen or press the ENTER hard key to collect data and plot points on the loaded map for the Position or Time setting NOTE For the Position setting you can change the direction of the route with screen touch or the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob For the Time setting the instrument interpolates points in between two enters on a straight dotted line You can change the direction of the route with the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob 10 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Stop to stop plotting 11 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key to save the result See Using save on page 31 for more 80 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers information NOTE The instrument does not automatically save the collected data It is recommended that you save the result Otherwise you will lose all the collected data Setting limit You can set the thresholds for the four different color indicators Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Excellent soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Very Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob 1 2 3 4 5 6 Pr
89. c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly NOTE This Units menu is available in the Spectrum and RF Analysis modes Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum and RF analysis It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Procedure To set the scale per division 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div 3 Entera value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 G
90. can change the direction of the route with the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob 10 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Stop to stop plotting 11 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key to save the result See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The instrument does not automatically save the collected data It is recommended that you save the result Otherwise you will lose all the collected data Setting limit for route map You can set the thresholds for each test item Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Select the plot items and set the limits as needed To set the limit for Select Set RSRP RSRP Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor dBm RSRQ RSRQ Good Fair Poor dB RS SINR RS SINR Good Fair Poor dB S SS RSSI S SS RSSI Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor dBm P SS Power P SS Power Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor dBm S SS Power S SS Power Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor dBm S SS Ec lo S SS Ec lo Good Fair Poor dB 3 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information 234 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 102 Route map measurement with LTE FDD OTA signal analyzer 1 RSRP 2 RSRQ Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 235 JD780A Series Analyzers 3 RS SINR o
91. can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 42 Modulation analyzer measurement with GSM OTA signal analyzer 132 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer function option 023 with the WCDMA HSPA OTA Analyzer function option 043 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows INTO UC ir E 134 Display OVEIVI Wii A A 134 a Connecting a cabled iaaa stein ees ered eed aa aeaa A 135 m Selecting measurement Mode oooccncccinccconoccconcncnonnccnnnnnn anna rca 137 m Configuring test parameters 0 cccccecccceeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeecesaeeeeaaeseeaaeseeeeesnaeeeeaaesseeeeeseneess 137 m Conducting spectrum MEASUFEMENIS cccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeeeeees 142 m Conducting RF Measurement ccccccceeeceeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeecaeeeeeaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseeeeess 143 m Conducting modulation measurements c cceeeeecete eects eeeeee tennessee eeeaaeseeeeeseeeeeaeeseeeseeeeess 151 m Performing auto measurements cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaee sens
92. channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a b c Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 To set the start stop symbols complete the following steps a b Press the Start Symbol soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then pre
93. code utilization that is being used expressed in percent of maximum Channel scanner Setting channel frequency Procedure To set the channels to be scanned 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number between one and six by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection To set the channel number for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 332 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the Enter soft key The instrument displays a corresponding center frequency for the channel number 6 To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps 7 8 a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To
94. complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Hs soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured To select how to determine scrambling estimation toggle the Scramble soft key and select Spec or Full NOTE The Spec searches Sync Sequence Number from 0 to 31 based on the TD SCDMA specification and determines Scrambling Code Number by using the sync sequence number while the Full does from 0 to 127 fully To select how to determine the Midamble spread factor estimation either in full or maximum power search toggle the Mid SF Map soft key and select Max or Spec NOTE The Max determines the spread factor of the Midamble by using the maximum power of the received Midamble while the Spec searches Default Midamble Allocation based on the TD SCDMA specification To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 8PSK QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM Measurement example Figure 201 Timogram with TD SCDMA signal analyzer Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 407 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting limit for power vs time tests Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on y
95. dBm unit soft key 4 Toggle the Display Line soft key between On and Off to display and dismiss the reference line The straight line appears across the screen to be used as a visual reference only To display the multiple segment line 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Multi Segment Line soft key for Pass Fail indication 3 Toggle the Limit soft key between Upper and Lower to select the one to be displayed 4 Set the number of segments for the selected upper or lower limit line You can set up to 50 segments a Press the of Line soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 50 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 5 Press the Autoset soft key to let the instrument set the limit for each segment and display the line 6 Optional To move the limit line complete the following steps Using Interference Analyzer 103 JD780A Series Analyzers a b Select Limit Up Down or Limit Left Right Turn the rotary knob to move the line as desired You can also manually enter a value 7 Optional To edit the segment properties complete the following steps a b c Press the Edit Limit soft key Press the Move soft key and then turn the rotary knob to select the segment to edit Select the menu option from the following choices To hide the line for the selected segment toggle the Line soft key and select Off To add a new point press the Add Point soft key To delete the select
96. defined as the bandwidth which includes 99 of the transmitted power among total transmitted power After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 145 Figure 145 Occupied bandwidth measurement with CDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 320 for more information Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement required by 3GPP2 specifications encompasses different power limits and different measurement bandwidths resolution bandwidths at various frequency offsets It may be expressed as a ratio of power spectral densities between the carrier and the specified offset frequency band It provides useful figures of merit for the spectral re growth and emissions produced by components and circuit blocks without the rigor of performing a full SEM measurement The SEM measures spurious signal levels in up to five pairs of offset or region frequencies and relates them to the carrier power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 146 Using CDMA Sign
97. desired 4 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 5 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure h Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Configuration soft key and select the configuration option Current to let the instrumnet use current frequency single carrier and determine pass or fail based on the instrument s limit settings in Auto Measure Scenario to run a test with a programmed scenario in JDViewer The Scenario menu becomes activated 3 To load a scenario press the Scenario soft key and then select a scenario file to load Toggle the Test Time soft key and select the test time option Now to let the instrument run a test only once Schedule to let the instrument repeat tests as defined in the Set
98. display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly NOTE This Units menu is available in the Spectrum and RF Analysis modes Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum and RF analysis It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 389 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure To set the scale per division 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div 3 Entera value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement re
99. dynamic range Measurement example Figure 248 2 port scalar measurement 29 H2004 14 40 53 Made silo A Anions Anatyecer MI MZ it 1 Mote at Late 22 ie 04 14 05 70 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 483 JD780A Series Analyzers Analyzing measurements Setting trace and display You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Procedure Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On to display the selected trace To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write WwW measurements Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace Load Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Remove all the traces and initialize the trace Trace Clear All settings Optional lf you have at least two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math a Press the Trace Math soft key b Press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key NOTE The trace to be loaded must be in the same measurement mode and has the same frequency setting as the current measurement Setting zoom zones You can d
100. environmental condition The code domain power shows not only modulation performance metric but also amplifier capacity and code utilization metric The amplifier capacity code utilization measurement is an estimate of the amount of power amplifier capacity code utilization that is being used expressed in percent of maximum Channel scanner Setting channel frequency Procedure To set the channels to be scanned 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel 3 Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys 4 To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 5 To set the channel number for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key 166 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key The instrument displays a corresponding center frequency for the channel number 6 To set the integration ban
101. exam ac Performing external RF power measurements Connecting aC iii AAA ted ree vies Selecting measurement mode ll O et Setting amplitude Gi AAA A AA AAA A Making AMAS tri A A Me ee ie AR Measurement Oxample n miin A ada e ADA i Performing optical power measurements Connecting a cable Selecting measurement mode s Setting aMplitUdS ii a a Cae eee eine eee ee 528 Making AMECA ii A A A AAA A AA Ai ads 529 MoasureMentBXAMPlE s ii A AA a 529 Setting limit for power Meter scene A ela an aaas 530 Performing Fiber INSPe ction ccceeescceeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeesaeeeeeesaaeeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeaeeesneeaeeeeneeaeeeenaes 531 MTROCUICHION rior AA AA IA 532 BITENE MEVA AE E AET 532 Connecting a fiber MICrOSCOPE recita 532 Selecting measurement mode Configuring test parameters Selecting profile and tip E A NN Pertorming tiber Inpec iio da ee ce teen Sa ees wee Capturing Tiber image cia Measurement examples cutis dd tend a O A dn ec teen a Testing a fiber Measurement examples iii AA Lia 536 NA A E E EEE N E AA PEN AE E E dubapneestaceyectabentecds 537 Appendix A Product general information onnnnoninninnicnnnnnnannaninicnnicnn canica 538 Appendix B Cable list Appendix C Band frequency 8 channel standard si Appendix D VSWR Return loss conversion table ce cece ieee ene nana 544 Appendix E Cyclic pretix table iii a daa 545 Appen
102. for the selected active marker NOTE Frequency Count and Noise Marker functions are used only in the Spectrum Analyzer mode Using peak search Peak search ress se Each time the Peak Search soft key is pressed the active marker is positioned at the highest peak of the trace 50 Peak Search Moves the active marker to the highest peak of the trace Next Peak Moves the active marker to the second highest peak of the trace Next Peak Right Moves the active marker to the highest peak to the right of its current position Next Peak Left Moves the active marker to the highest peak to the left of its current position Min Search Moves the active marker to the lowest peak of the trace Always Peak When the Always Peak is set to On the instrument moves the active marker automatically to the highest peak of the trace every time the trace is refreshed Analyzing Measurements Using Spectrum Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the Spectrum Analyzer function Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows a Introductionis A ened deed 52 a Display OVEIMIS Weil diia deidad cd all li cdt dias 52 m Connecting a Cable iii i eei ened leaded ANE Na dese 53 mM Selecting Measurement MOE ccccceccccessseceeeesneceesesaeeeceeaeeeeecaaeeecscaaeeesscsaeeeeeesaeeeesenaeeeeseaas 54 mM Conducting spectrum MEASUEMENS cccccccsssseceesesnececeeceeeeecaeeessesaeeeesesaeeeesesaeeessenaeeeeseaas 61
103. gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measurement is a common test used in the wireless industry to measure the total transmitted power of a radio within a defined frequency channel It acquires a number of points representing the input signal in the time domain transforms this information into the frequency domain using Fast Fourier Transform FFT and then calculates the channel power The effective resolution bandwidth of the frequency domain trace is proportional to the number of points acquired for the FFT The channel power measurement identifies the total RF power power spectral density and Peak to Average Ratio PAR of the signal within the channel bandwidth Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters you can set the measure setup to continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument 64 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Set the channel power measurement bandwidth to be measured a Press the Integrated BW soft key b Enter a bandwidth by using the
104. help to rank between the different cells as input for handover and cell reselection decisions m RSRQ provides additional information when RSRP is not sufficient to make a reliable handover or cell reselection decision All of the parameters for OTA ID scanner can be plotted on map data such as Google Maps and Google Earth by using JDViewer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save a
105. in the Spurious Emissions mode Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Procedure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level 110 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers
106. is 0 dBm When the input power is expected to be greater than 0 dBm you must adjust the output power for the RF Out Connecting a cable for 2 port scalar measurements Procedure 1 Connect the one end of the Thru test cable to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port of the instrument and the other end of the cable to DUT 2 Connect the DUT to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the instrument as illustrated in Figure 238 Measurement result is displayed on the screen Figure 238 Connection for 2 port scalar measurement CAUTION The maximum input power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 20 dBm Performing reflection measurements The Reflection measurement can be used to characterize cable and antenna system to ensure transmission line impedance performance and signal reflection characteristics of cell site across a Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 471 JD780A Series Analyzers specific frequency range in voltage standing wave ration VSWR or return loss Making a measurement Procedure 1 Make a proper cable connection as described in Connecting a cable for reflection DTF 1 port phase and Smith Chart measurements on page 469 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Data Points soft key to change the resolution of your measurement and then select the data point option 126 251 501 1001 and 2001 Changing the data point does not affect current calibration N
107. is ieee needed aed aii peat Reet areata ni tir Setting sweep mode Setting trigger source Conducting spectrum measurements Setting Measure SUP RIAD nee anointed Setting trace atsa ep ONO Conducting RF measurements Channel power Occupied bandwidth Spectrum emissi n Mask SEM a Ia Spurious OMISSIONS A act Setting imit f r RETOS iio a an Ed E OSEE aea ae aaa EE AEEA TEER Conducting power vs time measurements 0 0 2 eeceeesceeeeeeeeeteeeeeseeceaeesseeseaeessaeeeaeeseaeessaeseaeessaeeeseeseaeesseeseaeessaeseaeetaees Power vs time Slt Power vs time frame Conducting constellation measurements Setting O A TN Setting limit for constelati n sccis cota vlna cveuncawayutaca seve auudetdeusbachesesbsudelacecevsaas oustsacousteaasies Measurement exam pleviec 2 c c Performing auto MEASULEMENIS wi cscccaces ences cscdisucccceedeccechulaccvdaecancesthenss ide covaedeucesenevenaceuchacedvecsarbsvuehacedsncacsuecheveseddbesasbes Setting limit for auto measure Setting measure setup Setting display 0 0 0 eee E Conducting GSM OTA measurement escceeceeeceseseetseeeeseesececeseeceaeecseessaeeesaeeesaeseaeessaeseacecsaeeeseeseaeeesaeseaeesseeeeaeereaees Channelscanner sccccrareint A A saan sla lea ra ieee Prequency scanner tanis nei Ha a es i ee el Multipath Prol k h a oi A A aia adn en ea he ae ModUlA IMAZ ida U
108. key 2 Press the Code Order soft key and then select the code order option from the following choices Hadamard To assign the number based on Walsh code order and display the measured code power according to the assigned number in sequence Bit Reverse Code number in binary bit is reversed relative to the Hadamard method 3 Toggle the Base Code Length soft key and select the base Walsh code number 64 or 128 Route map The JD780A Series provides indoor and outdoor mapping function that allows a user to collect data of points in an indoor or outdoor environment and track the received signals and coverage of RF transmitters plotting real time directly on top of a loaded floor plan or a map Setting measure setup Procedure 1 If required connect a GPS receiver to your JD780A series for outdoor mapping Indoor mapping does not necessarily need a GPS antenna 2 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 338 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 3 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a floor map or mcf file type created in JDMapCreator NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes any scanned floor plan or layout to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mc into the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument b Pres
109. lcd 240 Connecting a Cable iii A a ee aaa 240 DOCM Na Reis 240 Indirect connection y ne eis se P Les wi 241 Over the air OTA ay vad ioe is sa a 241 Selecting measurement mode Configuring test parameters Setting frequency ts nd oe eee a sii 2 243 Setting amplitude ii ae en eee eee ee 243 Seta Val ia aaa 245 Setting Sweep MOde iii 246 Setting tig r SOU Nm A ARI daa 246 Setting exa diia AS caida 246 Conducting spectrum measurements eccesecceseeeseeceneeesneeeseeteneceseeeeaeesseesaeessaeeesaeseaeessaeceaeeceaeeeseeceaeesaeseaeesseeeeaeeseaees 247 Settingimedsur SUD eid ceed ee era eerie ee eee Setting limit for RF tests Conducting power VS time measurements eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeaeeceeeeeaeedeaeeeaeeeeaeeeueesaeeseaeeseeseaeesieeesateseesennereaees Powel VS UIMO SO ini A AAA a eTA Power Vs time frame ans A AA AAA AA a es a ra aie Conducting Modulation MEASUFEMENKS eeeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeceeeeaeeseneeseeeeaeeseeesaeeseaeeseeseaeesieeseeeseeseneeneaees COMSTS NATION AA A A E DA A O A UN A O sccedtnncclddesnivvandieesasdh EE E EE A O O NT Time alignment ErTOT oococnoconncconoconicon enana nono no conc rar RRE Data allocati n MD son a eaa aE seent sar EE a aa R E E anani e ETa eaha iai heni Dva Marate Setting limit for modulation tests 0 eee eee eee eeeeeeteeteeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeesaeeeaeeeeaeessaeseaeeseaeeseeeseaees
110. marker up and down c Press the Enter soft key Setting limit for modulation tests Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key to set the limits Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 277 JD780A Series Analyzers 278 Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit PDSCH error vector magnitude if MBMS is off PMCH error vector magnitude if MBMS is on and a PMCH is detected RMS for data error vector magnitude Peak for data error vector magnitude RS error vector magnitude P SS error vector magnitude S SS error vector magnitude Downlink RS power P SS power S SS power PBCH power Subframe power OFDM symbol power Time alignment error for MIMO Time alignment error for aggregation of component carriers intra band contiguous intra band non contiguous and inter band Time error I Q origin offset EVM gt PDSCH EVM EVM gt PMCH EVM EVM gt Data EVM RMS EVM gt Data EVM Peak EVM gt RS EVM EVM gt P SS EVM EVM gt S SS EVM Power gt DL RS Power Power gt P SS Power Power gt S SS Power Power gt PBCH Power Power gt Subframe Power Power gt OFDM Symbol Power Time Alignment Error gt MIMO Time Alignment Error gt Carrier Aggregation Time Error IQ Origin Of
111. mask Timogram sese Setting limit for power vs time tests Conducting Modulation MEASUFEMENHS seeeeeeeceeeneeeseeeeseeteaeeeseeseaeeeseeseaeessaeessaeseaeeeaeceaeecaeeeseeseaeeeeeseaeessaeeeaeeseaees Constellation Ad A AAN otitis MID Ii aid Code POWER Code error Setting limit t r Modulation tests ix A aves aE EE eee Late nee eS acto eE Performing auto measurements isn eed cia Conducting TD SCDMA OTA measurement 1 cecceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeneeeeneecaeeeeaeesaeseaeeseaeessaeeeaeeseaeeseeseaeesieeseeeseaeseneeeeaees syne DL ID Ci eee ea ih ecw a a a Sync DL ID vs Tau Sync DL ID multipath Sync DL ID analyzer ROUte A NATA Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer ooooncccnnnnninnccnnnccccccccnnonnnnncnnnnnn cnn rca n arrancar rra O TON Display OVERVIOW iii Ad A es we NST weve hee Connecting aicable cite ees taetenneed ae cana eee ee DirectCOnnection AA en ee ek eek Indir ct connection sssseensene nra steve ianaus ee a EAE E aE aae Over the air OTA Selecting measurement mode Configuring test parameters s Setting NN setting amplitudes Ad AAA rE en aS AAN E SAUNA i Setting Sweep Mode cit AE de AE ee eA Setting trigger source Setting external clock Conducting spectrum measurements Setting measure SEU a A A AA Wa ee ee SUNAT AAA eet Conducting RF MOASUE MENS A ee ee aie EE Channel POWE lt lt ene nin AA A AAA aaa nave Occupie
112. may cause performance degradation early failure or immediate destruction Use the following guidelines to prevent ESD damage Before connecting a cable to this instrument terminal short circuit the center of the cable with an outside metal shield About This Manual 19 JD780A Series Analyzers Before removing a connected cable or getting in contact with the center pin wear a wrist strap with one MO resistor connected to the ground All equipment must be connected to the ground to avoid accumulation of static charges Using 12 V DC automotive adapter When powering or charging this instrument with the 12 V DC Automotive Adapter always verify that the supply is rated for a minimum of 60 Watts 12 V DC and that the socket is clear of any dirt or debris If the adapter plug gets hot to touch during operation discontinue the use immediately Conventions This document uses typographical and symbols conventions as described in the following tables Table 2 Text formatting and other typographical conventions Item Text formatting symbols used Example s Buttons or hard keys that Bold all caps default font Press the ON button the user presses on a Press the MODE hard key physical device Press the MARKER hard key Hot keys that the user Bold all caps italics default font Press the SYSTEM hot key presses on a physical Press the MEASURE hot key device Soft keys or toggle keys Bold default font Press the Span soft key t
113. measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 249 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 109 Channel power measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 257 for more information Occupied bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measures the spectrum shape of the carrier It is defined as the bandwidth which includes 99 of the transmitted power among total transmitted power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth
114. measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 263 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 118 Constellation measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer MBMS On NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 277 for more information Data channel The Data Channel measures the constellation for the specified resource block as well as the modulation accuracy of each PDSCH at the specified subframe Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these su
115. measurements Setting measure Setup 373 Measurement example cccssssseresereesesecenesconersnseeeesnquenseonenonesnencneeeuaonensenenssensneeecaoseesansnsneneneeeeasnontenenensnsnoseeaeses 373 Conducting EV DO OTA measurement ccoccnncccocccconononcnoncnonn conocia non cc non n cancer 374 Channel scanner PN scannet Multipath profile Code domain power O 378 PROULCHTAD O ANA 380 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer o NN DISpPlay VOM Wii A E A AAA Connecting ACA iia A A A eA ae eae Direct connect a AA Ad A tk ICAA Indirect connection Over the air OTA Selecting measurement mode Config ting test parameters A O O O pos O NO So A saigdevasbnddetacdeecenss tees saasd vascatabuecteyecdesueteanesviaabapensarnectaviceenag Setting average o dido ld Rta ass puecaudeAbtapyaiba dein etereas Setting sweep mode Setting trigger source Setting external clock Conducting spectrum measurements SO A NO A A E E A EE E Conducting RF measurement sariden oanien ioraa aa eaaa RRE RRA narran Channel power sses Occupied bandwidth Spectrum emission mask SEM Spurious emissions Setting limit for RF tests Conducting power vs time measurements cee eeeeeesceeseeeeceteeeeeseeceaeecseesaeeeaeeeaeeseaeeesaeeeacecaeeeseeseaeeeseeseaeesseeeeaeereaees Power vs time Slot A tease treet ie Power s time frame iii Ai ie Power vs time
116. ms To manually set the period complete the following steps Using Interference Analyzer 93 JD780A Series Analyzers Toggle the Period soft key and select Manual Press the Period soft key to enter the amount of time Enter a value by using the numeric keys 29 5 p Select the unit Sec mSec or Sec 5 Press the TRIGGER hot key and then do one of the following Select External for an external trigger source Select Video or Display Position for the internal trigger source Press the PREV hard key to continue setting the gated sweep Set the gate delay by completing the following steps a Press the Gate Delay soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Select the unit Sec mSec or pSec 8 Set the gate length by completing the following steps a Press the Gate Length soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Select the unit Sec mSec or Sec 9 Press the PREV hard key to enable gated sweeping 10 Toggle the Gated Sweep soft key and select On NOTE This setting is not used in the Spectrum Replayer mode Conducting spectrum measurements The spectrum measurement with an audible indicator is especially useful for locating interferer sources with a directional antenna Sound indicator You can use the Sound Indicator to help you identify interfering signals by sounding an alarm Procedure 1 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test pa
117. must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key 4 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 200 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subframe is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E 2 Toggle the EVM Detection Mode soft key and select Single or Combine as desired Single Testing on one single antenna connected to your JD780A series with a cable Combine Testing on multiple antennas connected to your JD780A series with a 2x1 or 4x1 combiner or an antenna Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Outpu
118. n lt 4638 Appendix 541 JD780A Series Analyzers Band 21 1500 General 1447 9 1462 9 462 lt n lt 512 1495 9 1510 9 862 lt n lt 912 Band 22 3500 General 3410 0 3490 0 4437 lt n lt 4813 3510 0 3590 0 4662 lt n lt 5038 Band 25 1900 General 4887 lt n lt 5188 5112 lt n lt 5413 Band 25 1900 Additional 18209 ag 5212 lt n lt 5512 O A 5437 lt n lt 5737 Band 26 800 General 5537 lt n lt 5688 5762 lt n lt 5913 Band 26 800 Additional OS EEN 5712 lt n lt 5862 852 9 oe 5937 lt n lt 6087 LTE FDD Band Global Band 1 2100 1920 0 1980 0 18000 lt n lt 18599 2110 0 2170 0 O lt n lt 599 Band 2 1900 1850 0 1910 0 18600 lt n lt 19199 1930 0 1990 0 600 lt n lt 1199 Band 3 1800 1710 0 1785 0 19200 lt n lt 19949 1805 0 1880 0 1200 lt n lt 1949 Band 4 1700 1710 0 1755 0 19950 lt n lt 20399 2110 0 2155 0 1950 lt n lt 2399 Band 5 850 824 0 849 0 20400 lt n lt 20649 869 0 894 0 2400 lt n lt 2649 Band 7 2600 2500 0 2570 0 20750 lt n lt 21449 2620 0 2690 0 2750 lt n lt 3449 Band 8 900 880 0 915 0 21450 lt n lt 21799 925 0 960 0 3450 lt n lt 3799 Band 9 1700 1749 9 1784 9 21800 lt n lt 22149 1844 9 1879 9 3800 lt n lt 4149 Band 10 1700 1710 0 1770 0 22150 lt n lt 22749 2110 0 2170 0 4150 lt n lt 4749 Band 11 1500 1427 9 1447 9 22750 lt n lt 22
119. number option 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels 4 Press the Antenna Port soft key and then select the option Auto 0 1 2 or 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled 5 Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz 6 Toggle the RF Profile soft key between On and Off to turn on or off the RF profiling such as channel power and subframe frequency error 7 Toggle the Modulation Profile soft key between On and Off to turn on or off the modulation profiling such as P SS S SS Data QPSK Data 16 QAM and Data 64 QAM 8 Toggle the MIMO Profile soft key between On and Off to turn on or off the MIMO profiling such as TX1 RSO TX2 RS1 and time alignment error 9 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On to set the external offset value 10 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information DAS test The Distributed Antenna System DAS testing enables you to c
120. numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 4 Set the frequency range over which the instrument will sweep a Press the Span soft key b Enter a span frequency value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a Press the Average soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key Setting limit Procedure et Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Channel Power soft key to set the limit parameters Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 4 Set the upper threshold a Press the High Limit soft key b Enter a value for the upper limit c Press the dBm unit soft key 5 Set the lower threshold a Press the Low Limit soft key b Enter a value for the lower limit c Press the dBm unit soft key 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using Spectrum Analyzer 65 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 8 Channel power measurement with spectrum analyzer Channel power measurement result shows channel power and spectrum density in a user specified channel bandwidth The peak to average ratio PAR is shown at the bottom of
121. of the route with the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob 10 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Stop to stop plotting 11 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key to save the result See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The instrument does not automatically save the collected data It is recommended that you save the result Otherwise you will lose all the collected data Setting limit You can set the thresholds for the four different color indicators for Pilot power or Ec lo Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 To set the limits for pilot power if you have selected Pilot for the plot item complete the following steps 339 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 7 0o0p2 0 psp gt Press the Pilot Power soft key Press the Excellent soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Very Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Fair soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob
122. on i 291d had 125019 MITIN an ade 128 SS Moor tterterecce Anaya TE NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the display line multi segment line and channel limit See Setting limit for interference analyzer on page 103 for more information Dual spectrogram The Dual Spectrogram mode is useful to compare two spectrograms displayed simultaneously on the Using Interference Analyzer 97 JD780A Series Analyzers screen Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 88 2 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 3 Toggle the Active Window soft key and select Left or Right spectrogram to be set up 4 To set the amount of time between each trace measurement a Press the Time Interval soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Sec soft key 5 To set the time cursor on a specific trace position complete the following steps a Toggle the Time Cursor soft key and select On b Turn the rotary knob to move the time cursor You can also enter a value and then press the Enter soft key NOTE Enabling the time cursor puts the measurement on hold and you can make post processing analysis for each measurement over time using the time cursor 6 To start a new measurement press the Reset Restart soft key 7 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save
123. or 10 ms Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 435 JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key e Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols g Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key h Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols i Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 To set the start stop symbols complete the following steps a Press the Start Symbol soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key c Press the Stop Symbol soft key d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 218 Occupied bandwidth measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal
124. or GPS Table 15 External reference indicators Type Indicator Description Internal m green eee indicates that the instrument uses the built in External En green The green EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connected and locked and that the instrument uses the same reference clock as the signal source External En red The red EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connect but not locked GPS Ms green The green GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS Ss yellow The yellow GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locking is in progress GPS Ss grey The grey GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is not connected failed or unable to be locked Conducting spectrum measurements Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Toggle the Ce
125. or user defined upper and lower limits and the Pass Fail indictor help you to determine base station performance easily This instrument provides the following measurement tools for EV DO system Spectrum Analysis RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask SEM Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACLR Multi ACPR Spurious Emissions Power vs Time Idle Slot and Active Slot Modulation Analysis Constellation Code Domain Power MAC Codogram Received Code Strength Indicator RCSI MAC CDP Table m Auto Measure Power Statistics CCDF m Over The Air OTA Channel Scanner PN Scanner Multipath Profile Code Domain Power Route Map Display overview Figure 161 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 343 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 161 EV DO signal analyzer measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode Input settings P fail User input field ass a indicator Measurement settings Screen menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the Power amplifier output port of BTS Figure 162 Direct connection Attenuator ee JD785A JD786A JD788A Indirect connecti
126. page 88 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Toggle the Audio Demod soft key between On and Off to turn the AM FM audio demodulation on and off Press the Demod at soft key and then select the marker number for the frequency to be demodulated NOTE You must set the marker s first by using the MARKER hard key as the AM FM demodulator uses the marker position to demodulate See Using marker on page 49 for more information Press the Demod Mode soft key and then select the demodulation mode AM FM and CW Press the Dwell Time soft key and then turn the rotary knob to set the demodulation interval between 1 and 20 Press the Volume soft key and then turn the rotary knob to set the speaker volume Toggle the Auto Gain soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the automatic gain feature to adjust the interval gain of the demodulator Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Interference ID The Interference ID automatically classifies interfering signals over a designated spectrum and displays the list of possible signal types corresponding to the selected signal Procedure 1 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 88 2 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 3 Toggle the Interference ID soft key between On and Off to turn the Interf
127. parameter details by different bandwidth To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 258 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting limit for power vs time tests Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s To set the limit for Select Set Slot average power Slot Avg Power High Limit Low Limit Off power Off Power High Limit Transition period Transition Period High Limit 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 115 Power vs time slot measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer 1 Off to on Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 259 JD780A Series Analyzers 2 On to off Power vs time frame The Power vs Time Frame measures the modulation envelope in the time domain showing the power of eac
128. parameters on page 109 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option Auto GSM or EDGE Auto is set by default The instrument applies a mask automatically based on the selected mode 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the us soft key 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Setting limit for modulation analyzer Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Select the test item s and set the limit s Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 131 JD780A Series Analyzers To set the limit for Select Set Frame average power Frame Average Power High Limit Low Limit Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Burst power Burst Power High Limit Low Limit ACLR ACLR On Off only Multi ACLR Multi ACLR On Off only Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only Optional You
129. point Peak The root mean squared average power across the spectrum RMS The lowest value in each data point Negative Peak The center value in each data point Sample 6 Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display 7 Optional lf you have the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is overlaid on the screen along with the second Y axis Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measurement is a common test used in the wireless industry to measure the total transmitted power of a radio within a defined frequency channel This procedure measures the total power within the defined channel for WCDMA This measurement is applied to design characterize evaluate and verify transmitters and their components or devices for base stations and mobile stations The channel power measurement identifies the channel power within a specified bandwidth default is 5 MHz as per the 3GPP WCDMA technical specifications and the power spectral density PSD in dBm Hz After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the followin
130. precoding 8 To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels Setting display You can use the TRACE DISPLAY hard key to select modulation analysis or spectrum analysis Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the Display soft key and select MA for modulation analysis or SA for spectrum analysis The screen changes according to the selected option Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 223 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 95 Carrier aggregation measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer MA C A on sa Carrier Aggreganos 7098 14 10 dD Org POSCH ase 2088 Aj 1 mm vet 40 0006 On inane NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 213 for more information You can use the MARKER hard key to place the marker at a specific channel Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key 224 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Toggle the IQ Diagram soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss data on the I
131. press the View Carrier soft key and then select the carrier number to view Performing power statistics CCDF measurement The Power Statistics Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function CCDF measurement characterizes the power statistics of the input signal It provides PAR Peak to Average power Ratio versus different probabilities Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the CCDF Length soft key to set the length of the CCDF 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 165 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 61 CCDF measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer Conducting WCDMA HSPA OTA measurements This Over The Air OTA measurement has channel scanner scramble scanner multipath profile code domain power and route map screens Scramble scanner displays six scrambling codes and powers to inform neighbor cells existence and its power The multipath profile graph helps you to determine testing area s RF
132. s you can change pages up and down to view your measurement results Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Select Page Up or Page Down as needed Setting limit for modulation tests Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 162 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key to set the limits 3 Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Error vector magnitude EVM High Limit Peak code domain error PCDE High Limit Carrier feed through Carrier Feed Through High Limit Correlated power in coded channel CPICH High Limit Abs Rel Low Limit Abs Rel Highest level among inactive channels Max Inactive High Limit Relative code domain error RCDE High Limit QPSK High Limit 16 QAM High Limit 64 QAM Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The Carrier Feed Through is a result of the RF carrier signal feeding through the l Q modulator and riding on the output circuitry without being modulated Performing auto me
133. select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth 9 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 297 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 136 Datagram measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer Route map The JD780A Series provides indoor and outdoor mapping function that allows a user to collect data of points in an indoor or outdoor environment and track the received signals and coverage of RF transmitters plotting real time directly on top of a loaded floor plan or a map Setting measure setup Procedure 1 If required connect a GPS receiver to your JD780A series for outdoor mapping Indoor mapping does not necessarily need a GPS antenna Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 2
134. set the maximum reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key gt NOTE In the measurements such as Control Channel and Subframe you may need to select the reference option between Relative and Absolute before setting the reference level 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on t
135. setting you can view only the collected points that can be seen within the boundary of the loaded map If a point is off the map the instrument displays an arrow to indicate the direction of the current location on the map and the distance from the center to the location at the top of the screen With the Full setting you can view all the collected points of the route without the loaded map To collect data plot points manually without a GPS antenna select Position To collect data plot points based on time select Time You do not need a GPS antenna as you would usually use this option indoor 6 Press the Plot Item soft key and then select the measurement option RSSI or ACP 7 Optional lf ACP is selected set the Main Channel BW and Offset Limit a Press the Main Channel BW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz Press the Offset Limit soft key Toggle the Offset soft key and select On to display or Off to hide the offset p ao Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz se Press the Offset Frequency soft key to set the offset frequency j Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob k Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz l Press the Offset Limit soft key to set the offset limit m Enter a value
136. setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on either PMCH or PDSCH appears on the screen depending on the detected channel To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 211 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 91 Data allocation map measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer Figure 92 Data allo
137. signal in the EV DO channel bandwidth 1 23 MHz After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 167 352 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 167 Channel power measurement with EV DO signal analyzer O A m Channel Power pre 1BESO0OLOS GH F of 206 FWD a ao DEBA dat Band 408 POS b Other 40 00 48 On NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 358 for more information The Occupied Bandwidth measures the spectrum shape of the carrier It is defined as the bandwidth which includes 99 of the transmitted power among total transmitted power After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 168 Figure 168 Occupied bandwidth measurement with EV DO signal analyzer G 70 a5 i fhet 40 00 08 On Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 353 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 358 for more information Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectru
138. steps 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Miscellaneous soft key Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Sn FP YO N Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Measurement example Figure 32 Channel power measurement with GSM signal analyzer Channel power measurement result shows channel power and spectrum density in a user specified channel bandwidth The peak to average ratio PAR is shown at the bottom of the screen as well The shaded area on the display indicates the channel bandwidth NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 119 for more information Occupied bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measures the spectrum shape of the carrier It is defined as the bandwidth which includes 99 of the transmitted power among total transmitted power Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 115 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you can continue your measurement Procedure Optional To set the delay complete the following steps 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Miscellaneous sof
139. steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH precoding 196 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 80 Constellation measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer MESAS 579 000 000 Mix 2500 FWD mt e 0 av Mi Bard Global bwni Ohe 4 0068 On Figure 81 Constellation measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer MBMS On DEF Mode UT FDO n TITS guency 2800 WO A Rerat Giohal NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 213 for more information The Data Channel measures the constellation for the specified resource block as well as the modulation accuracy of each PDSCH at the specified subframe Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 197 JD780A Series Analyzers can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file 198 Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select th
140. steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys 322 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key 5 Toggle the Q Paging soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the quick page channel that indicates the power of Quick Page Walsh code 80 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 151 Code domain power measurement with CDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 328 for more information Setting display You can view your measurement results in a different view option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Code Order soft key and then select the code order option from the following choices Hadamard To assign the number based on Walsh code order and display the measured code power according to the assign
141. steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key 364 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 5 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the detection mode option Auto QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication for the Max Inactive See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 370 for more information Measurement example Figure 176 Code domain power measurement with EV DO signal analyzer 1 Pilot 2 MAC 64 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 365 JD780A Series Analyzers 3 MAC 128 4 Data MAC Codogram The MAC Codogram displays the power variation for every code over time presenting a clear view of the traffic load per channels at any given time The MAC Codogram measurements can be saved into an external USB memory so that a post ana
142. sweep settings and gated sweep on or off Sweep time You can set the sweep time automatically or manually Manual setting allows you to set the sweep time beyond an automatic setting Procedure 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Select the sweep time option from the following choices To automatically set toggle the Sweep Time soft key and select Auto To manually set complete the following steps a Press the Sweep Time soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Select the unit Sec mSec or Sec The sweep time mode automatically changes to Manual Using Spectrum Analyzer 59 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE This setting is not used in the Spurious Emissions mode Sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement Optional To speed up sweeping press the Sweep Mode soft key and then select Fast NOTE Selecting Sweep Mode gt Fast may reduce the measurement accuracy but it is useful to identify the existence of
143. table and either PMCH or PDSCH appears as well depending on the detected channel To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Press the PDSCH Modulation Type soft key and then select the modulation type option Auto QPSK 16 QAM 64 QAM E TM3 3 E TM3 2 E TM3 1 E TM2 E TM1 2 and E TM1 1 If two or more modulation types are used in a frame select Auto If the PDSCH uses the same modulation type in a frame or in a subframe select a specific modulation type to get more accurate EVM To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key To set the threshold for PDCCH complete the following steps a Press the PDCCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Toggle the PDCCH Mode soft key and select REG to calculate EVM based on Resource Element Group or Avg to calculate EVM after adding up all the PDCCH signals from one subframe Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key be
144. than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart 348 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Enter a value by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Con
145. the MODE hard key 2 Press the Signal Analyzer soft key 3 Press the More 1 2 gt Mobile WiMAX soft key The Spectrum mode is set by default 4 Press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode option from the following choices Spectrum RF Analysis gt Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum Emission Mask or Spurious Emissions Power vs Time Frame Modulation Analysis gt Constellation Spectral Flatness EVM vs Subcarrier or EVM vs Symbol Auto Measure Power Statistics CCDF OTA gt Preamble Scanner Multipath Profile Preamble Power Trend or Route Map Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number If a frequency to be set matches to the frequency corresponding to the selected channel standard the instrument calculates its channel number and updates the screen with it automatically Procedure To set the center frequency 1 oa PF ON Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the uni
146. the measurement mode option from the following choices Spectrum RF Analysis gt Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum Emission Mask ACPR Multi ACPR or Spurious Emissions Power vs Time gt Power vs Time Idle Slot or Power vs Time Active Slot Modulation Analysis gt Constellation gt Composite 64 Composite 128 Pilot MAC 64 MAC 128 or Data Modulation Analysis gt Code Domain Power gt Pilot MAC 64 MAC 128 or Data Modulation Analysis gt MAC Codogram RCSI or MAC CDP Table Auto Measure Power Statistics CCDF OTA gt Channel Scanner PN Scanner Multipath Profile Code Domain Power or Route Map Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number If a frequency to be set matches to the frequency corresponding to the selected channel standard the instrument calculates its channel number and updates the screen with it automatically Procedure To set the center frequency Press the FREQ DIST hard key 1 oa fF ON Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob complete the following a b c steps Press the Frequency Step soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the ro
147. the number based on Walsh code order and display the measured code power according to the assigned number in sequence Bit Reverse Code number in binary bit is reversed relative to the Hadamard method 3 Toggle the Base Code Length soft key and select the base Walsh code number 64 or 128 CDP Table The CDP Table is used to look at a numeric and textual description of all the active code channels in the signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the
148. the numeric keys c Press the dBm soft key 7 To set the pilot power complete the following steps a Press the Pilot Power soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dBm soft key 8 To set the threshold for pilot dominance complete the following steps a Press the More 1 2 gt Pilot Dominance gt soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key NOTE Recommended value is 10 Color of the Pilot Dominance indicator on the screen bases on this setting 9 To set the threshold for multipath power complete the following steps a Press the More 1 2 gt Multipath Power lt soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key NOTE Recommended value is one Color of the multipath power indicator on the screen bases on this setting 10 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 337 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 159 Code domain power measurement with CDMA OTA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication Setting display You can view your measurement results in a different view option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard
149. the pass fail indication Quick to view only the Pass Fail results Compare to compare two measurement values for each test time with the Allowed Change setting on You can view results vs factory defined or user defined references 3 To view the measurement results for a different carrier press the View Carrier soft key and then select the carrier number to view 4 Press the Replace Reference soft key to replace existing reference values for comparison with new measurement data 5 Press the Load From soft key to select the location from which references file to be loaded Signal performance test Unlike the other auto measurement tests the Signal Performance Test runs measurements continuously Setting limit for signal performance test You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the RF Test Limits gt Channel Power soft key and then set the limits for the channel power Other RF test items are not used in the signal performance test Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit 218 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 5 Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to sa
150. the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is overlaid on the screen along with the second Y axis Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 433 JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measurement is a common test used in the wireless industry to measure the total transmitted power of a radio within a defined frequency channel It acquires a number of points representing the input signal in the time domain transforms this information into the frequency domain using Fast Fourier Transform FFT and then calculates the channel power The effective resolution bandwidth of the frequency domain trace is proportional to the number of points acquired for the FFT The channel power measurement identifies the total RF power power spectral density PSD and peak to average ratio PAR of the signal in the Mobile WiMAX channel bandwidth Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a g h Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the
151. to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 250 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 110 Occupied bandwidth measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 257 for more information Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement required by 3GPP specifications encompasses different power limits and different measurement bandwidths resolution bandwidths at various frequency offsets It may be expressed as a ratio of power spectral densities between the carrier and the specified offset frequency band It provides useful figures of merit for the spectral re growth and emissions produced by c
152. trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display Optional If you have the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is overlaid on the screen along with the second Y axis Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measurement determines the average power of an RF signal burst at or above a specified threshold value The purpose of the Channel Power measurement is to determine the power delivered to the antenna system on the RF channel under test The instrument acquires a TD SCDMA signal in the time domain The average power level above the threshold is then computed and displayed Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement 394 Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signal
153. use the rotary knob Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz j Toggle the Reference soft key between Relative and Absolute and select Relative or Absolute depending on how to use the reference 7 To define the selected offset s limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a Press the Start Offset Limit soft key to set the threshold for the power difference between the main channel bandwidth and the selected offset bandwidth on the left b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dB soft key Press the Stop Offset Limit soft key to set the threshold for the power difference between the main channel bandwidth and the selected offset bandwidth on the right e Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob f Select the dB soft key 68 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting limit Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Spectrum Emission Mask soft key Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 10 Spectrum emission mask measurement with spectrum analyzer Adjacent channel power ACP The Adjacent Channel Power ACP is the power contained in a specified frequency cha
154. value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW soft key o9 2095 gt Enter a value by using the numeric keys i Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Press the PREV hard key 7 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 8 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a Press the Average soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key 256 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 114 Spurious emissions measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 257 for more information Setting limit for RF tests By default test limits specified in the standard are set for you You can change thresholds if you desire Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the lim
155. value for the upper limit c Press the dBm unit soft key 6 Set the lower threshold a Press the Low Limit soft key b Enter a value for the lower limit c Press the dBm unit soft key 7 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information 122 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 37 Power vs time frame measurement with GSM signal analyzer Conducting constellation measurements The Constellation is used to observe some aspects of modulation accuracy and can reveal certain fault mechanisms such as l Q amplitude imbalance or quadrature imbalance It displays constellation diagram by modulation types Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option Auto GSM or EDGE Auto is set by default The instrument applies a mask automatically based on the selected mode 3 Toggle the PSK Constellation sof
156. with LTE TDD OTA signal analyzer Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 291 JD780A Series Analyzers ID scanner The LTE mobile receives signals from multiple base stations that all of these signals share the same spectrum and are present at the same time Each base station has unique scrambling code assigned to the particular base station and it differentiates its signal from other base stations in the area The ID Scanner shows key parameters such as RSRP Reference Signal Received Power and RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality that predict the downlink coverage quickly RSRPs from entire cells help to rank between the different cells as input for handover and cell reselection decisions m RSRQ provides additional information when RSRP is not sufficient to make a reliable handover or cell reselection decision All of the parameters for OTA ID scanner can be plotted on map data such as Google Maps and Google Earth by using JDViewer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as n
157. 0 012 0 05 99 7 0 3 1 86 10 4 0 412 0 30 91 0 9 0 1 12 24 9 0 014 0 06 99 7 0 3 1 88 10 3 0 426 0 31 90 7 9 3 1 13 24 3 0 016 0 06 99 6 0 4 1 90 10 2 0 440 0 31 90 4 9 6 1 14 23 7 0 019 0 07 99 6 0 4 1 92 10 0 0 454 0 32 90 1 9 9 1 15 23 1 0 021 0 07 99 5 0 5 1 94 9 9 0 468 0 32 89 8 10 2 1 16 22 6 0 024 0 07 99 5 0 5 1 96 9 8 0 483 0 32 89 5 10 5 1 17 22 1 0 027 0 08 99 4 0 6 1 98 9 7 0 497 0 33 89 2 10 8 1 18 21 7 0 030 0 08 99 3 0 7 2 00 9 5 0 512 0 33 88 9 11 1 1 19 21 2 0 033 0 09 99 2 0 8 2 50 7 4 0 881 0 43 81 6 18 4 1 20 20 8 0 036 0 09 99 2 0 8 3 00 6 0 1 249 0 50 75 0 25 0 1 21 20 4 0 039 0 10 99 1 0 9 3 50 5 1 1 603 0 56 69 1 30 9 1 22 20 1 0 043 0 10 99 0 1 0 4 00 4 4 1 938 0 60 64 0 36 0 1 23 19 7 0 046 0 10 98 9 1 1 4 50 3 9 2 255 0 64 59 5 40 5 1 24 19 4 0 050 0 11 98 9 1 1 5 00 3 5 2 553 0 67 55 6 44 4 1 25 19 1 0 054 0 11 98 8 1 2 5 50 3 2 2 834 0 69 52 1 47 9 1 26 18 8 0 058 0 12 98 7 1 3 6 00 2 9 3 100 0 71 49 0 51 0 1 27 18 5 0 062 0 12 98 6 1 4 6 50 2 7 3 351 0 73 46 2 53 8 1 28 18 2 0 066 0 12 98 5 1 5 7 00 2 5 3 590 0 75 43 7 56 3 1 29 17 9 0 070 0 13 98 4 1 6 7 50 2 3 3 817 0 76 41 5 58 5 1 30 17 7 0 075 0 13 98 3 1 7 8 00 2 2 4 033 0 78 39 5 60 5 1 32 17 2 0 083 0 14 98 1 1 9 8 50 2 1 4 240 0 79 37 7 62 3 1 34 16 8 0 093 0 15 97 9 2 1 9 00 1 9 4 437 0 80 36 0 64 0 1 36 16 3 0 102 0 15 97 7 2 3 9 50 1 8 4 626 0 81 34 5 65 5 1 38 15 9 0 112 0 16 97 5 2 5 10 00 Us 4 807 0 82 33 1 66 9 1 40 15 8 0 122 0 17 97 2 2 8 11 00 1 6 5 149
158. 0 83 30 6 69 4 1 42 15 2 0 133 0 17 97 0 3 0 12 00 15 5 466 0 85 28 4 71 6 1 44 14 9 0 144 0 18 96 7 3 3 13 00 1 3 5 762 0 86 26 5 73 5 1 46 14 6 0 155 0 19 96 5 3 5 14 00 1 2 6 040 0 87 24 9 75 1 1 48 14 3 0 166 0 19 96 3 3 7 15 00 1 2 6 301 0 88 23 4 76 6 1 50 14 0 0 177 0 20 96 0 4 0 16 00 1 1 6 547 0 88 22 1 77 9 1 52 13 7 0 189 0 21 95 7 4 3 17 00 1 0 6 780 0 89 21 0 79 0 1 54 13 4 0 201 0 21 95 5 4 5 18 00 1 0 7 002 0 89 19 9 80 1 1 56 13 2 0 213 0 22 95 2 4 8 19 00 0 9 7 212 0 90 19 0 81 0 1 58 13 0 0 225 0 22 94 9 5 1 20 00 0 9 7 413 0 90 18 1 81 9 1 60 12 7 0 238 0 23 94 7 5 3 25 00 0 7 8 299 0 92 14 8 85 2 1 62 12 5 0 250 0 24 94 4 5 6 30 00 0 6 9 035 0 94 12 5 87 5 544 Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix E Cyclic prefix table This information is for the LTE FDD Signal Analyzer mode and the LTE TDD Signal Analyzer mode of the JD785A Base Station Analyzer and the JD788A Signal Analyzer Following table shows OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Cyclic Prefix Length Bandwidth Configuration Downlink TS ys 2 Normal CP Af 15 kHz oli au 144 for 1 2 6 4 6875 20 MHz Af 15 kHz 512 for 0 1 5 16 667 Extended CP Af 7 5 kHz 1024 for 0 1 2 33 333 120 for 0 5 208 Normal CP Af 15 kHz 108 for 1 2 6 4 6875 15 MHz Af 15 kHz 384 for 0 1 5 16 667 Extended CP Af 7 5 kHz 768 for 0 1 2 33 333 Normal CP Af 15 kHz po eee 7
159. 06 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 4 Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subframe is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths 5 Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E 2 6 Toggle the EVM Detection Mode soft key and select Single or Combine as desired Single Testing on one single ant
160. 087 Band 5 850 General 4132 lt n lt 4233 4357 lt n lt 4458 824 0 49 0 9 0 LO mN Band 5 850 Additional 782 lt n lt 862 ES 894 0 1007 lt n lt 1087 Band 6 800 General 4162 lt n lt 4188 4387 lt n lt 4413 Band 6 800 Additional 320 0 2100 812 lt n lt 837 ZEN Bert 1037 lt n lt 1062 Band 7 2600 General 2012 lt n lt 2338 2237 lt n lt 2563 2500 0 2570 0 2620 0 O SS Band 7 2600 Additional ss 2362 lt n lt 2687 E 2587 lt n lt 2912 Band 8 900 General 880 0 915 0 2712 lt n lt 2863 925 0 960 0 2937 lt n lt 3088 Band 9 1700 General 1749 9 1784 9 8762 lt n lt 8912 1844 9 1879 9 9237 lt n lt 9387 Band 10 1700 General 2887 lt n lt 3163 3112 lt n lt 3388 1710 0 1770 0 2110 0 AOD S Band 10 1700 Additional 3187 lt n lt 3462 l 3412 lt n lt 3687 Band 11 1500 General 1427 9 1447 9 3487 lt n lt 3562 1475 9 1495 9 3712 lt n lt 3787 Band 12 700 General 3617 lt n lt 3678 3842 lt n lt 3903 Band 12 700 Additional SERM 169 3707 lt n lt 3767 723 9 ER 3932 lt n lt 3992 Band 13 700 General 3792 lt n lt 3818 4017 lt n lt 4043 777 0 787 0 746 0 AN ee Band 13 700 Additional 3842 lt n lt 3867 E 4067 lt n lt 4092 Band 14 700 General 3892 lt n lt 3918 4117 lt n lt 4143 Band 14 700 Additional 738 0 ahi 3942 lt n lt 3967 189 eee 4167 lt n lt 4192 Band 19 800 General 312 lt n lt 363 712 lt n lt 763 830 0 845 0 75 0 890 0 Band 19 800 Additional 387 lt n lt 437 i 787 lt n lt 837 Band 20 800 General 832 0 862 0 4287 lt n lt 4413 791 0 821 0 4512 lt
161. 0A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 150 Constellation measurement with CDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 328 for more information Code domain power The Code Domain Power CDP measures the distribution of power across the set of code channels normalized to the total power It helps to verify that each code channel is operating at its proper level and to identify problems throughout the transmitter design from coding to the RF section System imperfections such as amplifier non linearity will present themselves as an undesired distribution of power in the code domain Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following
162. 0i Press the Freeze soft key to capture the properly focused image The text Capturing appears Optional To save the captured image as a file png complete the following steps a Tap the Save PNG soft key The Save window appears with the on screen key b Type a file name in the File Name field c Select a folder where you want to save the file if desired d Press the Save soft key Press the Live soft key to return to the live image screen or press the Quit soft key to exit Performing Fiber Inspection JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 281 Captured fiber image Testing a fiber Procedure 1 Connect the fiber to be inspected to the tip of your microscope P5000i The live image of the fiber is displayed on the screen See the user manual of your fiber microscope for details on using the P5000i Focus the image by rotating the Focus Control on the P5000i until the image is in focus Toggle the Magnification soft key between Low and High and select the option you want to use You can also press the Magnification Control button on either side of the P5000i 4 Press the Test soft key to start fiber analysis The text Analyzing appears 5 Once the test is completed check the result displayed on the screen with the following information Image overlay of the zone locations defects and scratches PASS or FAIL result Specific test result for each
163. 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes 510 Using Channel Scanner JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE Selecting Sweep Mode gt Fast may reduce the measurement accuracy but you can use this fast sweep mode to identify the existence of interfering signals Making channel scanner measurements Setting channel You need to set the channel to be scanned Procedure _ Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency a
164. 2 Press the Power On soft key 3 Select the power on option from the following choices Last Boots up with the last state of the instrument before power off or shut down Preset Boots up with the default settings preset in the factory User Boots up with the user defined setup When the User is selected the User Setup menu under System becomes activated gt Optional To specify the user setup file complete the following steps a Press the User Setup soft key b Select the name of the user setup file c Press the Done soft key NOTE The Preset option returns the instrument settings to the factory preset lt is recommended that you use this option when you experience badly misadjusted settings Changing display mode You can change the instrument s display mode as needed Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select System Configuration gt Display Mode 3 Select a display mode from the choices Indoor Outdoor and Night 4 The instrument optimizes screen colors to each choice 36 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers Setting sleep time You can set the amount of time up to 255 minutes to let the instrument automatically turn the backlight off and enter into power saving mode after no actions or data entries Default setting is zero which indicates that the sleep mode is turned off and screen backlight is always on Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select Syste
165. 2 for 1 2 6 4 6875 10 MHz Af 15 kHz 256 for 0 1 5 16 667 Extended CP Af 7 5 kHz 512 for 0 1 2 33 333 40 for 0 5 208 Normal CP Af 15 kHz 36 for 1 2 6 4 6875 5 MHz Af 15 kHz 128 for 0 1 5 16 667 Extended CP Af 7 5 kHz 248 for 0 1 2 33 333 Normal CP Af 15 kHz Ane 16 3 208 18 for 1 2 6 4 6875 3 MHz Af 15 kHz 64 for 0 1 5 16 667 Extended CP Af 7 5 kHz 128 for 0 1 2 33 333 10 for 0 5 208 Normal CP Af 15 kHz 9 for 1 2 6 4 6875 1 4 MHz Af 15 kHz 32 for 0 1 5 16 667 Extended CP Af 7 5 kHz 64 for 0 1 2 33 333 Appendix 545 JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix F Motorola CDMA EV DO LMF Motorola s COMA EV DO base stations BTS are optimized with the assistance of Local Maintenance Facility LMF a Motorola s software tool that interfaces with the cell site and the instrument The optimization process identifies the accumulated loss or gain for all receiving and transmitting paths at the cell site and stores that value in the system s database Using JD780A series LMF interface An emulation interface to LMF has been implemented in JDSU s base station analyzer JD785A in order to perform BTS optimization procedures The scope of this emulation is to do maintenance tests of TX Calibration and TX Audit required in routine maintenance practices with or without the use of an external power sensor Using the external power sensor you can get highly accurate measu
166. 250 O lt n lt 53 3653 50 3746 25 O lt n lt 53 ProfR15 7 3753 3703 500 3796 250 O lt n lt 53 3753 50 3846 25 O lt n lt 53 ProfR26 10 5275 5275 000 5335 000 55 lt n lt 67 ProfR27 10 5740 5740 000 5830 000 148 lt n lt 166 ProfR28 10 5735 5735 000 5845 000 147 lt n lt 169 ProfR29 8 75 2304 2304 375 2395 625 O lt n lt 730 Appendix 543 JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix D VSWR Return loss conversion table This information is for the Cable and Antenna Analyzer mode of the JD785A Base Station Analyzer and the JD786A RF Analyzer m Return Loss 20log o VSWR 1 VSWR 1 dB vswr 108 1 204 9 10 27 VSWR Return Trans Volt Power Power VSWR Return Trans Volt Power Power Loss Loss Refl Trans Refl Loss Loss Refl Trans Refl dB dB Coeff dB dB Coeff 1 00 0 000 0 00 100 0 0 0 1 64 12 3 0 263 0 24 94 1 5 9 1 01 46 1 0 000 0 00 100 0 0 0 1 66 12 1 0 276 0 25 93 8 6 2 1 02 40 1 0 000 0 01 100 0 0 0 1 68 11 9 0 289 0 25 93 6 6 4 1 03 36 6 0 001 0 01 100 0 0 0 1 70 11 7 0 302 0 26 93 3 6 7 1 04 34 2 0 002 0 02 100 0 0 0 1 72 11 5 0 315 0 26 93 0 7 0 1 05 32 3 0 003 0 02 99 9 0 1 1 74 11 4 0 329 0 27 92 7 7 3 1 06 30 7 0 004 0 03 99 9 0 1 1 76 11 2 0 342 0 28 92 4 7 6 1 07 29 4 0 005 0 03 99 9 0 1 1 78 11 0 0 356 0 28 92 1 7 9 1 08 28 3 0 006 0 04 99 9 0 1 1 80 10 9 0 370 0 29 91 8 8 2 1 09 27 3 0 008 0 04 99 8 0 2 1 82 10 7 0 384 0 29 91 5 8 5 1 10 26 4 0 010 0 05 99 8 0 2 1 84 10 6 0 398 0 30 91 3 8 7 1 11 25 7
167. 31 for more information Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 375 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 181 Channel scanner measurement with EV DO OTA signal analyzer PN scanner Each access network sector has a unique PN offset The PN Scanner is used to identify all the active PNs in an area Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information 376 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 182 PN scanner measurement with EV DO OTA signal analyzer Multipath profile The Multipath Profile enables you to determine RF environmental conditions of testing area It indicates the amount of power of the dominant pilot signal that is dispersed outside th
168. 3800 MHz Average 21 76 to 51 76 dBm 0 15 to 150 W Peak 36 02 to 56 02 dBm 4 to 400 W JD732B Terminating Power Sensor 20 3800 MHz Average 30 to 20 dBm JD733A Directional Power Sensor 150 3500 MHz Average Peak 20 to 47 dBm 0 1 to 50 W JD734B Terminating Power Sensor 20 3800 MHz Peak 30 to 20 dBm JD736B Terminating Power Sensor 20 3800 MHz Average Peak 30 to 20 dBm 524 Using Power Meter JD780A Series Analyzers Terminating power sensor connection Procedure 1 Connect an external power sensor to the USB Host port of the JD780A series and to the RF output port of BTS The JD780A series automatically detects and initializes the power sensor connected to the instrument Connecting an external power sensor is mandatory Table 24 Terminating power sensor connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Directional power sensor connection Procedure 1 Connect an external power sensor to the USB Host port of the JD780A series and to the RF output port of BTS as shown in Figure 276 The JD780A series automatically detects and initializes the power sensor connected to the instrument Connecting an external power sensor is mandatory Figure 276 Directional power sensor connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Power Meter gt External RF Power Meter Using Power Meter 525 JD780A Serie
169. 42 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a floor map or mcf file type created in JDMapCreator NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes any scanned floor plan or layout to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mc into the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument b Press SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 4 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 5 Press the Plot Point soft key and then select the plot point option from the following choices To collect data plot points automatically as you move around in a vehicle or outside press the GPS soft key and then toggle the Screen Mode soft key between Map and Full NOTE With the Map setting you can view only the collected points that can be seen within the boundary of the loaded map If a point is off the map the instrument displays an arrow to indicate the direction of the current location on the map and the distance from the center 298 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers to the location at the top of the screen With the Full setting you can view all the collected points of the route without the loaded map To collect data plot points manually without a GPS antenna in an indoor environment press the Position soft key 6 Press the Plot
170. 5 gt Press the Offset Limit soft key The Offset Limit screen menu bar appears Press the Offset soft key and then select the number for the active offset to configure Toggle the Offset soft key and select On to display or Off to hide the active offset Press the Offset Frequency soft key to set the offset frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz 5 To define the selected offset s limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a Press the Lower soft key to set the threshold for the power difference between the main channel bandwidth and the selected offset bandwidth on the left Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBc soft key Press the Upper soft key to set the threshold for the power difference between the main channel bandwidth and the selected offset bandwidth on the right Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBc soft key Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting limit Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Multi ACP soft key 3 Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 4
171. 5 as these subframes 0 and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key 4 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 195 JD780A Series Analyzers Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subframe is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths 6 Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E 2 7 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test
172. 8 Zero Substitution A coding scheme in which the transmitter substitutes a fixed pattern of ones zeros and BPVs in place of 8 consecutive zeros To start or stop testing 1 Press the MEASURE hot key 2 Press the RX Signal soft key and then select the testing option as needed Start Stop or Clear Optional You can save event records automatically by using the Save Result as CSV Format soft key See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 263 T1 RX signal testing 29 2000 12 06 23 39 34 Mate Ti Anutyoe Current Hed Alarm Q vent Lin NAL Yellow Amen yen tag lag co Am te Alarm O fey e Using T1 Analyzer 501 JD780A Series Analyzers Performing loop testing Making a test Procedure To select the measurement mode 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the E1 T1 Analyzer soft key 3 Select T1 Analyzer gt Loop Test To configure measurement parameters 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the RX Mode soft key and then select the receiver input option from the following choices Terminate Provides 100 ohm nominal input impedance according to the framing line code and BER pattern settings Bridge Provides input impedance greater than one kilohm for in service monitoring bridging the receiver input across lines that are terminated elsewhere in the network Monitor Provides 100 ohm nominal input impedance for the in s
173. 80A Series Analyzers Figure 148 Multi ACPR measurement with CDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 320 for more information Spurious emissions Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal measured at the RF port of the Base Station Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set up the range table and frequency range press the Range Table soft key and then complete the following steps a Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range mpap Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob h Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz e 3 Toggle the Range soft ke
174. 949 1475 9 1495 9 4750 lt n lt 4949 Band 12 700 699 0 716 0 23010 lt n lt 23179 729 0 746 0 5010 lt n lt 5179 Band 13 700 777 0 787 0 23180 lt n lt 23279 746 0 756 0 5180 lt n lt 5279 Band 14 700 788 0 798 0 23280 lt n lt 23379 758 0 768 0 5280 lt n lt 5379 Band 17 700 704 0 716 0 23730 lt n lt 23849 734 0 746 0 5730 lt n lt 5849 Band 18 800 815 0 830 0 23850 lt n lt 23999 860 0 875 0 5850 lt n lt 5999 Band 19 800 830 0 845 0 24000 lt n lt 24149 875 0 890 0 6000 lt n lt 6149 Band 20 800 832 0 862 0 24150 lt n lt 24449 791 0 821 0 6150 lt n lt 6449 Band 21 1500 1447 9 1462 9 24450 lt n lt 24599 1495 9 1510 9 6450 lt n lt 6599 Band 22 3500 3410 0 3490 0 24600 lt n lt 25399 3510 0 3590 0 6600 lt n lt 7399 Band 23 2100 2000 0 2020 0 25500 lt n lt 25699 2180 0 2200 0 7500 lt n lt 7699 Band 24 1500 1626 5 1660 5 25700 lt n lt 26039 1525 0 1559 0 7700 lt n lt 8039 Band 25 1900 1850 0 1915 0 26040 lt n lt 26689 1930 0 1995 0 8040 lt n lt 8689 Band 26 800 814 0 849 0 26690 lt n lt 27039 859 0 894 0 8690 lt n lt 9039 LTE TDD Band Global Band 33 1900 1900 0 1920 0 36000 lt n lt 36199 Band 34 2100 2010 0 2025 0 36200 lt n lt 36349 Band 35 1850 1850 0 1910 0 36350 lt n lt 36949 Band 36 1930 1930 0 1990 0 36950 lt n lt 37549 Band 37 1910 1910 0 1930 0 37550 lt n lt 37749 Band 38 2570 2570 0 2620 0 37750 lt n lt 38249 Band 39 1880 1880 0 1920 0 38250 lt n lt 38649 Band 40 2300 2300 0 2400 0 38650 lt n lt 39649 Band 41 2496
175. A A on 10713 PAD A on Z5 0B IA tanh Band Global Kama Offuet 49 00 08 700 NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 150 for more information The Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACPR designated by the 3GPP WCDMA specifications as the Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR is the power contained in a specified frequency channel bandwidth relative to the total carrier power It may also be expressed as a ratio of power spectral densities between the carrier and the specified offset frequency band After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 52 Figure 52 ACLR measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer o SATA Mode WCDMAHSPA AR i em my LURO Pe oF c 10713 FWD 21508 cart Bend Gotai Y Oftvet 40 00 48 10a 146 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer NOTE JD780A Series Analyzers You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 150 for more information Multi ACLR The Multi ACLR measurement is used to perform multi channel ACLR measurements with as many channels as possible It helps you to measure ACLR in multi channel t
176. Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Toggle the Display Result soft key and select the display result option Full to view detailed measurement readings with the pass fail indication Quick to view only the Pass Fail results 3 To view the measurement results for a different carrier press the View Carrier soft key and then select the carrier number to view Performing power statistics CCDF measurements The Power Statistics Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function CCDF measurement characterizes the power statistics of the input signal It provides PAR Peak to Average power Ratio versus different probabilities Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the CCDF Length soft key to set the length of the CCDF 3 Enter a value between 1 and 100 by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 180 CCDF measurement with EV DO signal analyzer Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 373 JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting EV DO OTA measurements This Over The Air OTA me
177. Analyzers Waveform quality Rho Rho Low Limit Carrier feed through Carrier Feed Through High Limit Pilot power Pilot Power High Limit Abs Rel Low Limit Abs Rel Highest level among inactive channels Max Inactive High Limit Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE NOTE The Time Offset compares the PN offset timing with the overall system time and the instrument checks the start of PN offset in comparison to either the GPS signal or the even second clock signal The Rho measures the modulation quality for a CDMA transmitter along with EVM and Walsh Channel Power It includes all errors occurred along the transmitter chain such as base band filtering abnormality of 1 Q modulator and distortion in power amplifier A perfect Rho value is 1 0 indicating that all of the power is being transmitted correctly The Carrier Feed Through is a result of the RF carrier signal feeding through the I Q modulator and riding on the output circuitry without being modulated Performing auto measurements The Auto Measure function of the JD780A series allows a complete signal profiling covering RF characterization and modulation quality parameters of u
178. Appending a keyword on page 559 for more information To create a folder press the Create Folder soft key type a directory name and then press the Apply soft key To change the file location in the internal memory or to your USB memory drive touch the Getting Started 33 JD780A Series Analyzers Location button select your desired file path using the touch screen or the rotary knob and then press the Apply soft key NOTE In is recommended that you use an external USB memory drive to save logging data in the Auto Measure mode in order to have enough free space Optional only in the Auto Measure mode Toggle the Save Screen soft key and select All to save all the Auto Measure screens or Fail to save only the ones with the Fail on Press the Save soft key to start logging The ERE appears on the screen Press the ESC hard key to stop logging data and complete saving Using load You can load your saved screen result setup and limit from the internal memory or your external USB memory drive Procedure 1 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key The Save Load screen menu bar appears Press the Load soft key The Load screen menu bar appears Select the load option from the following choices To load Select Saved screen or report Load Screen Measurement result Load Result Setup and test configuration Load Setup Limit setting Load Limit Logging data Load Logging Data Map file Load Map S
179. Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the More 1 2 gt Threshold soft key Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key 5 Toggle the More 1 2 gt Q Paging soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the quick page channel that indicates the power of Quick Page Walsh code 80 6 To set the time interval complete the following steps a Press the Time Interval soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 7 To place the time cursor to analyze your measurements complete the following steps a Toggle the Time Cursor soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the time cursor b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key gt NOTE When the time cursor is enabled the measurement is put on hold and information about the time cursor is displayed 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information 324 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 152 Codogram in full view with CDMA signal analyzer Setting display You can view your measurement results in a different view option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Pr
180. B If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 111 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure To set the external offset 1 2 3 4 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On Enter a value by using the numeric keys Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 2 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key
181. Bridge Provides input impedance greater than one kilohm for in service monitoring bridging the receiver input across lines that are terminated elsewhere in the network Monitor Provides 100 ohm nominal input impedance for the in service monitoring of T1 lines 3 Toggle the Framing soft key between SF D4 and ESF and select the framing type for your receiver setting SF D4 Super Frame D4 Group of 12 frames used to align equipment for framing ESF Extended Super Frame Group of 24 frames used to align equipment for framing 4K for a maintenance channel Facilities Data Link 2K for CRC 6 checksum and 2K for framing synchronization If the framing type does not match with your receiver setting a framing alarm occurs 4 Toggle the Line Code soft key between AMI and B8ZS and select the line code type to send an T1 signal AMI It stands for Alternate Mark Inversion A line code uses one three level signal to convey binary digits in which successive binary ones marks or pulses are of alternating polarity either positive or negative equal in amplitude A binary zero space is transmitted as no pulse or zero amplitude B8ZS It stands for Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution A coding scheme in which the transmitter substitutes a fixed pattern of ones zeros and BPVs in place of 8 consecutive zeros To start or stop monitoring 1 Press the MEASURE hot key 2 Press the Monitoring soft key an
182. C could degrade battery performance and life Up to 3800 traces Supports USB 2 0 compatible memory devices With no derating At charging At discharging Non condensing With the battery pack removed Complies with European EMC With battery Approximately W x H x D 539 JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix B Cable list Cable T Relative Propagation Nominal Attenuation dB m Aro RYPE Velocity V 1000 MHz FSJ1 50A 0 84 0 197 FSJ250 0 83 0 134 FSJ4 50B 0 81 0 119 HCC 12 50J 0 915 0 092 HCC 158 50J 0 95 0 023 HCC 300 50J 0 96 0 014 HCC 312 50J 0 96 0 013 HCC 78 50J 0 915 0 042 HF 4 1 8 Cu2Y 0 97 0 01 HF 5 Cu2Y 0 96 0 007 HF 6 1 8 Cu2Y 0 97 0 006 HJ4 5 50 0 92 0 054 HJ4 50 0 914 0 087 HJ5 50 0 916 0 042 HJ7 50A 0 921 0 023 LDF12 50 0 88 0 022 LDF4 50A 0 88 0 077 LDF5 50A 0 89 0 043 LDF6 50 0 89 0 032 LDFF7 50A 0 88 0 027 LMR100 0 8 0 792 LMR1200 0 88 0 044 LMR1700 0 89 0 033 LMR200 0 83 0 344 LMR240 0 84 0 262 LMR400 0 85 0 135 LMR500 0 86 0 109 LMR600 0 87 0 087 LMR900 0 87 0 056 RG142 0 69 0 443 RG17 17A 0 659 0 18 RG174 0 66 0 984 RG178B 0 69 1 509 RG187 188 0 69 1 017 RG213 U 0 66 0 292 RG214 0 659 0 292 RG223 0 659 0 165 RG55 55A 55B 0 659 0 541 RG58 58B 0 659 1 574 RG58A 58C 0 659 0 787 RGB 8A 10 10A 0 659 0 262 RG9 9A 0 659 0 289 HFSC 12D 1 2 0 81 0 112 HFC 12D 1 2 0 88 0 072 HFC 22D 7 8 0 88 0 041 HFC 33D 1_1 4 0 88 0 0294 HFC 42D 1_5 8 0 87 0 0243 RFCX 12D 1 2
183. Conducting spectrum MeasureMeniS ococonnnccinococoncccnonnnononnnnno cnn n cn cnn nn naar nn rnn naar ranma cnn 351 m Conducting RF MeasurementS occincccnnnccinonnnnnoccconcccnnnnnn acc nano cnn rca narran nn nr nnn cnn 352 m Conducting power vs time measurements occcccnncccnnncconocnnnnoccnonnnnnnnnnnno nn nnn cn cn rnnn nn rn nnnn cnn 359 m Conducting modulation measurements ooooccinncicinccononncononnnnnoccnoncnn nn n nano cnn rn carr nana nnnnn cnn 361 m Performing auto measurements ccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeee cee eeeeaeeeeaeeteeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeeesaeeneeeeeenees 371 m Performing power statistics CCDF measurement csceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeens 373 m Conducting EV DO OTA measurements ccconoccccnonoccncnononnnnnononnncnanonnncnnnnnnncnanennncnanennnnnanrnnnnins 374 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The EV DO Signal Analyzer of the JD780A series performs power and spectrum measurements as well as modulation analysis to test the proper transmitter performance of EV DO systems lt performs conformance testing according to the following standards providing a simple Pass Fail indication on each test m 3GPP2 C S0024 B cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Air Interface Specification m 3GPP2 C S0032 B Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Access Network You may alter the measurement parameters for specialized analysis Pass Fail testing with standard defined
184. Cross LAN Cable 1 5 m GC73050515 USB A to B Cable 1 8 m GC72450518 gt 1 G Byte USB Memory G710550325 Rechargeable Lithium lon Battery G710550323 Automotive Cigarette Lighter 12 V DC Adapter G710550316 Stylus Pen JD780A361 JD780A Series User s Manual and Application Software CD Requires Dual Port Calibration Kit Highly recommended adding JD788A010 Highly recommended adding G70005035x and or G70005036x standard accessories can be purchased separately 554 Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers JD780A Series Common Options Optional RF Power Sensors JD731B Directional Power Sensor peak and average power Frequency 300 MHz to 3 8 GHz Power Average 0 15 to 150 W Peak 4 to 400 W JD733A Directional Power Sensor peak and average power Frequency 150 MHz to 3 5 GHz Power Average Peak 0 1 to 50 W JD732B Terminating Power Sensor average power Frequency 20 MHz to 3 8 GHz Power 30 to 20 dBm JD734B Terminating Power Sensor peak power Frequency 20 MHz to 3 8 GHz Power 30 to 20 dBm JD736B Terminating Power Sensor peak and average power Frequency 20 MHz to 3 8 GHz Power 30 to 20 dBm Optional Optical Power Sensors MP 60A USB Optical Power Meter with software 2 5 mm and 1 25 mm interfaces 30 USB extender carrying pouch MP 80A USB Optical Power Meter High Power with software 2 5 mm and 1 25 mm interfaces 30 USB extender carrying pouch Optional Calibration Kits JD72450509 Y Calibr
185. D SCDMA specification and determines Scrambling Code Number by using the sync sequence number while the Full does from 0 to 127 fully To select how to determine the Midamble spread factor estimation either in full or maximum power search toggle the Mid SF Map soft key and select Max or Spec NOTE The Max determines the spread factor of the Midamble by using the maximum power of the received Midamble while the Spec searches Default Midamble Allocation based on the TD SCDMA specification To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 8PSK QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM To set the relative threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key lts default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 204 Code power measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication for the Max Inactive See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 414 for more information 412 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Code error Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings c
186. D signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 257 for more information Multi ACLR The Multi ACLR measurement is used to perform multi channel ACLR measurements with as many channels as possible It helps you to measure ACLR in multi channel transmitting Base Station environment Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 253 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To set the frequency do one of the following To set the center frequency complete the following steps Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Lowest Frequency soft key to set the starting center frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Highest Frequency soft key to set the stopping center frequency 9 29 5 BD Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob g Select the unit GHz MHz kHz o
187. E SETUP hot key 2 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 3 Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option DL Auto for auto detection of downlink UL Auto for auto detection of uplink SF1 SF2 SF4 SF8 or SF16 4 To set the number of maximum users complete the following steps a Press the Max Users soft key b Enter a value up to 16 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 5 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select how to determine scrambling estimation toggle the Scramble soft key and select Spec or Full NOTE The Spec searches Sync Sequence Number from 0 to 31 based on the TD SCDMA specification and determines Scrambling Code Number by using the sync sequence number while the Full does from 0 to 127 fully To select how to determine the Midamble spread factor estimation either in full or maximum 402 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers power search toggle the Mid SF Map
188. Emissions Power vs Time Slot and Frame Modulation Analysis Constellation Data Channel Control Channel Subframe Time Alignment Error Data Allocation Map m Auto Measure Conformance Test Maintenance Test Signal Performance Test DAS Test Power Statistics CCDF Carrier Aggregation Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 239 JD780A Series Analyzers m Over The Air OTA Channel Scanner ID Scanner Multipath Profile Control Channel Datagram Route Map Display overview Figure 103 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Figure 103 LTE TDD signal analyzer measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode Input settings Pass fall User input field San indicator Measurement gt Screen settings menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the Power amplifier output port of BTS 240 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 104 Direct connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS Figure 105 Indirect connection ard e JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTI
189. Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob 8 Press the Fair soft key to set its threshold 9 Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob 10 Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold 11 Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob 12 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 459 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 230 Route map measurement with Mobile WiMAX OTA signal analyzer 460 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the Cable and Antenna Analyzer function which is available for the JD785A Base Station Analyzer and the JD786A RF Analyzer Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows E Introduction tac A Ai A DA A 462 Display OVEIVIO Wii ti A a aaa AA a Ee EAA 462 m Selecting measurement Mode oconcccnncconocinoncnnnoncccnnncnn anna rca cn cnn ranma 463 m Configuring test parameters oooococinnccnnnnncnnnnnnnnccnnonncnnncnnn nn cn nana cnn aa aaa aa rn nana 463 Performing CalibratiON iiiin nana anadevins cevdls ARA TAAKKA ERANA ARANARAK R 465 m Connecting accabler aana ti aa aa aaa a akaa aaa aE aA 469 m Performing reflection MeasurementS ococcnnnninnnnnnncccnncnnn
190. Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key Setting zoom position You can set the starting channel for the Zoom Window Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Zoom Position soft key 3 Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting limit for OTA frequency scanner Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Limit Line soft key to set a threshold for the limit line and Pass Fail indication 1 2 3 Enter a value and then press the dBm unit soft key 4 Toggle the Limit Line soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the limit line 5 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 129 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 40 Frequency scanner measurement with GSM OTA signal analyzer Multipath profile The Multipath Profile let you determine RF environmental conditions of testing area The multipath profile is the result of portions of the original broadcast signal arriving at the receiving antenna out of phase This
191. G to calculate EVM based on Resource Element Group or Avg to calculate EVM after adding up all the PDCCH signals from one subframe Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 201 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 84 Control channel measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer Figure 85 Control channel measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer MBMS On NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 213 for more information Using marker You can use the MARKER hard key to place a marker on a control channel and display the IQ diagram for the selected channel 202 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure Press the MARKER hard key 2 Press the Channel soft key to select the channel to be displayed in the IQ diagram The channel P SS is selected by default 3 Turn the rotary knob to move the highlight from one to another in the channel summary table Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the result of the selected channel Subframe The Subframe measures the modulation accuracy of all the data and control channels at the specified subframe 1 ms Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your mea
192. IMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth 194 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 79 Power vs time frame measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer Conducting modulation measurements Constellation The Constellation is used to observe some aspects of modulation accuracy and can reveal certain fault mechanisms such as l Q amplitude imbalance or quadrature imbalance It displays constellation diagram by modulation types Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor
193. IQ Origin Offset High Limit 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Performing auto measurements Conformance test The Conformance Test is to test if eNode B meets some specified standards that have been developed for verification Its test procedure and test setups have been developed by 3GPP Test results can be saved as a csv file type Setting limit for conformance test You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Turning the test limit on for a test item makes the test item included in the conformance test Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 To set the limit for BTS output power complete the following steps a Press the BTS Output Power soft key b Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the limit c Press the High Limit soft key d Enter a value for the upper limit e Press the dBm unit soft key f Press the Low Limit soft key g Enter a value for the lower limit h Press the dBm unit soft key 3 To set the limit for total power dynamic complete the following steps 214 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Press the Total
194. In addition the JD785A and the JD786A make distance to fault measurements to pinpoint a faulty location accurately To get maximum power into a load it is required that the load impedance match the generator impedance Any difference in impedance or mismatching would not produce maximum power transfer An impedance mismatch at the antenna system produces a reflective traveling wave which goes in the opposite direction from the incident wave As the two traveling waves cross each other in opposite direction it is produce an interference pattern called a standing wave VSWR is the ratio between the power sent forward to the cable and or antenna and the amount of power that is reflected back to the transmitter Some of the consequences of having a high VSWR condition in cellular services include dropped calls poor reception and an overall unacceptable performance in the cell or section of cell covered by the base station antenna Therefore the VSWR of the antenna system including the feed line is one of the most critical factors in the service and maintenance of the RF transmitter systems This Cable and Antenna Analyzer function performs following measurements Reflection VSWR and Return Loss Distance to Fault DTF VSWR and Return Loss m Reflection DTF dual measurement m 2 Port Measurements Vector and Scalar Optional Cable Loss 1 Port 1 Port Phase Smith Chart Display overview Figure 231 provides descrip
195. Item soft key and then select the measurement option RSRP RSRQ RS SINR S SS RSSI P SS Power S SS Power or S SS Ec lo NOTE The instrument collects the strongest Cell ID s data to plot points 7 Press the Bandwidth soft key to set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured and then select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz Toggle the Plot soft key and select Start to start plotting Touch directly on the screen or press the ENTER hard key to collect data and plot points on the loaded map for the Position setting NOTE For the Position setting you can change the direction of the route with the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob 10 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Stop to stop plotting 11 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key to save the result See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The instrument does not automatically save the collected data It is recommended that you save the result Otherwise you will lose all the collected data Setting limit for route map You can set the thresholds for each test item Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Select the plot items and set the limits as needed To set the limit for Select Set RSRP RSRP Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor dBm RSRQ RSRQ Good Fair Poor dB RS SINR RS SINR Good Fair Poor dB S SS RSSI S SS RSSI Excellent Very Good Good Fair Po
196. M Audio Demodulation Field Strength Route Map Dual Spectrum PIM Detection Single and Multiple Carriers Display overview Figure 4 provides overview of each segment of the measurement screen 52 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 4 Spectrum measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode Input settings User input Pass fail field indicator Measurement settings Screen menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Connecting a cable There are two ways that you can make a connection of your instrument and the base station to be tested direct or indirect Procedure To make a direct connection 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the PA output port of BTS as shown in Figure 5 To make an indirect connection 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS as shown in Figure 6 Figure 5 Direct connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Attenuator ARDRE E Using Spectrum Analyzer 53 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 6 Indirect connection cA e JD785A JD786A JD788A a CAUTION The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuator to prevent damage when yo
197. MBSFN ID appears on the screen To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Measurement example 276 Figure 126 Data allocation map measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 127 Data allocation map measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer MBMS On NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 277 for more information Using marker You can use the MARKER hard key to place the marker at a specific resource block and subframe Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key 2 Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the marker on the chart 3 To select the resource block number complete the following steps a Press the RB Number soft key b Enter the resource block number to select by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob to move the marker side by side c Press the Enter soft key 4 To select the subframe block number complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter the subframe number to select by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob to move the
198. Multi ACLR On Off only Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 401 JD780A Series Analyzers Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Conducting power vs time measurements The Power vs Time P vs T measurement analyzes the amplitude profile and timing of the burst signal and provides a time mask for the signal lt measures the mean transmit power during the useful part of TD SCDMA bursts and verifies that the power ramp fits within the defined mask TD SCDMA is a Time Division Multiple Access TDMA scheme with seven time slots or bursts per RF channel and by using the Multi Slot function up to seven slots in a frame can be viewed at one time Power vs time slot The Power vs Time Slot in TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer measures the modulation envelope in the time domain showing the signal rise and fall shape of TD SCDMA signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASUR
199. OMHz LIMHr 15MH2 GPS Procedure 1 Connect an external reference or a GPS antenna to the JD780A series Press the SYSTEM hot key Press the Freq Reference soft key and then select the reference option Internal External 10 MHz External 13 MHz External 15 MHz or GPS NOTE When a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS coordinates longitude and latitude are displayed on the screen and frequency reference is automatically set to GPS in the System gt Freq Reference Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 141 JD780A Series Analyzers Table 13 External reference indicators Type Indicator Description Internal HA green The green INT icon indicates that the instrument uses the built in internal time base External HN green The green EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connected and locked and that the instrument uses the same reference clock as the signal source External MN rea The red EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connect but not locked GPS Ss green The green GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS Ss yellow The yellow GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locking is in progress GPS X grey The grey GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is not connected failed or unable to be locked Conducting spectrum measurements If you have configured test parameters as described in th
200. ON A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuator to prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 241 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 106 OTA connection Modulated Signal E FAENA Modulated Signal FAENA GPS Antenna i GPS Antenna RF Amena Omni of Directional JD785A JD786A JD788A A CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set 0 dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the Signal Analyzer soft key 3 Press the LTE TDD soft key The Spectrum mode is set by default 4 Press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode option from the following choices Spectrum RF Analysis gt Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum Emission Mask ACLR Multi ACLR or Spurious Emissions Power vs Time gt Power vs Time Slot or Power vs Time Frame Modulation Analysis gt
201. OTE The larger number you choose the higher resolution you get and the longer the instrument takes to sweep and display results Selecting the data point larger than what you need for a measurement will result in unnecessarily long sweep time It is recommended that you select high resolution data points only for an instance of measuring wide frequency bands or requiring precise measurement data 4 Optional To turn the bias tee on complete the following steps a Toggle the Bias Tee soft key and select On b Enter a value between 12 and 32 with 0 1 V step c Enter the V soft key The instrument s built in bias tee function option 002 supplies 12 32 VDC bias to active devices through the RF In port eliminating the need of an external power supply 5 Optional To select the output power toggle the Output Power soft key between 0 dBm and 30 dBm NOTE When an amplifier s reflection is measured it is recommended that you change this output power level to 30 dBm and then re calibrate Changing to 30 dBm may result in reduced measurement dynamic range 6 Optional To turn the interference rejection on toggle the Interference Rej soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the feature NOTE It is recommended that you use this feature only when you suspect interfering signals in the area as turning this on slows down the measurement 472 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement ex
202. Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 38 Constellation measurement with GSM signal analyzer 124 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE Measurement items such as IQ Origin Offset C I EVM RMS Peak and EVM 95 are applicable only to EDGE signal measurements Performing auto measurements The Auto Measure function of the JD780A series allows a complete signal profiling covering RF characterization and modulation quality parameters of up to 10 different carriers particularly useful on an overlay architecture where base stations are transmitting in different frequencies The Auto Measure can be easily executed either by selecting a menu in the instrument or by running a programmed scenario in the PC based application so that the instrument automatically configure and perform tests on every aspect of all the carriers Setting limit for auto measure You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired oF oN S Optional Y
203. Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 12 Multi ACP measurement with spectrum analyzer Spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify or determine the power level of in band or out of band spurious emissions within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal The JD780A series indicates either Pass or Fail based on the specified limit of the signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 you can set the measure setup to continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set up the range table complete the following steps a Press the Range Table soft key b Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Using Spectrum Analyzer 73 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting limit 74 p 2 9 gt Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz
204. Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number 4 5 6 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection Press the Channel Number soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 7 Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key
205. Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 356 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2 To set up the range table and frequency range press the Range Table soft key and then complete the following steps a p 20 5 g h Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 Toggle the Range soft key between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a 9 20905 Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a o9 2095 gt Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW
206. Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display Optional If you have the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is overlaid on the screen along with the second Y axis Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measurement is a common test used in the wireless industry to measure the total transmitted power of a radio within a defined frequency channel It acquires a number of points representing the input signal in the time domain transforms this information into the frequency domain using Fast Fourier Transform FFT and then calculates the channel power The effective resolution bandwidth of the frequency domain trace is proportional to the number of points acquired for the FFT The channel power measurement identifies the total RF power and power spectral density PSD of the signal in the LTE channel bandwidth Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be
207. Q diagram for each component carrier Press the Channel soft key to select the channel to be displayed on the IQ diagram Use the rotary knob to move and select an item under EVM Conducting LTE FDD OTA measurements The FDD LTE Over The Air OTA measurement has Channel Scanner ID Scanner Multipath Profile Datagram and Control Channel screens The ID Scanner displays key parameters such as RSRP RSRQ RS SINR and S SS RSSI The Multipath Profile enables you to determine RF environmental conditions of testing area The OTA Control Channel provides summary of all control channels including RS power variation over time Channel scanner The Channel Scanner is a radio receiver that can automatically tune or scan two or more discrete frequencies and multi channels indicating when it finds a signal on one of them and then continuing scanning when that frequency goes silent Setting channel frequency Procedure To set the channels to be scanned 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel 3 Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number between one and six by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys 4 To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measure
208. RF analyzer JD786A The RF Analyzer provides multi purpose solution for the analysis of RF systems covering all physical aspects of transmission reception and interference of RF systems up to 8 GHz Signal analyzer JD788A The Signal Analyzer contains all the features and capabilities required to perform cell site field testing for all wireless technologies from 2G to 4G Features and capabilities The JD780A series is the optimal test solution for installation and maintenance of cellular base stations and cell sites running with external AC power or battery for the field The user interface has been specifically designed with customized menus and simple calibration procedures providing service providers with accurate and reliable measurement results Applicable Systems m cdmaOne cdma2000 m EV DO m WCDMA HSPA GSM GPRS EDGE TD SCDMA m WiMAX m LTE LTE Advanced FDD TDD JD780A Series Overview 23 JD780A Series Analyzers Key Features Table 6 Key functions Functionality JD785A JD786A JD788A Spectrum Analyzer E E Cable and Antenna Analyzer m E RF Power Meter a a E Optical Power Meter a E E Fiber Inspection a a E Signal Analyzers optional a a E1 T1 Analyzers optional E Interference Analyzer optional a a E Channel Scanner optional E E E OTA Measurement optional E E Options This instrument is provided with various options features that are available to be ordered See Appendix Ordering
209. S Antenne GPS Antenna la la JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set O dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing 108 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the Signal Analyzer soft key 3 Press the GSM soft key The Spectrum mode is set by default 4 Press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode option from the following choices Spectrum RF Analysis gt Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum Emission Mask or Spurious Emissions Power vs Time gt Power vs Time Slot or Power vs Time Frame Constellation Auto Measure OTA gt Channel Scanner Frequency Scanner Multipath Profile or Modulation Analyzer Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number If a frequency to be set matches to the frequency corresponding to the selected channel standard the instrument calculates its channel number and updates the screen with it automatically Procedure To set the center frequency 1 on PF ON Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the u
210. See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 4 Press the Channel Number soft key 5 Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 6 Press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 7 Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key NOTE This frequency setting is not used in the Multi ACLR and Spurious Emissions modes Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Procedure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximu
211. Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection Using Spectrum Analyzer 71 JD780A Series Analyzers 72 d Toggle the Link soft key to select the sweep direction and select Fwd or Rev as needed e Press the Lowest Channel soft key f Entera value by using the numeric keys g Press the Enter soft key or ENTER hard key to complete the entry The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number h Press the Highest Channel soft key i Enter a value by using the numeric keys j Press the Enter soft key or ENTER hard key to complete the entry The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 3 To set up ACP setting press the ACP Settings soft key and then complete the following steps a mpap ze Press the Main Channel BW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz Press the Span soft key to set the frequency range over which the instrument will sweep Enter a span frequency value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Average soft key to set the number of measurement to be averaged Enter a value between 1 and 100 Press the Enter soft key 4 To configure an offset up to five complete the following steps a 9 209
212. T hard key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel NOTE Selecting Channel sets the standard channel to Band Global automatically so that you can set the Channel Number without choosing a standard channel band from the list 3 Press the Channel Number soft key 4 Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 5 Press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 6 Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key NOTE This frequency setting is not used in the Multi ACLR and Spurious Emissions modes Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 243 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To
213. Toggle the Sync DL ID soft key and select Auto or Manual to set the Sync Downlink ID automatically or manually 3 Optional To select the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting limit for Sync DL ID analyzer Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 To set the limit for rms of the error vector magnitude complete the following steps Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 419 JD780A Series Analyzers Press the EVM RMS soft key Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the limit o pp Press the High Limit soft key and then enter a value for the upper threshold d Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the limit for frequency error complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Error soft key Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the limit Press the High Limit soft key and then enter a value for the upper threshold Press the ppm soft key o 29 y Press the Low Lim
214. VE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 134 Multipath profile measurement with LTE TDD OTA signal analyzer Control channel DL RS power is the resource element power of Downlink Reference Symbol The absolute DL RS power is indicated on the BCH The absolute accuracy is defined as the maximum deviation between the DL RS power indicated on the BCH and the DL RS power at the BS antenna connector The OTA Control Channel provides summary of all control channels including RS power trend over time GPS coordinates latitude and longitude will be displayed on the screen if a GPS antenna is connected and locked to the GPS satellites Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 294 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Ser
215. WiMAX OTA measurements This Over The Air OTA measurement has preamble scanner multipath profile and preamble power trend screens Preamble scanner displays six preambles and relative powers to inform neighbor cells existence The multipath profile graph helps the user to determine testing area s RF environmental condition The preamble power trend shows power variations of selected preamble over time along with relative power trend for strongest preamble Preamble scanner The OTA Preamble Scanner displays the six strongest preambles to inform neighbor cells existence of testing area Preamble Index Relative Power Cell ID and Sector ID are listed in for each preamble signal with Time Offset in us Positioning information latitude and longitude will be displayed if a GPS antenna is supplied and locked to the GPS satellites on the bottom of the screen Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 453 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a g h Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal
216. a Omni of Directional JD788A CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set 0 dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key Press the Channel Scanner soft key The Channel Scanner mode is selected by default To change the measurement mode press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode Channel Scanner Frequency Scanner Custom Scanner Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You need to set the channel or frequency to be scanned depending on the scanner mode channel scanner frequency scanner and custom scanner Refer to each scanner mode for how to set the channel or frequency Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire 508 Using Channel Scanner JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference value on the Y axis man
217. a a Eae aE eara eee pa aE aan See ia Aa 489 Monitoring trans MISSION szenie O akas SiAn ibne ke kaikas TO 490 M king a testre E NO 490 Measurement example Performing BERT testing bal PN E E Le ses E Making a test i a ait set ss a 491 Measurement example 493 Using TA A alyZ iia dida i ii a di 494 o A NO 495 Display OVNE We A A A A A A a aE A A a 495 COMECIN ACA mania AAA AAA A an AAA ASA 496 DUE SAC ire 496 IMN SESFVIESMOMMOLING zee sercenesthcotavandecustsexansscennsuncedsunticssis consid decusarendenacedtenstencqircaddsandessbanebaenaicededttevebuerdtindesneoneses 496 MoNitOrINQ MANSTMISSION vitoria A A ii A Ad 497 Making atestado ates 497 Measurement example risinn nic td A ab 498 Performing BERT testing 498 Making a test 498 Measurement example 500 Performing RX SON testing iii aca 500 E dacattones E N E E osetia inde abides E acbdinenasic 500 Me asurement examplessids cb 501 Performing loop testing iii dd ein eet adn ech teen eee 502 Making a test Me asurement exam ple innne a ereiaacovecedeineathte scr ideas 504 Using Channel SCannet ccccccccceecceceecceeeseeeeaeeeeeecesaneeeaaeseaaaesaaaesaaeeeeaaeseaaesaaaaesnaeeeeaaeseeeaeseneeneaas ON Display overview Connecting a cable Direct Connectionin Di esd ddai o Ad DE DIAS A O NON Over the air OTA Selecting measurement mode Configu
218. a schedule for an auto measurement complete the following steps a Press the Set Timing soft key b Press the Start Time HH MM soft key c Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key d Press the Stop Time HH MM soft key e Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key f Press the Time Interval soft key g Enter the amount of time in minutes and then press the Enter soft key 6 To set external offset complete the following steps a Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On b Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the dB soft key 7 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information 8 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test 9 To stop running the test press the Abort soft key 10 To change the view on the screen during the test press the Display and then select the view option from the following choices Screen You can view each measurement screen as the test progresses Results You can view a measurement result table as the test progresses Settings You can view a measurement setting table as the test progresses Setting display After completion of the auto measurement the screen menu changes to Trace Display so that you can view the results in differ
219. ad the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps 210 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes O and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key 5 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output
220. ademarks of Google in the United States and or other countries Acknowledgement This product incorporates open source software entitled zlib The zlib is the compression library written by Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler who granted permission to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications This product includes open source software developed by the Apache Software Foundation http www apache org This product used free library for JPEG image compression written and distributed by Independent JPEG Group or IJG http www ijg org See Viewing OSS license on page 40 for more information Ordering information This manual is a product of JDSU issued as part of the JD780A Series analyzers The catalog number for a published manual is JD780A362 printed The catalog number for an electronic manual on CD ROM is JD780A361 electronic Terms and conditions Specifications terms and conditions are subject to change without notice The provision of hardware services and or software is subject to JDSU s standard terms and conditions available at www jdsu com terms EMC directive compliance This product was tested and conforms to the EMC Directive 2004 108 EC and its amending directives for electromagnetic compatibility Conformity with this directive is based upon compliance with the harmonized European standards EN61326 1 CISPR11 EN61000 3 2 and EN61000 3 3 A copy of the Declaration
221. ail with the user definable zoom zones See Setting zoom zones on page 484 for more information Performing Smith chart measurements The Smith Chart measurement is used to measure DUTs impedance and phase to properly tune RF 480 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers devices Smith chart also displays impedance matching characteristics in cable and antenna systems or filter and duplexer devices Making a measurement Procedure 1 Make a proper cable connection as described in Connecting a cable for reflection DTF 1 port phase and Smith Chart measurements on page 469 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Data Points soft key to change the resolution of your measurement and then select the data point option 126 251 501 1001 and 2001 Changing the data point does not affect current calibration NOTE The larger number you choose the higher resolution you get and the longer the instrument takes to sweep and display results Selecting the data point larger than what you need for a measurement will result in unnecessarily long sweep time lt is recommended that you select high resolution data points only for an instance of measuring wide frequency bands or requiring precise measurement data 4 Optional To turn the bias tee on complete the following steps a Toggle the Bias Tee soft key and select On b Entera value between 12 and 32 with 0 1 V step c Enter the V so
222. al Analyzer 315 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 146 SEM measurement with CDMA signal analyzer y LBI Prang on 825 PND a 2 d8 jal Band ANA PG Lane A 43 60 6B Oni NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 320 for more information The Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACPR is defined as the ratio of the average power in the adjacent frequency channel or offset to the average power in the transmitted frequency channel It may be expressed as the ratio of the integrated signal power in the adjacent channel to the integrated signal power in the main channel After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 147 Figure 147 ACPR measurement with CDMA signal analyzer acre 20 08 JA er LODO 316 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer NOTE JD780A Series Analyzers You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 320 for more information Multi ACPR The Multi ACPR measurement is used to perform multi channel ACPR measurements with as many channels as possible It helps you to measure ACPR in multi channel transmitting base station environme
223. al loop back reverting the instrument to a through mode To select the error injection type 1 Press the Error Injection soft key and then select the error injection type None 1E 3 1E 4 1E 5 or Single To set the error injection optios 1 Press the Alarm Injection soft key 2 Toggle the AIS Alarm soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Alarm Indication Signal Using T1 Analyzer 503 JD780A Series Analyzers 3 Toggle the RAI Alarm soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Remote Alarm Indication Optional You can save event records automatically by using the Save Result as CSV Format soft key See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 264 T1 loop testing 209 0141 07 19 04 30 Made 11 Amatya Loop Test OAT 1700 CEEE 14 Current History Hed Alarm e NAL Yellow Amend AP Mw Alarm o ary e Remote Loop Lip Aim Count HAI femote Loop Da A wy BH Error Count 504 Using T1 Analyzer Using Channel Scanner This chapter provides instructions for using the Channel Scanner function option 012 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows a Introduction aa ia 506 a Display OVEIVISWconiciianaciitad diia did cd aida DAA tad idad id ici di 506 m Connecting a Cable iii iann deal aeaiee 506 m Selecting measurement Mode ccceecceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeeecaaeeeeaaeseeeees
224. alyzers Figure 72 Spectrum measurement screen with LTE FDD signal analyzer Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Procedure Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write WwW measurements Display the input signal s maximum response only Max Hold M Display the input signals minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Remove all the traces and initialize the trace More 1 2 gt Trace settings Clear All 5 Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display 6 Optional lf you have the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is over
225. alyzers Performing service diagnostic The Service Diagnostic lets you view system log perform self test revert the instrument settings to its factory settings or perform touch alignment Viewing system log Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Svc Diagnostic gt System Logging 3 Optional Press the Save soft key to save the system log as a 1log file type 4 Press the PREV hard key to return to the previous screen Running self test You can run a self test on your instrument boards and modules Procedure Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Svc Diagnostic gt Self Test The on screen instruction appears 3 Connect a test cable between the Reflection RF Out port for Cable and Antenna Analyzer and the RF In port for Spectrum Analyzer 4 Press the Start soft key The test result window appears 5 Optional Press the Save Screen soft key to save the self test results 6 Press the PREV hard key to return to the previous screen Performing factory reset The Factory Reset is used only when you want to purge all the user settings and data stored in the system and return to the instrument s factory state Procedure Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Svc Diagnostic gt Factory Reset The confirmation window appears Press the Yes soft key to continue Otherwise select No Press the PREV hard key to return to the prev
226. ame is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E 2 Press the Uplink Downlink Configuration soft key and then select the number of uplink downlink between one and six Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on either PMCH or PDSCH appears on the screen depending on the detected channel To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection autom
227. ample Figure 239 Reflection measurement in return loss scale E NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for cable and antenna analyzer on page 486 for more information NOTE You can go to MEASURE SETUP gt Zone to view your measurements in detail with the user definable zoom zones See Setting zoom zones on page 484 for more information Performing DTF measurements The Distance To Fault DTF measurement can be used to accurately identify fault locations in the cell site transmission cable and feed line system indicating signal discontinuities in VSWR or return loss over distance in meter or foot This measurement precisely pinpoints the location of such things as damaged or degraded antennas connectors amplifiers filters and duplexers Making a measurement Procedure 1 Make a proper cable connection as described in Connecting a cable for reflection DTF 1 port phase and Smith Chart measurements on page 469 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Data Points soft key to change the resolution of your measurement and then select the data point option 126 251 501 1001 and 2001 Changing the data point does not affect current calibration NOTE The larger number you choose the higher resolution you get and the longer the instrument takes to sweep and display results Sel
228. an be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Scramble soft key and select Auto or Manual to set the scramble code automatically or manually 3 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 4 Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option DL Auto for auto detection of downlink UL Auto for auto detection of uplink SF1 SF2 SF4 SF8 or SF16 5 To set the number of maximum users complete the following steps a Press the Max Users soft key b Enter a value up to 16 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured To select how to determine scrambling estimation toggle the Scramble soft key and select Spec or Full NOTE The Spec searches Sync Sequence Number from 0 to 31 based on the TD SCDMA specification and determine
229. an use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for cable and antenna analyzer on page 486 for more information Figure 244 Cable loss 1 port measurement with the zone enabled jos 20130405 16 20 37 Mode Cable amp Antenna Anatyrer 478 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE You can go to MEASURE SETUP gt Zone to view your measurements in detail with the user definable zoom zones See Setting zoom zones on page 484 for more information Performing 1 port phase measurements The 1 port Phase measurement is used to measure S4 phase to tune antennas and to phase match cables Making a measurement Procedure 1 Make a proper cable connection as described in Connecting a cable for reflection DTF 1 port phase and Smith Chart measurements on page 469 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Data Points soft key to change the resolution of your measurement and then select the data point option 126 251 501 1001 and 2001 Changing the data point does not affect current calibration NOTE The larger number you choose the higher resolution you get and the longer the instrument takes to sweep and display results Selecting the data point larger than what you need for a measurement will result in unnecessarily long sweep time It is recommended that you select high resolution data p
230. annn nan cnn nn cnn crac nana narran 408 m Performing auto measurements conccccnnccinocncononnnoncccnnnnnn anna nano cnn rca narran ranma nn rca 414 m Conducting TD SCDMA OTA measurement coccnccccnonccononnnonoccnoncnnnnnnnnno nn nnnc cnn nn naar ranma crac 416 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access also known as TD SCDMA is a 3G mobile telecommunications standard that is pursued by the Chinese Academy of Telecommunications Technology CATT in the People s Republic of China The TD SCDMA uses the TDD scheme while the WCDMA uses the FDD This TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer can be used for testing of TD SCDMA systems made according to the following standard documentation m 3GPPTS 25 105 Base Station radio transmission and reception TDD m 3GPPTS 25 142 Base Station conformance testing TDD m 83GPP TS 25 222 Multiplexing and channel coding TDD m 83GPP TS 25 223 Spreading and modulation TDD The instrument automatically makes standard defined measurements using the measurement methods and limits as defined in the standard The detailed results allow you to analyze TD SCDMA HSDPA system performance You may alter the measurement parameters for specialized analysis Pass Fail testing with standard defined or user defined upper and lower limits and the Pass Fail indictor help you to determine base station performance easily This instrument provides the following measurement t
231. anual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key 6 To set the time cursor at a specific position complete the following steps a Toggle the Time Cursor soft key and select On b Turn the rotary knob to move the time cursor You can also enter a value and then press the Enter soft key NOTE Enabling the time cursor puts the measurement on hold and you can make post processing analysis for each measurement over time using the time cursor 7 To start a new measurement press the Reset Restart soft key 8 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth 9 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save
232. ard key Press the Start Distance soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the Enter soft key Press the Stop Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the Enter soft key 464 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Adjusting scale You can adjust the Y axis scale to optimize the display of measurement trace s Adjusting scale does not affect the calibration state Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Do one of the following choices Press the Auto Scale to optimize the display of the measured trace by letting the instrument set the minimum and maximum values for the Y axis automatically Each time this key is pressed the top and bottom scales are set to the minimum and maximum values with margin on the Y axis of the chart Press the Full Scale to restore the insturment s default amplitude range for the Y scale automatically To set the minimum and maximum values for the Y axis manually complete the following steps Press the Maximum Top soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Press the Enter soft key Press the Minimum Top soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys m o9 295 Press the Enter soft key NOTE This setting is not used in the Smith Chart measurement mode Setting sweep m
233. arker on a resource block and display the IQ diagram for the selected resource block Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key 2 Press the RB Number soft key to select the resource block to be marked 3 Enter the resource block number by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key The marker appears on the selected resource block 5 Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the result of the selected resource block Control channel The Control Channel measures the constellation for the specified control channel as well as modulation accuracy of the control channel at the specified subframe Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes 0 and 5 are not available for MBMS and it
234. asurement Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Calibrate soft key The on screen instruction for the calibration appears Connect the Reflection RF Out port for the Cable and Antenna Analyzer and the RF In port for the Spectrum Analyzer with a test cable as illustrated in Figure 234 Press the Continue soft key to continue calibration The calibration progress bar appears After completion the calibration status on the screen changes to CAL ON Calibration status indicators The instrument displays calibration status that is an important indicator to get reliable and accurate measurement results from CAA testing The calibration status includes CAL ON CAL ON I CAL ON 468 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Q CAL OFF T and CAL OFF Table 22 Calibration status indicators Indicator s Description CAL ON Indicates that the O S L calibration is performed and the instrument is ready to make a measurement CAL ON I Indicates that the frequency setting is changed within the frequency range registered for the O S L calibration and so the calibration is still valid When the calibration status changes from CAL ON to CAL ON I re calibration is not necessarily required CAL ON Q Indicates that quick calibration Quick Cal is performed It is useful only if cable length measurement is needed CAL OFF T Indicates that the temperature registered dur
235. asurement MOQ vue co e ea ai in iaiT outa iaeaea 463 Configuring test parameters ui ti 463 Setting re QqUENCV void ld dd il ida ad 463 Setting distancia da ean aia neta thin Ada rain 464 AdjuSting scale ii 465 Setting SWEEP MOE cito da o ote edie Sac AAN aed te 465 Performing calibrations ii ici 465 T port calibration ii A A A A A Air 466 2 port calibration is vad J ee ie ee 467 Calibration status indicators y es ae bes 468 Connecting a Cal ci ciate edie E A E ete enact ae 469 Connecting a cable for reflection DTF 1 port phase and Smith Chart measurements 469 Connecting a cable for cable loss 1 port measurements a 470 Connecting a cable for 2 port vector MeasurementS ccceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeceaeeseeeeseeseaeeseeseaeeseeeseeeseaeeeeeee 470 Connecting a cable for 2 port Scalar Measurements ceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeseeseaeeeeeeeaeeseeeseaeeseeeeneeee 471 Performing reflection measurements iii AAA AAA aia M king ameas remeNt munnan a a E at a es Measur ment xample s minina eii a Aeae E SATE KATAYA NESSE NAYEE L AAA t Na ES ETA Tae Performing DTE MESURA Making a measurements eris a ain ei ie Wa A Ne ee Measurement exam ples iii A a AA N N aie AEAEE AEEA Performing reflection DTF measurement cesccescceesceseeeceseeceaeesseeeeneeeeneeeaeecsaeeesaeceaeesaeseseeseaeeeaaeseaeeeseeseaeeseaeeeaeesea Making a Meastiremenit A i ei elven Measurem
236. asurement has channel scanner PN scanner multipath profile and Code Domain power screens It is used to verify EV DO transmitter performance at any location providing reflective measurements and identifying signals providing from different sites The Code Domain power shows not only modulation performance metric but also amplifier capacity and code utilization metric The Amplifier capacity code utilization measurement is an estimate of the amount of power amplifier capacity code utilization that is being used expressed in percent of maximum Channel scanner Setting channel frequency 374 Procedure To set the channels to be scanned 1 2 3 7 8 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number between one and six by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection To set the channel number for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key b Enter a value by using the numeri
237. asurements The Auto Measure function of the JD780A series allows a complete signal profiling covering RF characterization and modulation quality parameters of up to 10 different carriers particularly useful on an overlay architecture where base stations are transmitting in different frequencies The Auto Measure can be easily executed either by selecting a menu in the instrument or by running a programmed scenario in the PC based application so that the instrument automatically configure and perform tests on every aspect of all the carriers Setting limit for auto measure You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the RF Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 3 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 163 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a f
238. atically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Press the PDSCH Modulation Type soft key and then select the modulation type option Auto QPSK 16 QAM 64 QAM E TM3 3 E TM3 2 E TM3 1 E TM2 E TM1 2 and E TM1 1 If two or more modulation types are used in a frame select Auto If the PDSCH uses the same modulation type in a frame or in a subframe select a specific modulation type to get more accurate EVM To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH precoding Measurement example Figure 117 Constellation
239. ation Kit Type N m DC to 6 GHz 50 Q JD71050507 Dual Port Type N Calibration Kit 50 Q Y Calibration Kit Type N m DC to 6 GHz 50 Q Two Adapters Type N f to Type N f DC to 6 GHz 50 Q Two 1m RF Test Cables Type N m to Type N m DC to 18 GHz 50 Q Optional Fiber Microscope Kits FBP SD101 FBP P5000i Digital Probe FiberChekPRO SW Case and Tips FBPT SC FBPT LC FBPT U25M FBPT U12M FBP MTS 101 FBP P5000i Digital Probe FiberChekPRO SW Case and Tips FBPT SC FBPT SC APC FBPT FC FBPT LC FBPT U25M FBPT U25MA FBPT U12M FIT SD103 FBP P5000i Digital Probe MP 60 USB Power Meter FiberChekPRO SW Case Tips and Adapters FBPT SC FBPT LC FBPT U25M FBPT U12M FIT SD103 C FBP P5000i Digital Probe MP 60 USB Power Meter FiberChekPRO SW Case Tips and Adapters FBPT SC FBPT LC FBPT U25M FBPT U12M Cleaning Materials FIT SD113 FBP P5000i Digital Probe MP 60 USB Power Meter FiberChekPRO SW Case Tips and Adapters FBPT SC FBPT LC FBPT U25M FBPT U12M Optional RF Cables G710050530 1 0 m 3 28 ft RF Cable DC to 18 GHz Type N m to Type N m 50 Q G710050531 1 5 m 4 92 ft RF Cable DC to 18 GHz Type N m to Type N f 50 Q G710050532 3 0 m 9 84 ft RF Cable DC to 18 GHz Type N m to Type N f 50 2 G710050533 1 5 m 4 92 ft RF Cable DC to 18 GHz Type N m to SMA m 50 2 G710050534 1 5 m 4 92 ft RF Cable DC to 18 GHz Type N m to QMA m 50 Q G710050535 1 5 m 4 92 ft RF Cable DC to 18 GHz T
240. ation in application If the Connect Bluetooth Personal Area Network service is selected on BlueSoleil you need to configure communication setting on the application JDViewer or JDRemote by entering the fixed IP address for the instrument JDViewer setup Procedure Launch the JDViewer application 2 Goto Settings gt Communication The Settings dialog box appears 3 Click the drop down list in the Instrument pane and then select the instrument series to be communicated In the Connection Method pane select the TCP IP and then enter 192 168 10 10 without dots Click OK to finish the communication setup Go to Load gt Connect to make a connection between the instrument and JDViewer JD780A series and JDViewer become ready for communication JDRemote setup Procedure 1 Launch the JDRemote application The Select Model dialog box appears Appendix 549 JD780A Series Analyzers Select the 740A 780A Series and then click the OK button Right click on the JDRemote window and then click the Communication The Communication dialog box appears Select the TCP IP and then enter 192 168 10 10 without dots Click OK to finish the communication setup Right click on the JDRemote window and then click the Connect This enables communication between the instrument and JDRemote 7 Right click on the JDRemote window and then click the Start JD780A series and JDRemote become ready for communicatio
241. ature Phase Shift Keying modulation for the forward link and QPSK modulation with HPSK spreading for the reverse link Both forward and reverse links may have several channels and individual characteristics for each channel The chip rate depends on the mode selected You may alter the measurement parameters for specialized analysis Pass Fail testing with standard defined or user defined upper and lower limits and the Pass Fail indictor help you to determine base station performance easily This instrument provides the following measurement tools for CDMA system m Spectrum Analysis m RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask SEM Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACPR Multi ACPR Spurious Emissions Modulation Analysis Constellation Code Domain Power Codogram Received Code Strength Indicator RCSI CDP Table m Auto Measure Power Statistics CCDF m Over The Air OTA Channel Scanner PN Scanner Multipath Profile Code Domain Power Route Map 304 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Display overview Figure 138 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Figure 138 CDMA signal analyzer measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode input settings Pass fail User input field indicator Measurement 5 N ettings Screen menus Trace legend Marker table
242. ay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Hs soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Measurement example Figure 194 SEM measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 401 for more information ACLR The Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR measures the amount of interference or power in an adjacent frequency channel according to the standards Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 397 JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time off
243. b number to display on the screen Optional Press the Delete Test soft key to delete the selected antenna tab Optional Press the Retest Reference soft key to obtain reference measurement values again Optional To save your measurement results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement Example Figure 93 DAS measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer Performing power statistics CCDF measurements The Power Statistics Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function CCDF measurement characterizes the power statistics of the input signal It provides PAR Peak to Average power Ratio versus different probabilities Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the CCDF Length soft key to set the length of the CCDF 3 Enter a value between 1 and 100 by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 221 JD780A Series Analyzers Mea
244. bal positioning information and indicators Measurement mode Input settings k Pass fail User input field s a indicator Measurement iia Screen menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the power amplifier output port of BTS Figure 28 Direct connection Ay JD785A JD786A JD788A Attenuator nee Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 107 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 29 Indirect connection aed Po JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuator to prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series Figure 30 OTA connection Modulated Signal Modulated Signal HAE y 4oy HEE y new fF 4 F Y Ao ae 81 K f 81 GP
245. bframes O and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key 264 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 4 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subframe is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths 6 Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E 2 7 Toggle the Event Hold soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the event hold feature When enabled the display line for the PDSCH threshold appears When an event occurs the measurement is put on hold until you press the HOLD hot key NOTE You can view detailed current resource block on the I Q diagram particularly in a dynamic field environment 8 Press the More 1 2 gt Uplink Downlink Configurati
246. ble and Antenna Analyzer mode CAUTION A Do not apply or connect power exceeding 25 dBm to this Reflection RF Out port If such power is applied it will degrade the product s performance and can cause damage to the product in worst case RF In Cable and Antenna Analyzer The RF In port is a precise 50 Q N type female connector that is used as the input signal port for insertion gain loss measurements in the Cable and Antenna Analyzer mode CAUTION AN The maximum power allowed to the RF In port is 25 dBm If the input power exceeds the limit it may degrade the product performance or cause damage to the instrument in a worst case Do not connect any power feed exceeding 1 W directly to this port DC 18 V The input power to this port shall be 18 V DC RF In Spectrum Analyzer The RF In port is a precise 50 Q N type female connector that is used as the input signal port for spectrum analysis signal analysis and RF power measurement CAUTION AN The maximum power allowed to the RF In port is 25 dBm If the input power exceeds the limit it may degrade the product performance or cause damage to the instrument in a worst case Do not connect any power feed exceeding 1 W directly to this port Audio jack The audio jack is labeled with a headphones icon Plugging in headphones or earphones turns the speaker off Getting Started 29 JD780A Series Analyzers USB CLIENT This is a communication port that you can connect
247. bration To compensate errors caused by a port extension cable or adapters perform an Open Short Load calibration including the port extension cable Figure 232 Connection for 1 port calibration Stantor Catieration bt NOTE Do not use an unnecessary extension cable or adapter in order to prevent a measurement error Bending or moving the extension cable while making a measurement may cause errors in the measurement NOTE If O S L calibration is done at the end of the port extension cable for DTF measurement the length of the port extension cable is compensated automatically and is not included in the distance to the point of discontinuity O S L calibration The Open Short Load calibration must be performed after setting frequency and connecting a test cable When using an extension cable connected to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port the calibration kit must be connected to the other end of the extension cable 466 Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Calibrate soft key The on screen instruction for the calibration appears 3 Connect the OPEN connector of the CAL Kit directly to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port or at the end of the connected extension cable Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 4 Press the Continue soft key to start calibration The calibration progress bar appears 5 Conn
248. c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option WCDMA HSDPA or HSPA HSDPA is set by default 4 To set the S CCPCH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the S CCPCH soft key b Toggle the S CCPCH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the S CCPCH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 5 To set the PICH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 161 JD780A Series Analyzers Press the PICH soft key Toggle the PICH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PICH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 6 Optional To set the threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 60 CDP Table measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer Setting display If the CDP table spans over to the next page
249. c keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key The instrument displays a corresponding center frequency for the channel number To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 6 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result To set the frequencies to be scanned 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number between one and six by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To set the center frequency for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Center Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 5 6 7 To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 5 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss
250. cable loss 1 port measurements on page 470 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Data Points soft key to change the resolution of your measurement and then select the data point option 126 251 501 1001 and 2001 Changing the data point does not affect current calibration NOTE The larger number you choose the higher resolution you get and the longer the instrument takes to sweep and display results Selecting the data point larger than what you need for a measurement will result in unnecessarily long sweep time It is recommended that you select high resolution data points only for an instance of measuring wide frequency bands or requiring precise measurement data 4 Optional To turn the bias tee on complete the following steps a Toggle the Bias Tee soft key and select On b Enter a value between 12 and 32 with 0 1 V step c Enter the V soft key Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 477 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE The instrument s built in bias tee function option 002 supplies 12 32 VDC bias to active devices through the RF In port eliminating the need of an external power supply NOTE See Performing reflection measurements for more information on how to set other measurement setup parameters for the Cable Loss 1 Port measurement Measurement example Figure 243 Cable loss 1 port measurement psu 20136044 145106 Mode Cable amp Antenna Anshar NOTE You c
251. can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 261 JD780A Series Analyzers 262 Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes 0 and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subfr
252. can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Press the dBm soft key 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information 104 Using Interference Analyzer Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer function option 022 with GSM GPRS EDGE OTA Analyzer function option 042 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows INTO UC ir A 106 Display OVEIVI Wii A Aa 106 a Connecting a Cable vivo a A A a 107 m Selecting Measurement Mode oooccncccinncconocinoncnnnonnccnnnnnn arc nnnnn carr c cnn rn 109 m Configuring test parameters ccccceccceeeeeceeeeeeeececeaeeeeaaeeeaeeeaeeesaaeseaeesaaeeenaeeeeaaeseeeeeeseeeees 109 m Conducting spectrum MEASUrEMENIS ccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeeeneees 113 m Conducting RF Measurement ccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeee eens eeeeaeeeeaee scenes arrancan rra ran rca 114 m Conducting power vs time measurements c ccceeececeeeeeeneeceeeee eae eeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeteeeeeeneess 120 m Conducting constellation measurements cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeeeees 123 m Performing auto measurements ceccceceeeeeeeeeceeeee cee eeeeaeeeeaee sense caaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeseeeeeseeeeess 125 m Conducting GSM OTA measurements cc
253. can be caused by the signal being reflected off objects such as buildings or being refracted through the atmosphere differently from the main signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option Auto GSM or EDGE Auto is set by default The instrument applies a mask automatically based on the selected mode 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the us soft key 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 130 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 44 Multipath profile measurement with GSM OTA signal analyzer Sr fy Modulation analyzer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test
254. can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure a Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Configuration soft key and select the configuration option Current to let the instrumnet use current frequency single carrier and determine pass or fail based on the instrument s limit settings in Auto Measure Scenario to run a test with a programmed scenario in JDViewer The Scenario menu becomes activated To load a scenario press the Scenario soft key and then select a scenario file to load Toggle the Test Time soft key and select the test time option Now to let the instrument run a test only once Schedule to let the instrument repeat tests as defined in the Set Timing The Set Timing menu becomes activated 5 To define a schedule for an auto measurement complete the following steps a Press the Set Timing soft key b Press the Start Time HH MM soft key Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 451 JD780A Series Analyzers peop g Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Stop Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Time Interval soft key Enter the amount of time in minutes and then press t
255. canning result To set the frequencies to be scanned 290 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number between one and six by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys 4 To set the center frequency for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Center Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 5 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result Setting number of antenna ports Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels Measurement example Figure 132 Channel scanner measurement
256. cation map measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer MBMS On NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 213 for more information Using marker You can use the MARKER hard key to place the marker at a specific resource block and subframe Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key 212 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the marker on the chart 3 To select the resource block number complete the following steps a Press the RB Number soft key b Enter the resource block number to select by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob to move the marker side by side c Press the Enter soft key 4 To select the subframe block number complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter the subframe number to select by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob to move the marker up and down c Press the Enter soft key Setting limit for modulation tests Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key to set the limits Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error Hig
257. cccceeseececeesneeeeesaeeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeessaeeeesseeeeeesseeeeee 127 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The Global System for Mobile Communications GSM is a digital cellular standard that uses Time Division Multiple Access TDMA multiplexing scheme and Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying GMSk modulation The Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution EDGE is an enhancement to GSM that promises to deliver multimedia and other broadband applications It uses TDMA and 31 8 8PSK phase shift keying modulation This instrument performs measurements using the methods and limits as defined in the 3GPP TS 51 021 Base Station System BSS equipment specification Radio Aspects V8 9 0 2003 06 The Pass Fail indictor helps you to determine base station performance easily This instrument provides the following measurement tools for GSM GPRS EDGE system m Spectrum Analysis RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask SEM Spurious Emissions m Power vs Time Power vs Time Slot Power vs Time Frame Modulation Analysis Constellation Auto Measure m Over The Air OTA Channel Scanner Frequency Scanner Multipath Profile Modulation Analyzer Display overview Figure 27 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen 106 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 27 GSM signal analyzer measurement screen System settings glo
258. ccnnnnecccnrnn rancia rca 471 m Performing DTF measurements cccccceeceeeeeeeeeee eee eeeaeeeeaee sense caaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseeeseeeeess 473 m Performing reflection DTF measurement c ccceecceeeeeeeeneeceeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeseaeeseeeees 476 m Performing cable loss 1 port measurements c coccccinnccinnccnnncccconcnnnnncnnno nn conc n conc nana nan crac 477 m Performing 1 port phase measurements occinncccnncccnonnnononnnnnoccconnnnan nn eeeaaeseeeeeseeeeeaeeseaeeeeeeeees 479 m Performing Smith chart measurements ooocnccinncinincccnonnnnnonnnnnoccnoncn cnn nn nano cane cc anna nr ranma 480 m Performing 2 port vector measurements ooocincccconcccnonnnononnnnnnccnoncn nan nn eeeeaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseeeees 481 m Performing 2 port scalar measurements omconncccincccnoncononnnnnoccnoncn nan nn nano cnn ncnrnn rra ranma cnn 483 m Analyzing measurements ooninnnninnnnicnnnnianiccnnnicccna narnia 484 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The Cable and Antenna Analyzer is a diagnostic tool needed to accurately detect operational problems by performing cable and antenna measurements to verify the base station s infrastructure including feed lines connectors antennas cables jumpers amplifiers and filters The JD785A Base Station Analyzer and the JD786A RF Analyzer have all of the measurement functions necessary to verify cable and antenna systems from Voltage Standing Wave Ratio VSWR to power measurements
259. ccnnonn canon cnc cnn nan rancia 538 m Appendix B Cable listinni aaa aa a Eaa a EE 540 m Appendix C Band frequency amp channel Standard oocnnicnnninnnnicnncnncnnconancnrncno nro narran 541 m Appendix D VSWR Return loss conversion table eessseseeseeeresrreissrrriesrrerisrrerierierrnresrn 544 m Appendix E Cyclic prefix table ooooooccnncnnnncinncnnncccccoccnnncnnnnncccnnrn cnn rca cnn cc rnn rra ranas 545 m Appendix F Motorola CDMA EV DO LMP eeeeceeseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaesaeseeseaeeaeeeneeaneaes 546 m Appendix G Bluetooth connection o oo ee ee eee cee eeeecene eee seer eteeeeeeeeeaeesaeesaaesaaeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeses 548 m Appendix H Device driver installation 0 0 0 cece cen ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeesaeesaeeaeeeaeeeaeeeeees 551 m Appendix Ordering information ccccceceeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeaeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseeeeeeeeess 552 m Appendix J ROHS information 0 eccccccceeeeeeeeeeee cece ee eeaeeeeaee scenes ceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeseeetess 557 m Appendix K On screen keyboard ee eeseesseesseceneceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeesaeesaeesaaesnaeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeees 558 JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix A Product general information Inputs and Outputs RF In Connector Impedance Damage Level Reflection RF Out Connector Impedance Damage Level RF In Connector Impedance Damage Level External Trigger GPS Connector Impedance External Ref Connec
260. cedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 To set the limits for CPICH power if you have selected CPICH as for the plot item complete the following steps a Press the CPICH Power soft key Press the Excellent soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Very Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob op20 sp Press the Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob gt Press the Fair soft key to set its threshold 172 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers k Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob 3 To set the limits for Ec lo if you have selected as for the plot item complete the following steps a 9 209 5 g Press the Ec lo soft key Press the Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Fair soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft
261. cenario Load Scenario The file manager window appears Select the name of the file to be loaded from the internal memory or from your USB drive Information of your selected file appears in the File Information pane Press the Load soft key Using file manager The File Manager lets you copy cut paste and delete data files saved in the internal memory or in your USB memory drive Procedure 1 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key The Save Load screen menu bar appears 2 Press the File Manager soft key The file manager window appears 34 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers 3 To copy cut and paste complete the following steps a Selecta file or folder by using the touch screen or the rotary knob b Select the Copy or Cut soft key c Select the location to which the file or folder to be pasted d Press the Paste soft key 4 To delete complete the following steps a Select a file or folder by using the touch screen or the rotary knob b Press the Delete soft key The confirmation dialog box appears Once the file or folder is deleted you cannot recover it c Select OK to delete 5 Press the Exit soft key or the ESC hard key to close the file manager window Configuring system Setting frequency reference You can improve measurement accuracy by setting frequency reference Procedure Press the SYSTEM hot key Press the Freq Reference soft key Select the frequency refe
262. ch segment of the measurement screen Figure 272 Power measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement ss 200011729 20 52 43 mode Moie Power Meter input settings mir MEN A AID 000 Mew utr rorwp 10 G0 iw Center Firgas y and limits shan 10 000 000 Mite Channel Star Dan 0 BOR w i 0 00 din OOOO te Pass fall User input fie os _ g indicator Chame Murder Span Detector Modo 1 MIO MD Screen menus Start Frequency External Offset 790 OOOO ML lop Frequency 00000000 GA Chanel Startaid afm MAD More 1 2 50 wrent Count 000 Measurement settings and results Performing internal RF power measurements The internal power measurement of the JD780A series collects powers from the raw data of spectrum analyzer in the optimal span and integrates the powers up to the specified user span which results in an accurate power measurement independent of the span setting Using Power Meter 519 JD780A Series Analyzers Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the Power amplifier output port of BTS as shown in Figure 273 Figure 273 Direct connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS as shown in Figure 274 Figure
263. channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following as needed To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information
264. cluding RS power trend over time GPS coordinates latitude and longitude will be displayed on the screen if a GPS antenna is connected and locked to the GPS satellites Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 229 JD780A Series Analyzers b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a b c Press the Subframe No soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes 0 and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number Press the Enter soft key 4 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual t
265. cncnononcncnanoncncnnnonnncnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnns 286 m Performing carrier aggregation MeasureMentS ooooocccnonoccccnononnnnnononnnnnononnnnnnnonnnnnnnr nn nn nana nnnnnnns 287 m Conducting LTE TDD OTA measureMentS ooccccnnoccccnononcncnononcncnononnncnannnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnc naar rnaen 290 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The LTE Long Term Evolution Signal Analyzer of the JD780A series performs power and spectrum measurements as well as modulation analysis to test the proper transmitter performance of TDD LTE systems It performs conformance testing according to the following standards providing a simple Pass Fail indication on each test 3GPP TS 36 104 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Base Station BS Radio Transmission and Reception m 3GPP TS 36 141 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Base Station BS Conformance Testing m 83GPP TS 36 211 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Physical Channels and Modulation m 83GPP TS 36 212 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Multiplexing and Channel Coding m 83GPP TS 36 213 V8 2 0 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Physical Layer Procedures This instrument provides the following measurement tools for TDD LTE system Spectrum Analysis m RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR Multi ACLR Spurious
266. cs CCDF measurement Setting measure setup Measurement example Conducting WCDMA HSPA OTA measurements ke ChannelscanNer eren e a e E a E e aE ea EN Scramble scannen meie E E AA Ar Multipath Prol ii AA ee tr iad l Code domain power ii idas A AA Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer dd sa 175 IntrOGUCTION PORNO N 0ODPOgI AO Display overview Connecting a cable Direct connection Indirect connection Over the rail OTA ici de OI eked 178 Selecting measurement MIA ii ta 179 Contiguring t st parameters iii id A a eee eh ee ene 180 Setting frequency Setting amplitude Setting average Setting sweep mode Setting trigger Source Ri A A A A A A E A A ay 183 Setting external clockiasaviiie A AA AAA eed See ee ee ee 183 Conducting Spectrum MEASUEMENS iarsna a e ei aiaia ee aa aaia Tia NET 184 Setting measure setup Setting MAC a AAA ita eM he ee Conducting RF measurements 2 7 sav iid weet Sa ae eds SG oe ee dated EE E ENEE STE ETENE NESA aLa TE EE Channel POWER eee ee Occupied paddw d A iia ated a ee te eee Spectrum emission mask SEM Multi ACLR SPUNMOUSZEMISSIONS creciendo darian adenda dete sini sunantdadyessebesdigeehbisaduesachcseesaapeoendsserce Setting limit for A O O e nre aa aaae ae ea ne ra T aea aee oea araea ta pee Conducting power vs time frame measurements CO neee eeren area e n Eana de eaea e eaea a nerra krek reap airen kaoh pie AEs eare epee iiine R kakae Measur
267. cted Zero Span select TRIGGER gt Free Run External GPS Video or Display Position To set the start and stop frequencies 1 oN Og PF ON Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Start Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number and span 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection Using Power Meter 521 JD780A Series Analyzers 4 Toggle the Link soft key to select the sweep direction and select Fwd for forward or Rev for reverse 5 To set the channel number complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key or ENTER hard key
268. d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly NOTE This Units menu is available in the Spectrum and RF Analysis modes Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum and RF analysis It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Procedure To set the scale per division 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div 3 Entera value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the
269. d tap the Cancel button NOTE Firmware upgrade will be done within 30 minutes or so in most cases but depending on the number of files to be reconfigured it may take longer than that 8 After the instrument restarted check the installed firmware version and DSP versions in the System settings Refer to the firmware release note to find correct DSP version and compatible application software versions Managing licenses The License Manager lets you view installed options install additional ones and load evaluation licenses Checking options Procedure To view the list of installed or installable options 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt License Manager The License Manager screen menu bar appears 3 Select the menu from the following choices To view the installed options select the Installed Options soft key The list of options appears The T indicates temporary licenses To view the installable options select the Installable Options soft key 4 Press the PREV hard key to return to the previous screen Getting Started 39 JD780A Series Analyzers Installing options Procedure To install an option that you have purchased 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt License Manager The License Manager menu bar appears Select the Install an Option soft key The Installable Options window appears Select the name of the option from the lis
270. d bandwidth Spectrum emission mask SEM oz at aaa SPUNOUS EMISSIONS 0d e E EE E E E E Setting limit for RE teStS neren amn A A AAA AAA E ae Conducting power vs time frame measurements Setting measure Setup Setting limit for power vs time tests Measurement example Conducting Modulation MeasurementS ooocconccnnncnnonanocnnanncono conocia narco nan nnr carrera AMES A A E EAEE AA EE E O E EEE A Spectral M ENN EI EE n A AE AN ER O AAA A EE AAE E A E E EVM Vs symbol Setting limit for modulation tests Performing auto measurements occcccccnoccconccconccnonanancnanes Performing power statistics CCDF MeasurementS ooooococonocccconocccononcnconnnnononnncnnonn ocn nnnn nn nano nro nan n rr name rn rana nr r ran rra naar na nana Setting measure Setup A NO Measurement example ocomonononoonenononnonasanenoneonenonsnrnnnnenenononononn rre nonononaonor rn nano ne nonorannononrnnonone nono nenaoo rra naserenononanaonos Conducting Mobile WiMAX OTA measurements eeceeecceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeceeeeaeeseneeeaeeseaeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseeseaeesieeseaeeseeeseneeeenees Preamble SCannet ooocccinnocccononnncnanananananic no Multipath profile Preamble power trend Rotite Maps sven vase veer a oa Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer o oo cece ceseeeeeeene cee cee narices 461 IMPPOGDUCTION EREE E EA a A AA AAA ti 462 Display MEM A edaria ebai 462 Selecting Me
271. d by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 5 To set the channel number for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key The instrument displays a corresponding center frequency for the channel number 6 To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 6 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 225 JD780A Series Analyzers To set the frequencies to be scanned 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number between one and six by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To set the center frequency for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Center Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the integration bandw
272. d or add a new one as you desire Procedure 1 Tap the Edit Keywords bar on the on screen keyboard The edit keywords keyboard appears To edit a keyword select the keyword box and then change the letters To delete a keyword select the keyword box and then tap the Clear key To add a keyword select a blank keyword box and then type in a keyword ao FP YON Tap the Save key on the keyboard to save and continue saving 558 Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 288 Edit keywords keyboard Edit Keywords Appending a keyword You can append a factory stored or custom defined keyword as you want Procedure 1 Tap the Append Keywords bar on the on screen keyboard The append keywords window appears 2 To append a keyword complete the following steps a Select the keyword tag button to view available keywords for the tag b Select one keyword from the following choices for each keyword tag Keyword tag Keyword tag value Site ID SiteA SiteB and SiteC Sector Alpha Beta and Gamma Technology GSM900 WCDMA850 and LTE180 Test Type RL VSWR DTF RL DTF VSWR and CL Termination Open Load and Antenna Custom Any keywords you have added c To delete the keyword you have added to the keyword field tap the Delete button d To clear the keyword field tap the Clear button 3 Optional You can edit any of the custom keyword tags or tag values by tapping the Edit Tags
273. d shows power variations of a strongest preamble signal over time along with the relative power trend compare to total preamble power Searching preamble index can be set auto to detect strongest or manual to search specific preamble Positioning information latitude and longitude will be displayed if a GPS antenna is supplied and locked to the GPS satellites on the bottom of the screen Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement 456 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a g h Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the En
274. d then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information Press the Continue soft key to do the reference test first or press the Skip Reference Test soft key if you already saved test results from the radio band under test Press the FREQ DIST hard key and then set the frequency to be measured See Setting frequency on page 243 for more information Press the PREV hard key Press the Limit soft key and then set the limits and allowed percentage change for each test item See Maintenance test on page 280 for more information on setting limits Keep pressing the PREV hard key until you see the Run Test soft key Press the Run Test soft key The instrument runs specified tests to gather reference measurement values The measurement table appears when the reference test is done Press the Continue soft key to run the testing on an antenna Ant 1 Optional To change the settings such as External Offset press the Settings and then change the settings as needed Press the Continue soft key The instrument runs the testing on Ant 1 The Ant 1 tab appears with the updated result table when the test is done To run the testing on the next antenna Ant 2 press the Run Test soft key and then repeat the steps 11 12 You can do the testing on up to 10 distributed antennas for one radio band To view test results for each antenna press the Select Antenna soft key and then select the antenna ta
275. d then press the Enter soft key c Press the Stop Symbol soft key d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Toggle the Preamble Index soft key and select the preamble search method Auto or Manual Toggle the Search Type soft key and select Full or Window Toggle the Video Filter soft key and select On or Off to enable or disable the video filter No om gt Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following as needed To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 441 JD780A Series Analyzers To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM Setting limit for power vs time tests Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s To set the limit for Select Set Preamble power Preamble Power High Limit Low Limit Downlink burst power DL Burst Power High Limit Low Limit Uplink burst power UL Burst Power High Limit Low Limit Frame average power Frame Average Power High Limit Low Limit Time offset Time Offs
276. d then select the monitoring option as needed Start Stop or Clear Optional You can save event records automatically by using the Save Result as CSV Format soft key See Using save on page 31 for more information Using T1 Analyzer 497 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 261 T1 transmission monitoring Curren Red Alarm 2 NAL Yellow Alano Am Mas Arm O BPy o BH Error Count Performing BERT testing Making a test Procedure To select the measurement mode 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the E1 T1 Analyzer soft key 3 Select T1 Analyzer gt BERT To configure measurement parameters 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the RX Mode soft key and then select the receiver input option from the following choices Terminate Provides 100 ohm nominal input impedance according to the framing line code and BER pattern settings Bridge Provides input impedance greater than one kilohm for in service monitoring bridging the receiver input across lines that are terminated elsewhere in the network Monitor Provides 100 ohm nominal input impedance for the in service monitoring of T1 lines 3 Toggle the Framing soft key between SF D4 and ESF and select the framing type for your receiver setting SF D4 Super Frame D4 Group of 12 frames used to align equipment for framing ESF Extended Super Frame Group of 24 frames used to align equipment f
277. ding center frequency value for the selected channel number Press the Uplink Span soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 Press the Continue soft key and follow the instructions on the screen Measurement example Figure 18 PIM detection for single carrier Using Spectrum Analyzer 83 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 19 PIM detection for multiple carriers 84 Using Spectrum Analyzer Using Interference Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the Interference Analyzer function option 011 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows m Introducties eosina aiaa a dette nl an ea ead dele 86 a Display OVERVIEW cocinada diia deidad cd ld a cti dd 86 a Gomnecting a cable iii iia ia dd EEE ta dt did 87 m Selecting measurement Mode ccooooocccnonoccncnononnncnononnncnnnonnncnnnrnnnccnnnnnnnnnnn ENNE EEES rn nnnnn nen nnannrrnnnnnnnss 88 m Configuring test parameters ooocccnnoccccnonoconcnononnncnononnncnononnncnnnnnnncnnnn nn ESSE EE rn n nn ESSEE naar rn r rca nrnnrannnss 88 m Conducting spectrum MEASUEMENS ccccccceesseceeeesseeeeseneeeeseueeeeseaeeeeseaeeseecaeeeseenaeeeeseaas 94 m Conducting interference measurements cccccseccecessnecececseeeescaeeeeeeaeeeseeueeeescsaeeeesesaeeeeeeaas 96 m Setting limit for interference analyzer cccccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaes
278. dix F Motorola CDMA EV DO LMF Using JD780A series LMF interface Setting up for a LMF test 546 Performing a EME TOS oia iii 547 Appendix G Blueto0tA COM eiii at 548 Installing and Setting up Bluetooth Software oooooonccnccinnccncconoccconcncnonononanorcn non conca nnn cnn nr 548 Making Bluetooth CONEA isnan iit ane a A eee Setting up communication in application Turning Bluetooth mode on off manually Appendix H Device driver installation y Appendix l Ordering information iii das JD785 A B s6 Sta tion AnalyZet i osnan ar etic ae dagen eee te etree ea ee wate JD 786A RE Analy Zi ecinneesens awed anda acannon teenie ee ace JD788A Signal Analy Ze ris rios en ae eed eet ede teehee a dea ee eee baleen ees JD780A Series Common Options Appendix J RoHS information Appendix K On screen keyboard a Adding r delete Editing or adding a CUStOM KEYWOIK v s i aae a aiea ai aiai araia a App nding a KeyWord arraiais na iaa eadarra ovlzecedueecdevantsve set evesdedsasatecctseeadebueteqeccubeer sbisteresceees About This Manual Topics discussed in this chapter include the following e P rpose and SCOpa saucen a aaae iaa ei 18 E ASSUMPTIONS si aia 18 m Safety and compliance information ccccceccccesssececsssseeeesssneeeeseqaeeeeeeaeeeseesaeeseseaeesesenaeeeeseaas 18 E CONVENIOS sesanan deis 20 IES 21 JD780A Series Analyzers
279. do the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 b Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms c Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key e Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols g Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key h Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols i Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the si
280. dwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 7 To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 6 8 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result To set the frequencies to be scanned 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To set the center frequency for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Center Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 5 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result Setting limit for OTA channel scanner Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Limit Line soft key to set a threshold for the limit line and Pass Fail indication 3 Entera value and
281. e Press the Replay Speed soft key and then select the speed option x1 x2 x3 and x4 Press the Play soft key to start playing Press the Pause soft key to pause or stop playing data To move to a particular failure position directly and play from there complete the following steps a Press the Jump to Fail Index soft key Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 9 Optional Toggle the Time Cursor soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the time cursor on the screen This key becomes activated when you play logged data in the Spectrogram mode NOTE If you connected a USB drive do not remove it while playing Doing so may freeze the USB port which will require you to restart the instrument to get a USB drive recognized again Setting display You can select the display option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Select the display option Spectrum Spectrogram or RSSI NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the display line multi segment line and channel limit See Setting limit for interference analyzer on page 103 for more information Setting limit for interference analyzer Procedure To use the display line 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Display Line soft key for a reference line 3 Entera value and then press the
282. e Configuring test parameters on page 137 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 48 Figure 48 Spectrum measurement screen with WCDMA signal analyzer Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is 142 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write Ww measurements Display the input signal s maximum response only Max Hold M Display the input signals minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Remove all the traces and initialize the trace More 1 2 gt Trace settings Clear All 5 To select the detection option press the More 1 2 gt Detectors and then do one of the following To display Select Random noise better than the peak without missing signals Normal The highest value in each data
283. e Bluetooth mode on automatically The Bluetooth icon appears in the status bar at the top of the instrument screen 3 Double click the BlueSoleil Space icon on the computer desktop to launch the application if not opened already The BlueSoleil program window appears 4 Double click the My Device icon orange ball in the center of the application window to search the JD780A series You can view an added icon around the orange ball labeled with the detected JD780A series BD address or model and serial numbers 5 Right click the device icon for the JD780A series and then click the Pair The Bluetooth Passkey window appears 6 Enter 0000 in the Passkey box and then click the OK button The word Paired appears on the window The instrument also turns the Bluetooth Mode on automatically and displays the paired device and service information on the screen Double click the device icon for the JD780A series to search services Right click the icon for the JD780A series and then select either the Connect Bluetooth Personal Area Network or the Connect Bluetooth File Transfer NOTE Select one of these services as needed If the Connect Bluetooth Personal Area Network is selected a fixed IP address 192 168 10 10 is assigned for JD780A series and this address must be typed into the TCP IP setting on JDViewer or JDRemote See Setting up communication in application on page 549 for more information Setting up communic
284. e Distribution Function CCDF measurement characterizes the power statistics of the input signal It provides PAR Peak to Average power Ratio versus different probabilities Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the CCDF Length soft key to set the length of the CCDF 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 331 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 155 CCDF measurement with CDMA signal analyzer Conducting CDMA OTA measurements This Over The Air OTA measurement has channel scanner PN scanner multipath profile and Code Domain power screens It is used to verify CDMA transmitter performance at any location providing reflective measurements and identifying signals providing from different sites The Code Domain power shows not only modulation performance metric but also amplifier capacity and code utilization metric The Amplifier capacity code utilization measurement is an estimate of the amount of power amplifier capacity
285. e Time Interval soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Sec soft key 4 To set the time cursor on a specific trace position complete the following steps a Toggle the Time Cursor soft key and select On b Turn the rotary knob to move the time cursor You can also enter a value and then press the Enter soft key NOTE Enabling the time cursor puts the measurement on hold and you can make post processing analysis for each measurement over time using the time cursor 5 To start anew measurement press the Reset Restart soft key 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example The spectrogram shows a vertical line on the chart when the marker is enabled on the screen 96 Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 22 Interference measurement in spectrogram js 20144124 IINIT NI ae et te a tia Es n toe k intertereni p heatyeey Speuragram pectrum The horizontal line or X axis of the spectrogram is frequency m The vertical line or Y axis is time m The color identification Spectrogram indicates power level of the tracked signal As the signal strength increases the color on the spectrogram changes accordingly Figure 23 Interference measurement in spectrogram with gated sweep
286. e auto measurement Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the RF Test Limits gt Channel Power soft key and then set the limits for the channel power Other RF test items are not used in the signal performance test Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 283 JD780A Series Analyzers Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 3 Press the MIMO soft key and then select the antenna
287. e bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes 0 and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subframe is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E 2 Toggle the Event Hold soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the event hold feature When enabled the display line for the PDSCH threshold appears When
288. e caaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeess 163 m Performing power statistics CCDF measurement ccceeececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 165 m Conducting WCDMA HSPA OTA MeasureMentS ccccocccinoccconoccconcnnonnnnnnonnnoncc conan nano na nanencnnncanns 166 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction This WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer can be used to test a WCDMA transmitter including HSDPA HSPA signals to check the base station s compliance with following standards documentation m 3GPPTS 25 104 Base Station radio transmission and reception m 3GPPTS 25 141 Base Station BS conformance test m 8GPP TS 25 211 Physical channel and mapping of transport channels onto physical channels m 83GPP TS 25 212 Multiplexing and channel coding m 8GPP TS 25 213 Spreading and modulation The instrument automatically makes standard defined measurements using the measurement methods and limits as defined in the standards Detailed measurement results allow you to analyze WCDMA and HSPA system performance You may alter the measurement parameters for specialized analysis Pass Fail testing with standard defined or user defined upper and lower limits and the Pass Fail indictor help you to determine base station performance easily This instrument provides the following measurement tools for WCDMA HSPA system m Spectrum Analysis m RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask SEM Adjacent Channel Leakage pow
289. e code domain Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual 336 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key lts default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key 5 Toggle the Q Paging soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the quick page channel that indicates the power of Quick Page Walsh code 80 6 To set the maximum amplifier power complete the following steps a Press the Max Amplifier Power soft key b Enter a value by using
290. e fault Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Connect cables as instructed on the screen 3 Optional To check any possibility of PIM existence in red color by calculation complete the following steps a Press the Calculated PIM soft key b Press the Radio Band soft key for single carrier There are Radio 1 Band and Radio 2 Band soft keys for multiple carriers Highlight a desired band and then press the Select soft key Press the Return soft key 82 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 4 To set the uplink frequency to be measured do one of the following To set the center frequency and span complete the following steps 7090020 5 p g Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Uplink Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Uplink Span soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number and span complete the following steps a b c d e f g Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel Press the Channel Std soft key and select a desired band Press the Channel Number soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the correspon
291. e guide Lithium lon batteries continue to slowly discharge self discharge when stored or not in use for a while In this case you need to m Remove the battery pack and store it separately from the product in a cool and dry location without direct sun light on the pack or its carton box m Store the battery at temperatures between 10 C and 30 C 50 F and 86 F to minimize the deactivation effect of the battery m Storage at the temperatures above 30 C or 86 F reduces the battery storage life m Charge at least once per 6 months to prevent leakage and deterioration in performance caused by self discharging Battery charge status indicator You can find the indicator for battery charge status on the battery pack Table 1 Battery charge status Indicator Description popop Voltage lt 9 0 V immediate charge required 0000 Remaining Capacity Alarm immediate charge required 0000 1 to 19 Remaining charge before storage 2000 21 to 40 Remaining charge before storage T T 1min 41 to 60 Remaining charge before storage ARO 61 to 80 Remaining 81 to 100 Remaining Electrostatic discharge precautions ESD This instrument was manufactured in an ESD protected environment Semiconductor devices used in this product are susceptible to damage by static discharge Depending on the magnitude of the discharge semiconductor devices may be damaged by direct contact or mere proximity of a static charge This
292. e incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 333 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting limit for OTA channel scanner Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Limit Line soft key to set a threshold for the limit line and Pass Fail indication Enter a value and then press the dBm unit soft key Toggle the Limit Line soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the limit line oOo Feo N gt Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 156 Channel scanner measurement with CDMA OTA signal analyzer PN scanner Each access network sector has a unique PN offset The PN Scanner is used to identify all the active PNs in an area Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your mea
293. e main correlation peak due to multipath echoes that are expressed in dB This value should be very small ideally The multipath profile is the result of portions of the original broadcast signal arriving at the receiving antenna out of phase This can be caused by the signal being reflected off objects such as buildings or being refracted through the atmosphere differently from the main signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 377 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 183 Multipath profile measurement with EV DO OTA signal analyzer Code domain power Channels with high correlation factors are determined to be active channels and are indicated a
294. e monitor test port of BTS Figure 188 Indirect connection ei 5 JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuator to prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series Figure 189 OTA connection Modulated Signal E H GPS Anianna la JD785A JD786A JD788A 386 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set 0 dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the Signal Analyzer soft key 3 Press the More 1 2 gt TD SCDMA soft key The Spectrum mode is set by default 4 Press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode option from the following choices Spectrum RF Analysis gt Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum Emission Mask ACLR Multi ACLR or Spurious Emissions Power vs Time gt Power v
295. e numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly NOTE This Units menu is available in the Spectrum and RF Analysis modes Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum and RF analysis It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Procedure To set the scale per division 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div 3 Entera value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater
296. e reading with two decimal places 3 To set the resolution bandwidth complete the following steps a Press the RBW soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the unit MHz kHz or Hz 4 Press the Accuracy Mode soft key and then select the accuracy mode option Low Middle and High 5 To specify the number of measurements to be averaged complete the following steps a Press the Average soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 100 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Using Power Meter 523 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 275 Internal power measurement NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for power meter on page 530 for more information Performing external RF power measurements This instrument performs radio output power measurement with the use of optional external power sensors including JD730 series power sensors lt serves as the highly accurate RF power meter and gives wider range of power measurement Connecting a cable There are two types of power sensors Directional power sensors are used in in service power measurement Terminating power sensors are used in out of service power measurement Table 23 External power sensor type Part No Description Frequency Range Power Range JD731B Directional Power Sensor 300
297. e the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Setting trigger source You can set the trigger source option for your measurements Procedure 1 Press the TRIGGER hot key 2 Select the trigger source option from the following choices Internal External or GPS Setting external clock To enhance the reliability of modulation analysis measurements the JD780A series must be synchronized with a base station When an external clock is not supplied the instrument works with its built in internal high accuracy time base and some measurement results may exhibit inaccurate values Therefore it is highly recommended that you use the same reference clock as the signal source You can use the TRIGGER hot key to set the external clock Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 391 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 190 Connection ports for external reference clock Pp2s 10MHz LIMHr 1SMHz GPS Procedure Connect an external reference or a GPS antenna to the JD780A series Press the SYSTEM hot key Press the Freq Reference soft key and then select the reference opti
298. e your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for cable and antenna analyzer on page 486 for more information Figure 241 DTF measurement with the alternate sweep on A TA n 4000 00 Metr 7 Cal Des Time SOUS 142 Destum Bend o ZIN Col font 1O 00 Mite 4090 00 Meir NOTE You can go to MEASURE SETUP gt Alternate Sweep Settings to scale down a specific sub band See Setting alternate sweep on page 485 for more information Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 475 JD780A Series Analyzers Performing reflection DTF measurements You can view two measurement results simultaneously on the screen as you configure each measurement setting Making a measurement Procedure 1 Make a proper cable connection as described in Connecting a cable for reflection DTF 1 port phase and Smith Chart measurements on page 469 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Toggle the Active Window soft key between Top and Bottom and select the window to be active for setting 4 Press the Dual Config soft key and then select the dual configuration option To select the measurement mode for the top window press the Top soft key and then select Reflection VSWR or Reflection Return Loss To select the measurement mode for the bottom window press the Bottom soft key and then select DTF VSWR or DTF Return Loss To configure DTF settings for the bott
299. eaeeesaeeseeeseeeeess 508 m Configuring test parameters cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee cee eeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeceaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeeeeeeess 508 m Making channel scanner MEASUrEMENIS eecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeee cae eeeeaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeteaeeseenees 511 m Making frequency scanner measurements concccccnccccnonicononnnononcnoncnnan nn nano cnn nc cra nn naar ranma cnn 512 m Making custom scanner MeasureMentS ccoonoccccnonocccccononcccnanoncnnnnnoncnnnnno nn cn nana nn rr naar n nc cnn anni 513 m Analyzing measurements oomcinninnininninnnnrncnnrrrrrr rr 515 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction A Channel Scanner is a radio receiver that can automatically tune or scan two or more discrete frequencies and multi channels indicating when it finds a signal on one of them and then continuing scanning when that frequency goes silent You can measure up to 20 channels with this channel scanner Using existing format based or custom parameters you will be able to easily verify improper multi channel power levels Channel Scanner m Frequency Scanner Custom Scanner Channel or Frequency Display overview Figure 265 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Figure 265 Channel scanner screen System settings and indicators Measurement A A AE mode hate 4 dir e i r 2 aie on fet pte internal Charme Scanner input settings t t z etna OB jA el ne t f t O00 jor p A E ass fa
300. ect the SHORT connector of the CAL Kit directly to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port or at the end of the connected extension cable 6 Press the Continue soft key to continue calibration The calibration progress bar appears 7 Connect the LOAD connector of the CAL Kit directly to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port or at the end of the connected extension cable 8 Press the Continue soft key to continue calibration The calibration progress bar appears After completion the calibration status on the screen changes to CAL ON Quick calibration The Quick Calibration is useful when you want to measure only cable length in DTF measurements Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Calibrate soft key Connect the OPEN connector of the CAL Kit directly to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port or at the end of the connected extension cable 4 Press the Quick Cal soft key to turn the quick calibration off The calibration status on the screen changes back to the previous state 2 port calibration You must perform 2 port calibration for 2 port measurements before making a measurement Vector measurement Figure 233 illustrates the connection diagram for calibration in Vector measurements Figure 233 Connection for 2 port calibration in vector measurement 1 2 THRU Tesi Came Standard Catipration it Using Cable and Anten
301. ecting the data point larger than what you need for a measurement will result in unnecessarily long sweep time It is recommended that you select high resolution data points only for an instance of Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 473 JD780A Series Analyzers measuring wide frequency bands or requiring precise measurement data 4 Press the DTF Settings soft key and then do the following To select a cable from the list complete the following steps a Press the Cable List soft key and then select Standard Cable or Custom Cable The cable list window appears b Selecta cable by using the rotary knob or the Page Up Page Down soft keys Press the Select soft key Optional In the standard cable list window press the Add to Custom soft key to add the selected cable to the custom list To define a new cable complete the following steps Press the Prop Velocity soft key to define the cable s relative propagation delay Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key Press the Cable Loss soft key to define the cable s cable loss Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Pp 209 5 B Press the Enter soft key The propagatin velocity affects the calucation of the distance and the cable loss does the peak level of the discontinuity in a DTF measurement Toggle the Metrics soft key and select the unit option for the X axis Met
302. ectrum and RF Analysis modes Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum and RF analysis It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Procedure To set the scale per division 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div 3 Entera value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 139 JD780A Series Analyzers When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement resul
303. ed number in sequence Bit Reverse Code number in binary bit is reversed relative to the Hadamard method 3 Toggle the Base Code Length soft key and select the base Walsh code number 64 or 128 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 323 JD780A Series Analyzers Codogram The Codogram displays how the code level is changing over time and makes it easier for you to view traffic channels as they initiate and terminate and to track traffic channels call levels over time The Codogram measurements can be saved into an external USB memory so that a post analysis can be done with the application software JDViewer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between
304. ed point press the Delete Point soft key To change the position press the Frequency or Amplitude soft key and then turn the rotary knob to change the value as desired To define the channel limit 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Channel Limit soft key 3 To define the index table complete the following steps a p 2 y j Toggle the Table soft key between On and Off to display and hide the channel index table on the screen Press the Index soft key Enter an index number to be set between 1 and 10 by using the numeric keys Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency or Center Frequency soft key depending on your prior frequency setting Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency or Span Width soft key depending on your prior frequency setting Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 4 To set the limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a b c g Toggle the Limit soft key between On and Off to enable and disable the limit Press the High Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Press the dBm soft key Press the Low Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You
305. ee Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Press the PDSCH Modulation Type soft key and then select the modulation type option Auto QPSK 16 QAM 64 QAM E TM3 3 E TM3 2 E TM3 1 E TM2 E TM1 2 and E TM1 1 If two or more modulation types are used in a frame select Auto If the PDSCH uses the same modulation type in a frame or in a subframe select a specific modulation type to get more accurate EVM To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key a Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the dB soft key Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH precoding Measurement example Figure 82 Data channel measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer Ww 10131729 12008 NIT ae an 2st 110311120 FS e 110 thom Mode TT FOO Figure 83 Data channel measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer MBMS On wR PILH JEEN ere atest ae sete Mode LTE FPO Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 199 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 213 for more information Using marker You can use the MARKER hard key to place a m
306. ee digit option number JD785A001 2 Port Transmission Measurements JD785A003 CW Signal Generator JD788A006 Bluetooth Connectivity JD788A009 20 MHz Demodulation Hardware JD788A010 GPS Receiver and Antenna JD788A011 Interference Analyzer JD788A012 Channel Scanner JD788A020 cdmaOne cdma2000 Signal Analyzer Requires option 9 JD788A021 EV DO Signal Analyzer Requires option 9 and 20 JD788A022 GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer Requires option 9 JD788A023 WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer Requires option 9 JD788A025 TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer Requires option9 JD788A026 Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer Requires option 9 JD788A028 LTE FDD Signal Analyzer Requires option 9 JD788A029 LTE TDD Signal Analyzer Requires option 9 JD788A030 LTE Advanced FDD Signal Analyzer Requires options 9 and 28 JD788A031 LTE Advanced TDD Signal Analyzer Requires options 9 and 29 JD788A040 cdmaOne cdma2000 OTA Analyzer Requires options 9 and 10 JD788A041 EV DO OTA Analyzer Requires options 9 and 10 JD788A042 GSM GPRS EDGE OTA Analyzer Requires options 9 and 10 JD788A043 WCDMA HSPA OTA Analyzer Requires options 9 and 10 JD788A045 TD SCDMA OTA Analyzer Requires options 9 and 10 JD788A046 Mobile WiMAX OTA Analyzer Requires options 9 and 10 JD788A048 LTE FDD OTA Analyzer Requires options 9 and 10 JD788A049 LTE TDD OTA Analyzer Requires options 9 and 10 Standard Accessories G710550326 AC DC Power Adapter G710550335
307. eeded To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information 292 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 133 ID scanner measurement with LTE TDD OTA signal analyzer Multipath profile The Multipath Profile enables you to determine RF environmental conditions of testing area It indicates the amount of power of the dominant pilot signal that is dispersed outside the main correlation peak due to multipath echoes that are expressed in dB This value should be very small ideally The multipath profile is the result of portions of the original broadcast signal arriving at the receiving antenna out of phase This can be caused by the signal being reflected off objects such as buildings or being re
308. eeded NOTE The Zero Span option is available only in the Spectrum mode If you have selected Zero Span select TRIGGER gt Free Run External GPS Video or Display Position To set the start and stop frequencies 1 oN Oa PF ON Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Start Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number and span 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection Toggle the Link soft key to select the sweep direction and select Fwd for forward or Rev for reverse To set the channel number complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Ente
309. eeeeeseaeeesaeeteeeeeeeeess 103 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction Interference is becoming more prevalent in the wireless community with the increasing number of transmitters coming on the air Wireless service providers have traditionally used spectrum analyzers to monitor service channels frequencies and adjacent spectrum and to locate sources of interference A spectrum analyzer can only show you an interfering signal and you require determining the source of the interference To solve interference problems you must understand the RF environment know adjacent operating transmitters and identify any new or unlicensed emitters Once a potential interfering signal is identified in the Spectrum Analyzer mode you can monitor the signal further in the Interference Analyzer mode JD780A series provides two different methodologies to identify and determine interference signals Spectrogram and Received Signal Strength Indicator RSSI Locating the source of interference signal can be done with geographical information received from built in GPS receiver The JD780A series is extremely effective for locating and identifying periodic or intermittent RF interference Interference signals derive from several kinds of licensed or unlicensed transmitters that cause dropped calls and poor service quality The JD780A series provides following measurements for interference analysis m Spectrum m Spectrogram Single Dual m RSSI Received Signal
310. efine up to three zoom in zones so that you can view uplink and downlink frequencies in detail on a single measurement window for compliance verification 484 Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Zone soft key To zoom in a zone complete the following steps a Press the Zoom soft key and then select the zone number to zoom in Zone 1 Zone 2 or Zone 3 b Toggle the Zoom soft key and select On The zoom in chart for the selected zone appears under the measurement result To define a zone range complete the following steps a Press the Zone 1 2 3 soft key to select an active zone b Toggle the Zone 1 2 3 soft key between On and Off to view or dismiss the active zone Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers peop e Press the Start Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 To clear all the zone settings press the Clear All soft key Setting alternate sweep You can use the Alternate Sweep in DTF measurements to scale down a specific sub band without a need of an additional calibration Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Alternate Sweep Settings soft key Toggle the Alternate Sweep soft ke
311. efix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on the measurement item MBSFN RS appears in the result table To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen 6 Goto SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting limit for OTA control channel Procedure 1 2 Press the LIMIT hot key Select the test item s and set the limit s as needed To set the limit for Select Set P SS error vector magnitude P SS EVM High Limit S SS error vector magnitude S SS EVM High Limit RS error vector magnitude RS EVM gt RSO EVM High Limit RS EVM gt RS1 EVM RS EVM gt RS2 EVM RS EVM gt RS3 EVM Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 295 JD780A Series Analyzers Time error Time Error High Limit Low Limi
312. elect the framing type for your receiver setting PCM30 Timeslots from 1 to 15 correspond to channels from 1 to 15 and timeslots from 17 to 31 to channels from 16 to 30 Timeslot 16 is for the multi frame alignment and Channel Associated Signaling CAS PCM31 Timeslots from 1 to 31 correspond to channels from 1 to 31 NOTE If the framing type does not match with your receiver setting a framing alarm occurs 4 Toggle the Line Code soft key between AMI and HDB3 and select the line code type to send an E1 signal AMI It stands for Alternate Mark Inversion A line code uses one three level signal to convey binary digits in which successive binary ones marks or pulses are of alternating polarity either positive or negative equal in amplitude A binary zero space is transmitted as no pulse or zero amplitude HDB3 It stands for High Density Bipolar order 3 encoding It is a bipolar signaling technique using both positive and negative pulses based on the AMI It extends AMI by inserting violation codes whenever there is a run of four or more zeros 5 Press the Pattern soft key and then select the stress pattern option from the following choices 1 4 A four bit pattern that contains a single one being used to test clock recovery 1 8 An eight bit pattern that contains a single one being used to test clock recovery All 1 S A pattern that causes line drivers to consume the maximum power
313. ement example Conducting modulation measurements ConstellatiOM oooooocccinnnnnnnnnicnn Datachanne A E RAN A A ON SA A E NO Time alignment error Data allocation map Setting limit for modulation tests i Performing auto measurements e ta nessi eiaa iee ra E ee TE i a ESPE RO araa EEEa anaE NENE Conf rmanceteste inn erp a Maintenance test Signal performance test DAS TESE a A A A A aae aa ae etoile cdl 219 Performing power statistics CCDF MeasurementS ooonocccnccccocaconcconnnononanonccnnnncnn non uttu n cnn nc nn narran rre n rca n rra na nn 221 Setting MeaSure Sl Araneda 221 Measurement example miii A dada 222 Performing carrier aggregation measurements eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeeeseaeeseaeeseeseaeeseeseaeeseeeseaeeseaeeseeeed 222 Setting measure A A 222 Setting di aaa 223 Measurement example otrora AAN oia 224 AE A TON 224 Conducting LTE FDD OTA measurements eecceesceeseeeencesesecesceceaeesseeseaeessaeeeaeessaeeesaeeeacecaeeeseeseaeeseeseaeensaeeeaeereaees 225 Channel scanner ee ie sey a te 225 ID Scanner asenne ee ied me E bes 1 227 Multipath profile se va ee ss sat re 228 Control channel e ed ees e ay a 229 Datagram ssie es vas ie si aa 231 Route MPA A A AREA AAA Ts 233 Using LTE TDD Signal AnalyZeF ooconncccncccnnnccononnnnnaccnoncnnnnrn conocen 238 O AN 239 Display VEIS WS iii AE
314. ence soft key and then select the reference option Internal External 10 MHz External 13 MHz External 15 MHz or GPS Table 14 External reference indicators Type Indicator Description Internal green eee indicates that the instrument uses the built in External i green The green EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connected and locked and that the instrument uses the same reference clock as the signal source External MN red The red EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connect but not locked GPS Ss green The green GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS US yellow The yellow GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locking is in progress GPS UK grey The grey GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is not connected failed or unable to be locked Conducting spectrum measurements Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Bandwidth soft key 3 Select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz Your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 72 184 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series An
315. ended that you turn off the instrument to replace the battery However if you do not want to interrupt the current test you can leave the module turned on with the AC power adapter plugged in Starting up the JD780A series Use the power button to turn your JD780A series on or off When external power is supplied via the AC DC adapter the upper orange LED is illuminated Procedure To turn on db x 2 1 Press and hold the POWER button for a few seconds until the lower green LED indicator is illuminated 2 Release the button and wait for a few seconds while booting up To turn off 1 Press and hold the POWER button for a few seconds until the lower green LED indicator goes out 2 Release the button Managing files The JD780A series lets you save and load screen result setup limit logging data or Fail events depending on your selected measurement mode and option NOTE If you see greyed out menus as you change measurement modes this indicates that the menu s are not available to be used Using save You can save your current screen result setup and limit into the internal memory or your external USB memory drive Getting Started 31 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure Press the SAVE LOAD hot key The Save Load screen menu bar appears Press the Save soft key Select the save option from the following choices To save Select File type Current screen Sa
316. enna connected to your JD780A series with a cable Combine Testing on multiple antennas connected to your JD780A series with a 2x1 or 4x1 combiner or an antenna 7 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off If this setting is on the measurement items MBSFN RS PMCH QPSK PMCH 16 QAM and PMCH 64 QAM appear in the result table To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal
317. ent example n se Performing cable loss 1 port measurements Making a measurement ceeeeeees Measurement example Performing 1 port phase measurements Making a measurement Measurement example on a a es a Performing Smith chart MEASUreMENMS cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeaeeeeaeeseneeeaeeseaeesaeeeaeeseaeeseeseaeeseeeeaeesseeseeeseaeeneeeee MakINg EEE A O O CITO Performing 2 port vector A nettur k tnt AAAA NEEAEEANEENNEANEEAEENNEANEEANEAAEENEEANEEA EENE EANE EAEn E EEEa MEL EE A O TN Measurement example oomonononoonenononnonasanenonconenonsorcnanenenoncono nono rre nonononaono rra nano ne nono na nno sorna nono ne nono nenaono nin naserenononannonos SAS SA t tntk tat A AEAN AAEEAAEEAEANEEAEENAEANEEAEEAAEENEEAEEEAEENE KAENA nanne ennea Making a measurement A A M as r ment example OO NT Analyzing measurements eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeesaeeesaeesneesaeeseneeeaeesaeeseeeeaeeseaeesaeeesaeeseaeseaeeseaeeseeeseaeesieeeenteseaeeeaes Setting trace and display 2 0 eee eeseeeesceeseeeeneeeeeeeeaceseaeeeseeceaeeeseeesaeeseaeesseeseaeessaeceaeesaeeeseeseaeeesaeseaeeseeseaeeseaeeeaeees Setting zoom zones Setting alternate sweep Setting limit for cable and antenna analyzer UsiNgiEd Amaly Zi AA 487 ROAD TY 488 DN A A E AT T 488 Connecting a Cable ooocnninininicnonncnnncnnnncnn ona rn rn 489 QUEEN eLo rra spo tebsesesonshsactucteagsons 489 INFSESFVICS Montong iaee ieee EE e e e aa eataa
318. ent forms 126 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Toggle the Display soft key and select the display option Result to view the result table The Display Result menu becomes activated Settings to view the measurement settings for the auto measurement 2 Toggle the Display Result soft key and select the display result option Full to view detailed measurement readings with the pass fail indication Quick to view only the Pass Fail results 3 To view the measurement results for a different carrier press the View Carrier soft key and then select the carrier number to view Conducting GSM OTA measurements This Over The Air OTA measurement has channel scanner frequency scanner multipath profile and modulation analyzer screens The GSM OTA has a function to display channel power and related information up to 128 GSM down link signals This channel scanner can quickly identifies improper power levels that affect network performance The transmitter performance can be made on a base station from the convenience of your vehicle without taking the base station out of service It helps you to determine testing area s RF environmental condition with the multipath profile Channel scanner Setting channel Procedure 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The
319. er 151 JD780A Series Analyzers Code domain power The Code Domain Power CDP measures the distribution of power across the set of code channels normalized to the total power It helps to verify that each code channel is operating at its proper level and to identify problems throughout the transmitter design from coding to the RF section System imperfections such as amplifier non linearity will present themselves as an undesired distribution of power in the code domain Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Optional To set the scramble code complete the following steps a Toggle the Scramble soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option WCDMA HSDPA or HSPA HSDPA is set by default 4 To set the S CCPCH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the S CCPCH soft key b Toggle the S CCPCH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the S CCPCH c Press t
320. er Ratio ACLR Multi ACLR Spurious Emissions Modulation Analysis Constellation Code Domain Power Relative Code Domain Error Codogram Received Code Strength Indicator RCSI CDP Table m Auto Measure Power Statistics CCDF m Over The Air OTA Channel Scanner Scramble Scanner Multipath Profile Code Domain Power Route Map Display overview Figure 43 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen 134 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 43 WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode input settings i Pass fail User input field j indicator Measurement settings Screen menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the power amplifier output port of BTS Figure 44 Direct connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Attenuator ee Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 135 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 45 Indirect connection aed o JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION A The maximum power for the Spect
321. er or Foot Press the Windowing soft key and then select the video filtering option Rectangular Blackman Nominal Side Lobe Low Side Lobe or Minimum Side Lobe 5 Optional To turn the bias tee on complete the following steps a Toggle the Bias Tee soft key and select On b Enter a value between 12 and 32 with 0 1 V step c Enter the V soft key NOTE The instrument s built in bias tee function option 002 supplies 12 32 VDC bias to active devices through the RF In port eliminating the need of an external power supply 6 Optional To select the output power toggle the Output Power soft key between 0 dBm and 30 dBm NOTE When an amplifier s reflection is measured it is recommended that you change this output power level to 30 dBm and then re calibrate Changing to 30 dBm may result in reduced measurement dynamic range 7 Optional To turn the interference rejection on toggle the Interference Rej soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the feature NOTE It is recommended that you use this feature only when you suspect interfering signals in the area as turning this on slows down the measurement 474 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer Figure 240 DTF measurement JD780A Series Analyzers Mode Cable 4 Anienna Anahirer Sieg TALLDO MHE y 4000 00 Mite 4 Pot sal 14 peg L 4 Narmer Custom hard a 7 VICO 00 MM 4000 00 Mite NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyz
322. er via a USB connection Connecting a cable There are two types of optical power sensors Table 25 Optical power sensors Part No Wavelength Range Dynamic Range MP 60A 780 1650 nm 1300 1310 1490 1550 nm 50 to 10 dBm Using Power Meter 527 JD780A Series Analyzers 850 nm 45 to 10 dBm MP 80A 780 1650 nm 1300 1550 nm 35 to 23 dBm 980 nm 30 to 23 dBm Optical power sensor connection Procedure 1 Connect a MP series optical power sensor to the USB Host port of the JD780A series as shown in Figure 278 Figure 278 Optical power sensor connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Power Meter gt Optical Power Meter Setting amplitude Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Toggle the Display soft key and select the display method Relative or Absolute If the Relative is selected press the Set Reference soft key to set the current value as the reference 4 To specify the display range complete the following steps a Press the Display Maximum soft key to set the maximum value for the power meter b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the dBm soft key d Press the Display Minimum soft key to set the minimum value for the power meter e Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob f
323. erence ID on and off 4 To set the threshold level manually complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys Using Interference Analyzer 95 JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the dBm soft key 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the display line multi segment line and channel limit See Setting limit for interference analyzer on page 103 for more information Conducting interference measurements Spectrogram The Spectrogram is particularly useful when attempting to identify periodic or intermittent signals as it captures spectrum activity over time and uses various colors to differentiate spectrum power levels When the directional antenna is used to receive the signal you will see a change in the amplitude of the tracked signal as you change the direction of the antenna and see a change in the Spectrogram colors The source of the signal is located in the direction that results in the highest signal strength Setting measure setup Procedure Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 88 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key To set the amount of time between each trace measurement a Press th
324. eries with a cable Combine Testing on multiple antennas connected to your JD780A series with a 2x1 or 4x1 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers combiner or an antenna 8 Press the Uplink Downlink Configuration soft key and then select the number of uplink downlink between one and six 9 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on the measurement item MBSFN RS appears in the result table and either PMCH or PDSCH appears as well depending on the detected channel To set the Multicast Broadcast Sing
325. ers on page 307 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 149 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 319 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 149 Spurious emissions measurement with CDMA signal analyzer 200 fit 4 09054 NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 320 for more information Setting limit for RF tests By default test limits specified in the standard are set for you You can change thresholds if you desire Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Channel power Channel Power High Limit Low Limit Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Spectrum emission mask Spectrum Emission Mask On Off only ACPR ACPR On Off only Multi ACPR Multi ACPR On Off only Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information 320 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series A
326. ervice monitoring of T1 lines 3 Toggle the Framing soft key between SF D4 and ESF and select the framing type for your receiver setting SF D4 Super Frame D4 Group of 12 frames used to align equipment for framing ESF Extended Super Frame Group of 24 frames used to align equipment for framing 4K for a maintenance channel Facilities Data Link 2K for CRC 6 checksum and 2K for framing synchronization NOTE If the framing type does not match with your receiver setting a framing alarm occurs 4 Toggle the Line Code soft key between AMI and B8ZS and select the line code type to send an T1 signal AMI lt stands for Alternate Mark Inversion A line code uses one three level signal to convey binary digits in which successive binary ones marks or pulses are of alternating polarity either positive or negative equal in amplitude A binary zero space is transmitted as no pulse or zero amplitude B8ZS It stands for Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution A coding scheme in which the transmitter substitutes a fixed pattern of ones zeros and BPVs in place of 8 consecutive zeros 5 Press the Pattern soft key and then select the stress pattern option from the following choices 1 8 An eight bit pattern that contains a single one being used to test clock recovery 1 16 A sixteen bit pattern that contains a single one being used to test clock recovery All 1 S A pattern that causes line drivers to consume the max
327. es Analyzers Setting limit for cable and antenna analyzer 486 Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Multi Segment Line soft key for Pass Fail indication 3 Toggle the Limit soft key between Upper and Lower to select the one to be displayed 4 Set the number of segments for the selected upper or lower limit line You can set up to 50 segments a Press the of Line soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 50 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Press the Autoset soft key to let the instrument set the limit for each segment and display the line Optional To move the limit line complete the following steps a Select Limit Up Down or Limit Left Right b Turn the rotary knob to move the line as desired You can also manually enter a value Optional To edit the segment properties complete the following steps a Press the Edit Limit soft key b Press the Move soft key and then turn the rotary knob to select the segment to edit c Select the menu option from the following choices To hide the line for the selected segment toggle the Line soft key and select Off To add a new point press the Add Point soft key To delete the selected point press the Delete Point soft key To change the position press the Frequency or Amplitude soft key and then turn the rotary knob to change the value as desired Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the
328. escribed in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Bandwidth soft key 3 Select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz Measurement example Figure 76 ACLR measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 193 for more information Multi ACLR The Multi ACLR measurement is used to perform multi channel ACLR measurements with as many channels as possible It helps you to measure ACLR in multi channel transmitting Base Station environment Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 189 JD780A Series Analyzers can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To set the frequency do one of the following To set the center frequency complete the following steps Toggle the Unit soft key and select Fre
329. esired keyword and then tap the Keyboard button See Appending a keyword on page 559 for more information To change the file location in the internal memory or to your USB memory drive touch the Location button select your desired file path using the touch screen or the rotary knob and then press the Apply soft key To create a folder press the Create Folder soft key type a directory name and then press the Apply soft key Press the Done soft key The MEME appears on the screen and the Start screen menu changes to Stop 10 Press the Stop soft key to end the event saving Saving logging data You can save logging data in the following measurement modes Interference Analyzer E1 T1 Analyzer Signal Analyzer OTA and Auto Measure Procedure oF ODM Press the SAVE LOAD hot key The Save Load screen menu bar appears Press the Save soft key Press the Save Logging Data soft key The on screen keyboard appears Type the name of the file in the File Name field with or without using a keyword Optional To create or edit keywords touch the Edit Keywords button select your desired keyword button in the upper screen type a keyword and then tap the Save button on the keyboard See Editing or adding a custom keyword on page 558 for more information To include a keyword in the file name touch the Append Keywords button select your desired keyword and then tap the Keyboard button See
330. ess the Code Order soft key and then select the code order option from the following choices Hadamard To assign the number based on Walsh code order and display the measured code power according to the assigned number in sequence Bit Reverse Code number in binary bit is reversed relative to the Hadamard method 3 Toggle the Base Code Length soft key and select the base Walsh code number 64 or 128 RCSI The Received Code Strength Indicator RCSI is used to track the power variation of cdmaOne or cdma2000 control channels such as Pilot Paging Sync and Q Paging over time The RCSI measurements can be saved into an external USB memory so that a post analysis can be done with the application software JDViewer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 325 JD780A Series Analyzers 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental ste
331. ess the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM To select the downlink zone press the DL Zone soft key and then select the permutation zone option Auto PUSC for partial usage of subcarrier channels FUSC for full usage of subcarrier channels or AMC2X3 for adaptive modulation and coding Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 443 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE The permutation zone that is a number of contiguous OFDMA symbols in downlink that use the same permutation The DL subframe may contain more than one permutation zone The maximum number of DL zone is 8 in one DL subframe To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Measurement example Figure 222 Constellation measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 450 for more information The Spectral Flatness is not used in the Constellation mode Spectral flatness The Spectral Flatness is used to measure the flatness energy of the constellation according to the WiMAX specificati
332. ess the Good soft key to set its threshold 7 Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob 8 Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold 9 Entera value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob 1 0 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 16 Route map measurement screen with GPS Dual spectrum The Dual Spectrum feature lets you view two spectrum measurements both the Uplink and Downlink spectrum simultaneously eliminating the need to swap between two screens back and forth Using Spectrum Analyzer 81 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Toggle the Active Window soft key between Top and Bottom to select the measurement window to configure or work on Measurement example Figure 17 Dual spectrum measurement with spectrum analyzer PIM detection single and multiple carriers The Passive Intermodulation PIM Detection allows you to detect Uplink PIM across the full spectrum for any technology When PIM is detected the normal repair mode is to replace the offending cable and what you need to do is replacing the whole cable irrespective of the location of th
333. ess the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Configuration soft key and select the configuration option Current to let the instrumnet use current frequency single carrier and determine pass or fail based on the instrument s limit settings in Auto Measure Scenario to run a test with a programmed scenario in JDViewer The Scenario menu becomes activated To load a scenario press the Scenario soft key and then select a scenario file to load Toggle the Test Time soft key and select the test time option Now to let the instrument run a test only once Schedule to let the instrument repeat tests as defined in the Set Timing The Set Timing menu becomes activated 5 To define a schedule for an auto measurement complete the following steps a Press the Set Timing soft key Press the Start Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Stop Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key 9 ao Press the Time Interval soft key g Enter the amount of time in minutes and then press the Enter soft key 6 To set external offset complete the following steps a Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On b Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the dB soft key 6 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save
334. et High Limit Low Limit 1 Q origin offset IQ Origin Offset High Limit 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 221 Power vs time frame measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer 442 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting modulation measurements Constellation The Constellation is used to observe some aspects of modulation accuracy and can reveal certain fault mechanisms such as l Q amplitude imbalance or quadrature imbalance It displays constellation diagram by modulation types Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a g h Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the foll
335. et the thresholds for the four different color indicators for Pilot power or Ec lo Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 To set the limits for pilot power if you have selected Pilot for the plot item complete the following steps a Press the Pilot Power soft key Press the Excellent soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Very Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob 9 205 Press the Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob ze Press the Fair soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob j Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold k Enter a value and then press the dBm soft key You can also use the rotary knob 3 To set the limits for Ec lo if you have selected as for the plot item complete the following steps a Press the Ec lo soft key Press the Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Fair soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob 9 ao Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold g Enter a value and then press the Enter soft ke
336. etup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the CCDF Length soft key to set the length of the CCDF 3 Enter a value between 1 and 100 by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key 286 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 129 CCDF measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer Performing carrier aggregation measurements Carrier aggregation enables a maximum of five multiple LTE carriers to be used together in order to provide high data rate required for LTE Advanced Component carriers to be aggregated can be intra band contiguous intra band non contiguous or inter band The JD780A series provides carrier aggregation measurements supporting for all the different modes with carrier aggregation bands added to the channel standard This functionality is activated if the license for the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The
337. etween Upper and Lower to select the one to be displayed Set the number of segments for the selected upper or lower limit line You can set up to 50 segments a Press the of Line soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 50 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Press the Autoset soft key to set and display the limit line for each segment automatically Optional To move the limit line complete the following steps a Select Limit Up Down or Limit Left Right b Turn the rotary knob to move the line as desired You can also manually enter a value Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 7 Optional To edit the segment properties complete the following steps a Press the Edit Limit soft key b Press the Move soft key and then turn the rotary knob to select the segment to edit c Select the menu option from the following choices To hide the line for the selected segment toggle the Line soft key and select Off To add a new point press the Add Point soft key To delete the selected point press the Delete Point soft key To change the position press the Frequency or Amplitude soft key and then turn the rotary knob to change the value as desired 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 15 Field strength measurement with spectrum analyzer
338. ey 6 Press the Settings soft key and then set the following a Toggle the MAC soft key and select the MAC Walsh code option 64 or 128 b Toggle the PvsT soft key and select the slot option Idle or Active c Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the dB soft key 7 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information 8 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test 9 To stop running the test press the Abort soft key 10 To change the view on the screen during the test press the Display and then select the view option from the following choices Screen You can view each measurement screen as the test progresses Results You can view a measurement result table as the test progresses Settings You can view a measurement setting table as the test progresses Setting display After completion of the auto measurement the screen menu changes to Trace Display so that you can view the results in different forms Procedure 1 Toggle the Display soft key and select the display option Result to view the result table The Display Result menu becomes activated Settings to view the measurement settings for the auto measurement 372 Using EV DO Signal
339. ference test is done Press the Continue soft key to run the testing on an antenna Ant 1 Optional To change the settings such as External Offset press the Settings and then change the settings as needed Press the Continue soft key The instrument runs the testing on Ant 1 The Ant 1 tab appears with the updated result table when the test is done To run the testing on the next antenna Ant 2 press the Run Test soft key and then repeat the steps 11 12 You can do the testing on up to 10 distributed antennas for one radio band To view test results for each antenna press the Select Antenna soft key and then select the antenna tab number to display on the screen Optional Press the Delete Test soft key to delete the selected antenna tab Optional Press the Retest Reference soft key to obtain reference measurement values again Optional To save your measurement results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 285 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 128 DAS measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer Performing power statistics CCDF measurements The Power Statistics Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function CCDF measurement characterizes the power statistics of the input signal It provides PAR Peak to Average power Ratio versus different probabilities Setting measure s
340. figuring test parameters Selecting profile and tip You can select analysis profiles and inspection tips from the list Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Profile amp Tip soft key The profile and tip pane appears 3 To select one of the pre configured analysis profiles that match the PASS FAIL criteria in the IEC visual inspection standard complete the following steps a Tap the drop down list button for the Profile b Select the profile that you want to use from the following choices MM IEC 61300 3 35 Ribbon MM IEC 61300 3 35 Ribbon SM APC IEC 61300 3 35 SM APC IEC 61300 3 35 SM PC IEC 61300 3 35 SM UPC IEC 61300 3 35 NOTE All of the profiles are factory set and cannot be edited or removed 4 To select the inspection tip optical settings that you want to use complete the following steps a Tap the drop down list button for the Tip b Select one of the tips available to your selected profile from the following choices Standard Tips with BAP1 and Simplex Long Reach L Tips Ribbon Tips and Ribbon Tips Long Reach NOTE This setting allows you to select the best optical settings for the type of inspection tip that is attached to your microscope probe 5 Tap the Apply button or press the Apply soft key to save and return to the previous state Setting preferences You can set your preferences of auto center and QuickCap
341. figuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set up the range table and frequency range press the Range Table soft key and then complete the following steps a Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range o a0 5 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 255 JD780A Series Analyzers g Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob h Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 Toggle the Range soft key between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key 9 0209 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation
342. file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Scramble soft key and select Auto or Manual to set the scramble code automatically or manually 3 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 4 Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option DL Auto for auto detection of downlink UL Auto for auto detection of uplink SF1 SF2 SF4 SF8 or SF16 5 To set the number of maximum users complete the following steps a Press the Max Users soft key b Enter a value up to 16 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To set the delay complete the following steps Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 411 JD780A Series Analyzers a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured To select how to determine scrambling estimation toggle the Scramble soft key and select Spec or Full The Spec searches Sync Sequence Number from 0 to 31 based on the T
343. finable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 193 for more information Setting limit for RF tests By default test limits specified in the standard are set for you You can change thresholds if you desire Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Channel power Channel Power High Limit Low Limit Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Spectrum emission mask Spectrum Emission Mask On Off only ACLR ACLR On Off only Multi ACLR Multi ACLR On Off only Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 193 JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting power vs time frame measurements The Power vs Time Frame measures the modulation envelope in the time domain showing the power of each time slot in an LTE signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measuremen
344. following choices 0dB Is used in most cases including that the test set is connected to the DSX front panel to CSU to NIU or Channel Bank or that the cabling is less than about 130 feet in between test set and DSX 7 5 dB Is used in cases that attenuation is needed where the T1 line is series connected to 7 5 dB attenuator 15 dB Is used in cases that attenuation is needed where the T1 line is series connected to 15 dB attenuator 8 Press the Loop Codes soft key and then do one of the following option To select the link option toggle press the Link soft key between Inband and Datalink Datalink is used when the framing is set to ESF To select the Channel Service Unit press the CSU soft key To select the Network Interface Unit press the NIU soft key To start or stop testing 1 Press the MEASURE hot key 2 Press the Loop Test soft key and then select the testing option as needed Start Stop or Clear To activate or deactiave the external loop back 1 Press the Remote Loop Up to activate the external loop back so that the instrument sends the system a request of the loop back mode 2 Press the Remote Loop Dn to deactivate the external loop back so that the instrument sends the system a request to clean the loop back mode To activate or deactiave the internal loop back 1 Press the Self Loop Up to activate the internal loop back 2 Press the Self Loop Dn to deactivate the intern
345. for the selected component carrier on the screen or Off to turn it off f Set the following parameters as needed 222 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Center Frequency Channel Bandwidth Cell ID CFI PHICH Ng Antenna Port MBMS On Off Cyclic Prefix and PDSCH Modulation Type g To set more component carriers repeat the steps c f 3 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key again 4 Toggle the EVM Detection Mode soft key and select Single or Combine as desired Single Testing on one single antenna connected to your JD780A series with a cable Combine Testing on multiple antennas connected to your JD780A series with a 2x1 or 4x1 combiner or an antenna 5 To select the subframe number to be measured do one of the following Ifthe EVM Detection Mode is set to Single press the Subframe No soft key and then set the subframe number NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes 0 and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number Ifthe EVM Detection Mode is set to Combine toggle the Subframe No soft key and then select 0 or 5 6 To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key 7 Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH
346. for an instance of measuring wide frequency bands or requiring precise measurement data 4 Toggle the Display soft key and select Magnitude to view measurements in dB or Phase in degree 5 Optional To turn the bias tee on complete the following steps a Toggle the Bias Tee soft key and select On b Enter a value between 12 and 32 with 0 1 V step c Enter the V soft key NOTE The instrument s built in bias tee function option 002 supplies 12 32 VDC bias to active devices through the RF In port eliminating the need of an external power supply 6 Optional To select the output power toggle the Output Power soft key between 0 dBm and 30 dBm NOTE When an amplifier s reflection is measured it is recommended that you change this output power level to 30 dBm and then re calibrate Changing to 30 dBm may result in reduced measurement dynamic range 7 Optional To set the number of measurements to be averaged press the Average soft key and then adjust the number between one and five by using the rotary knob 8 Optional To turn the interference rejection on toggle the Interference Rej soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the feature NOTE It is recommended that you use this feature only when you suspect interfering signals in the area as turning this on slows down the measurement Measurement example Figure 247 2 port vector measurement OS mire 14 99 28 A ine ale Cable A A
347. for external reference clock PP2S 1IDMHz 13MH 15MHz GPS Procedure Connect an external reference or a GPS antenna to the JD780A series Press the SYSTEM hot key Press the Freq Reference soft key and then select the reference option Internal External 10 MHz External 13 MHz External 15 MHz or GPS Table 21 External reference indicators Type Indicator Description Internal a green dos indicates that the instrument uses the built in External En green The green EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connected and locked and that the instrument uses the same reference clock as the signal source External E red The red EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connect but not locked GPS X green The green GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS US yellow The yellow GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locking is in progress GPS FA grey The grey GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is not connected failed or unable to be locked Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 431 JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting spectrum measurements Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then
348. for returning waste equipment and batteries to JDSU can be found in the Environmental section of JDSU s web site at www jdsu com If you have questions concerning disposal of your equipment or batteries contact JDSU s WEEE Program Management team at WEEE EMEA jdsu com Contents About This Manual ooooccccconnccccnnncnnnononacononanono nana cnnnnnancnonn anno conan eda nn nn rra aran nn n ar nn anar narran nn nn aa rca ninas PUurpOS6 ANd SCOPE citrico a ta dt ASSUMPIONS scientific iaa dada lc coi Safety and compliance information Safety consideration Battery iuris ice Electrostatic discharge precautions ESD oooconccccnccconcconocanonanancconanonccnnonccono nono conca rn ro nan n rre r nn anar rencias 19 Using 12V DC automotive adapter aii 20 CONVENTIONS ci cicininicaciniasinsicicirdi rd cici sias Technical assistance IIA INS A 22 About the JD780A SerieS oooccconcconoconocanonnnonanonnonnnccnn cnn nana R RR RR RARA RR aiar apa Siada S aiaa NEESI rina RE 23 Features and CapabilitieS oonoonnnninnnnnnonnconnnncnncnoncnnnancnanc nora narra narran 23 Options Solle ot 14 0 A POPE O O E 24 O 24 Physical specificatiOnS ciar atrio 24 CA A A Unpacking the JD780A SETiCS eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeaeeeaeeeaeeseaeecsaeesaeeseaeesaeeseaeeeaeecsaeeseeseaeeseeseaeessaeesneeseaeeeinersaees Exploring the JD780A SOMOS i setex2cccateiectessqscaescacceensnninanaate
349. fracted through the atmosphere differently from the main signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 Toggle the Display soft key and select RS or Sync The RS Window soft key becomes activated if RS is selected 4 Press the RS Window soft key if RS is selected and then select the RS window option 2 us 4 us or 8 us 5 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 293 JD780A Series Analyzers channels To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth 6 Optional Go to SA
350. frequency range press the Range Table soft key and then complete the following steps a Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range 9 20 5 g Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob h Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 Toggle the Range soft key between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key o9 ao 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW soft key o9 205 gt Enter a value by using the numeric keys i
351. fset High Limit QPSK High Limit 16 QAM High Limit 64 QAM High Limit QPSK High Limit 16 QAM High Limit 64 QAM High Limit High Limit High Limit High Limit High Limit High Limit Low Limit High Limit Low Limit High Limit Low Limit High Limit Low Limit High Limit Low Limit High Limit Low Limit High Limit Intra Cont Intra Non cont Inter Band High Limit Low Limit High Limit Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Performing auto measurements Conformance test The Conformance Test is to test if eNode B meets some specified standards that have been developed for verification lts test procedure and test setups have been developed by 3GPP Test results can be saved as a csv file type Setting limit for conformance test You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Turning the test limit on for a test item makes the test item included in the conformance test Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 To set the limit for BTS output power complete the following steps a Press the BTS Output Power soft key Toggle the Test Limit
352. fset soft key and select Off Setting bandwidth VBW based on the designated RBW Selecting Auto changes the value to correspond to your frequency span setting for RBW and to the current RBW and VBW RBW settings for VBW Procedure To automatically set the RBW and VBW to your selected VBW RBW ratio 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the VBW RBW soft key to set the proportional VBW based on the designated RBW Table 9 shows the ratio example for 30 kHz RBW 3 Select the ratio 1 0 3 0 1 0 03 0 01 or 0 003 4 Toggle the RBW soft key and select Auto 5 Toggle the VBW soft key and select Auto The RBW or VBW value on the screen changes accordingly based on the span To manually set the RBW or VBW to your selected VBW RBW ratio 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the RBW soft key Using Interference Analyzer 91 JD780A Series Analyzers Enter a value between 1 Hz to 3 MHz in 1 3 sequence by using the numeric keys Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz The RBW setting automatically changes to Manual Press the VBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys 7 Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz The VBW setting automatically changes to Manual The RBW or VBW value on the screen changes accordingly Table 11 VBW RBW ratio example RBW Ratio VBW RBW VBW 30 kHz 1 1 30 kHz 1 0 3 10 kHz 1 0 1 3 kHz 1 0 03 1 kHz 1 0 01 300 Hz 1 0 003 100 Hz Setting average You can set the n
353. ft key NOTE The instrument s built in bias tee function option 002 supplies 12 32 VDC bias to active devices through the RF In port eliminating the need of an external power supply NOTE See Performing reflection measurements on page 471 for more information on how to set other measurement setup parameters for the Smith Chart measurement Performing 2 port vector measurements The Vector measurement is used to perform faster and more accurate measurement with around 80 dB dynamic range It also provides antenna isolation measurement You can determine DUT s So phase characteristic by selecting the measurement display type as Phase Making a measurement Procedure 1 Make a proper cable connection as described in Connecting a cable for 2 port vector measurements on page 470 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Data Points soft key to change the resolution of your measurement and then select the data point option 126 251 501 1001 and 2001 Changing the data point does not affect current calibration NOTE The larger number you choose the higher resolution you get and the longer the Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 481 JD780A Series Analyzers instrument takes to sweep and display results Selecting the data point larger than what you need for a measurement will result in unnecessarily long sweep time It is recommended that you select high resolution data points only
354. g example Figure 49 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 143 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 49 Channel power measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 150 for more information Occupied bandwidth The 3GPP specifications require the occupied bandwidth OBW of a transmitted WCDMA signal to be less than 5 MHz where occupied bandwidth is defined as the bandwidth containing 99 of the total channel power In this measurement the total power of the displayed span is measured Then the power is measured inward from the right and left extremes until 0 5 of the power is accounted for each of the upper and lower part of the span and the calculated difference is the occupied bandwidth The spectrum shape of a WCDMA signal can give a useful qualitative insight into the transmitter s operation Any distortion to the spectrum shape might be an indication of degradation of the transmitter s performance After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 50 144 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 50 Occupied bandwidth measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the
355. g test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 54 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 149 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 54 Spurious emissions measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 150 for more information Setting limit for RF tests By default test limits specified in the standard are set for you You can change thresholds if you desire Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Channel power Channel Power High Limit Low Limit Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Spectrum emission mask Spectrum Emission Mask On Off only ACLR ACLR On Off only Multi ACLR Multi ACLR On Off only Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information
356. g test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Scramble soft key and select Auto or Manual to set the scramble code automatically or manually 3 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 4 Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option DL Auto for auto detection of downlink UL Auto for auto detection of uplink SF1 SF2 SF4 SF8 or SF16 408 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 5 To set the number of maximum users complete the following steps a b Press the Max Users soft key Enter a value up to 16 by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured
357. ge 277 for more information Data allocation map The Data Allocation Map function represents data allocation as a mapping Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes O and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 275 JD780A Series Analyzers 4 To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a b c Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Press the dB soft key 5 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select
358. ggle the VBW soft key and select Auto The RBW or VBW value on the screen changes accordingly based on the span To manually set the RBW or VBW to your selected VBW RBW ratio 1 2 3 4 Press the BW AVG hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value between 1 Hz to 3 MHz in 1 3 sequence by using the numeric keys Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz The RBW setting automatically changes to Manual Press the VBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz The VBW setting automatically changes to Manual The RBW or VBW value on the screen changes accordingly 58 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE This setting is not used in the Spurious Emissions mode Table 10 VBW RBW ratio example RBW Ratio VBW RBW VBW 30 kHz 1 1 30 kHz 1 0 3 10 kHz 1 0 1 3 kHz 1 0 03 1 kHz 1 0 01 300 Hz 1 0 003 100 Hz Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep The SWEEP hot key is used to set and control the sweep time sweep mode gated
359. gle the Screen Mode soft key between Map and Full NOTE With the Map setting you can view only the collected points that can be seen within the boundary of the loaded map If a point is off the map the instrument displays an arrow to indicate the direction of the current location on the map and the distance from the center to the location at the top of the screen With the Full setting you can view all the collected points of the route without the loaded map To collect data plot points manually without a GPS antenna in an indoor environment press the Position soft key Press the Plot Item soft key and then select the measurement option CPICH Power or Ec lo Toggle the Plot soft key and select Start Touch directly on the screen or press the ENTER hard key to collect data and plot points on the loaded map for the Position setting NOTE For the Position setting you can change the direction of the route with the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob 9 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Stop to stop plotting 10 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key to save the result See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The instrument does not automatically save the collected data It is recommended that you save the result Otherwise you will lose all the collected data Setting limit You can set the thresholds for the four different color indicators for CPICH power or Ec lo Pro
360. gnal source You can use the TRIGGER hot key to set the external clock Table 18 Standards of external clock operation Clock Type Reference Port Switching Standard External Reference Internal Internal 10 MHz Default External External Ref Clock Ext Ref SMA Manual switching Input signal level gt 3 dBm GPS GPS Clock GPS SMA Automatic switching GPS signal received Trigger Internal Internal Trigger Default External External Trigger Trigger SMA Manual switching GPS GPS GPS SMA Manual switching Figure 165 Connection ports for external reference clock PP2S 10MHz LIMH 15MHz GPS Procedure 1 Connect an external reference or a GPS antenna to the JD780A series Press the SYSTEM hot key Press the Freq Reference soft key and then select the reference option Internal External 10 MHz External 13 MHz External 15 MHz or GPS 350 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers E NOTE When a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS coordinates longitude and latitude are displayed on the screen and frequency reference is automatically set to GPS in the System gt Freq Reference Table 19 External reference indicators Type Indicator Description Internal ANTI green a la indicates that the instrument uses the built in External ea green The green EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connected and locked and that the instrument uses the same reference c
361. gnals to be measured Your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 216 432 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 216 Spectrum measurement screen with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write Ww measurements Display the input signal s maximum response only Max Hold M Display the input signals minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Remove all the traces and initialize the trace More 1 2 gt Trace settings Clear All 5 Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display 6 Optional If you have
362. grade will be done within 30 minutes or so in most cases but depending on the number of files to be reconfigured it may take longer than that 8 After the instrument restarted check the installed firmware version and DSP versions in the System settings Refer to the firmware release note to find correct DSP version and compatible application software versions 38 WARNING Do not remove the USB drive while upgrading the firmware Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers Upgrading from FTP server Procedure 1 Power your instrument via the AC DC adapter to prevent any severe damage to your instrument caused by a power off in the middle of the upgrade which may require a repair in the factory Press the SYSTEM hot key Select More 1 2 gt Upgrade gt FTP Server The upgrade server dialog box appears NOTE Older version of firmware does not have the FTP Server option It is recommended that you update your firmware with the USB option first Enter ftp2 jdsu com in the server address field Enter your proxy server address in the proxy server field if necessary Contact your system administrator for your proxy server information Tap the Check button to check if the installed firmware version is the latest one Do one of the following If you view the latest firmware version information tap the Install button to continue upgrading f the message Your firmware is up to date is displaye
363. gram is a time varying spectral representation that shows how the power of a signal varies with time The power allocated to the specific resource block will be represented with an amplitude axis in dBm and the waterfall diagram will show the trend of past resource block power over certain period Using a marker function facilitates analysis of accumulated resource block power for data utilization Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 231 JD780A Series Analyzers can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically M
364. gure 111 SEM measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 257 for more information ACLR The Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR measures the amount of interference or power in an adjacent frequency channel according to the standards Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you 252 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Measurement example Figure 112 ACLR measurement with LTE TD
365. h Limit Low Limit PDSCH error vector magnitude if MBMS is off PMCH error vector magnitude if MBMS is on and a PMCH is detected EVM gt PDSCH EVM EVM gt PMCH EVM High Limit QPSK High Limit 16 QAM High Limit 64 QAM High Limit QPSK High Limit 16 QAM High Limit 64 QAM RMS for data error vector EVM gt Data EVM RMS High Limit magnitude Peak for data error vector EVM gt Data EVM Peak High Limit magnitude RS error vector magnitude EVM gt RS EVM High Limit P SS error vector magnitude EVM gt P SS EVM High Limit S SS error vector magnitude EVM gt S SS EVM High Limit Downlink RS power Power gt DL RS Power High Limit Low Limit P SS power Power gt P SS Power High Limit Low Limit S SS power Power gt S SS Power High Limit Low Limit PBCH power Power gt PBCH Power High Limit Low Limit Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 213 JD780A Series Analyzers Subframe power Power gt Subframe Power High Limit Low Limit OFDM symbol power Power gt OFDM Symbol Power High Limit Low Limit Frame average power Power gt Frame Avg Power High Limit Low Limit Time alignment error for MIMO Time Alignment Error gt MIMO High Limit Time alignment error for Time Alignment Error gt Carrier Intra Cont aggregation of component Aggregation Intra Non cont carriers intra band Inter Band contiguous intra band non contiguous and inter band Time error Time Error High Limit Low Limit I Q origin offset
366. h code option 32 64 128 or 256 4 Toggle the Constellation soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the constellation chart on the Code Domain Power screen 5 Toggle the Control Channel soft key and select the control channel mode option Normal to view the relative ratio of each control channel vs total power Delta to view the relative ratio of each control channel vs CPICH channel Codogram The Codogram displays how the code level is changing over time and makes it easier for you to view traffic channels as they initiate and terminate and to track traffic channels call levels over time The Codogram measurements can be saved into an external USB memory so that a post analysis can be done with the application software JDViewer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Optional To set the scramble code complete the following steps a Toggle the Scramble soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the sig
367. h time slot in an LTE signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign
368. harra 266 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 277 for more information Using marker You can use the MARKER hard key to place a marker on a resource block and display the IQ diagram for the selected resource block Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key 2 Press the RB Number soft key to select the resource block to be marked 3 Enter the resource block number by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key The marker appears on the selected resource block 5 Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the result of the selected resource block Control channel The Control Channel measures the constellation for the specified control channel as well as modulation accuracy of the control channel at the specified subframe Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be mea
369. hat the user presses ona Press the Channel Power soft key physical device to select corresponding menus Soft key option separators Denoted by a vertical bar that Press the Zone 1 2 3 soft key means or only one option can be selected with a single press File type Courier New In tra file type Required arguments text Denoted by slanted brackets lt gt Enter lt password gt variables in code Table 3 Symbol conventions This symbol represents a general hazard It may be associated with either a DANGER WARNING or CAUTION message This symbol represents hazardous voltages lt may be associated with either a DANGER WARNING or CAUTION message This symbol represents a risk of explosion It may be associated with either a DANGER WARNING or CAUTION message This symbol located on the equipment battery or the packaging indicates that the equipment or battery must not be disposed of in a landfill site or as municipal waste and should be disposed of according to your national regulations Mm Pp gt e 20 About This Manual Table 4 Safety definitions DANGER risk of explosion symbol WARNING risk of explosion symbol CAUTION Technical assistance Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided will result in death or serious injury It may be associated with either a general hazard high voltage or Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided could resu
370. have the latest firmware It also enables the centralized distribution of configuration settings to ensure all your engineers use the same instrument settings resulting in consistent measurements Once testing is completed the trace files can be uploaded onto StrataSync for secure storage and sharing This sharing capability allows engineers who have a problem they cannot resolve to request help from an expert who can analyze the trace file via StrataSync using applications such as JDViewer JDFileViewer JDPowerMeter etc from anywhere without having to be at the instrument helping resolve problems even faster Establishing a connection to StrataSync Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Utility gt StrataSync The StrataSync setting window appears as shown in Figure 91 3 Enter lt server address gt in the Server Address field for StrataSync The server address at the time of this document production is stratasync jdsu com which may change NOTE JDSU provides you with the information required to access StrataSync at your purchase of StrataSync including the Server Address Account ID and Port number See JD780A Series Common Options on page 555 for more information on available options 4 Enter lt account numbers in the Account ID field Enter lt technician numbers in the Technician ID field a 6 To set the port number and proxy server address complete the following ste
371. he Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the slot number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Slot No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM
372. he Enter soft key 7 Press the Settings soft key and then set the following 10 11 a 9 209 5 Press the Start Symbol soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the Stop Symbol soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On or Off Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the dB soft key To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test To stop running the test press the Abort soft key To change the view on the screen during the test press the Display and then select the view option from the following choices Screen You can view each measurement screen as the test progresses Results You can view a measurement result table as the test progresses Settings You can view a measurement setting table as the test progresses Setting display After completion of the auto measurement the screen menu changes to Trace Display so that you can view the results in different forms Procedure 1 Toggle the Display soft key and select the display option Result to view the result table The Display Result menu becomes activated
373. he PDCCH Mode soft key and select REG to calculate EVM based on Resource Element Group or Avg to calculate EVM after adding up all the PDCCH signals from one subframe Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH precoding Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 271 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 123 Subframe measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer 1 Regular view 2 Chart view 272 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 124 Subframe measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer MBMS On NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 277 for more information Setting display You can use the TRACE DISPLAY hard key to view your measurement result with the chart Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the Chart soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the chart If this setting is on the MARKER hard key is activated Using marker If you turn the Chart view on you can use the MARKER hard key to place the marker at a specific symbol Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key 2 Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the marker on the chart Press the Symbol soft key to select the symbol number t
374. he Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 6 Optional To set the threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 7 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 57 Relative code domain error with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 162 for more information Setting display You can view your measurement results in a different view option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the View soft key and select the display option Zoom to view the result in detail with zoom in window 156 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers The Position and Width menus become activated Full to view the full measurement result 3 To define the zoom start position and width complete the following steps a Press the Position soft key b Enter a value of the position by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key d Press the Width soft key and then select the Wals
375. he Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 5 To set the PICH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the PICH soft key b Toggle the PICH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PICH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 6 Optional To set the threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 152 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 56 Code domain power measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer 1 Full screen 2 Full screen with constellation Ss Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 153 JD780A Series Analyzers 3 Zoomed screen Width 64 O mi 4 Zoomed screen with constellation Width 64 NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 162 for more information Setting d
376. he limit parameters 3 Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 4 Set the upper threshold a Press the High Limit soft key b Enter a value for the upper limit c Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example The Occupied Bandwidth measurement shows both of power across the band and power bandwidth in a user specified percentage to determine the amount of spectrum used by a modulated signal Occupied bandwidth is typically calculated as the bandwidth containing 99 of the transmitted power Figure 9 Occupied bandwidth measurement with spectrum analyzer Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission outside the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal It measures the power ratio between in band and adjacent channels The JD780A series indicates either Pass or Fail based on the specified limit of the signal Using Spectrum Analyzer 67 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters you can set the measure setup to continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a
377. he measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 b Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms c Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols g Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key h Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols i Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 To set the start stop symbols complete the following steps a Press the Start Symbol soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys an
378. he screen changes accordingly NOTE This Units menu is available in the Spectrum and RF Analysis modes Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum and RF analysis It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB 244 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure To set the scale per division 1 2 3 4 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Select More 1 2 gt Scale Div Enter a value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 2 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset value
379. he system to prevent degraded performance or malfunctioning WARNING Do not attempt to connect the instrument to the antenna when there is a risk of lightning Electric shock may cause malfunction of or damage to the instrument Connecting a cable for cable loss 1 port measurements Procedure 1 Connect the one end of the cable under test to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port of the instrument 2 Connect the SHORT standard of the Cal Kit to the other end of the cable under test as illustrated in Figure 236 Measurement result is displayed on the screen Figure 236 Connection for cable loss 1 port measurement Coble Under Test Connect SHORT Standard Standard Calibration Kit Connecting a cable for 2 port vector measurements Procedure 1 Connect the one end of the Thru test cable to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port of the instrument and the other end of the cable to DUT 2 Connect the DUT to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer RF In port of the instrument as illustrated in Figure 237 Measurement result is displayed on the screen 470 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 237 Connection for 2 port vector measurement THRU Text Cable CAUTION The maximum input power for the Cable and Antenna Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm However a proper level of input to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer RF In port
380. heck the degradation of performance in the signal transmission from a radio band to antennas distributed from it You can save measurement values at both the radio band and antennas and then compare results with percentage of changes You can also save test results in the csv file format for ease of analysis Setting measure setup 284 Procedure 1 2 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Settings soft key and then set the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz b Press the MIMO soft key and then select the antenna number option 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels c Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS d Press the Antenna Port soft key and then select the option Auto 0 1 2 or 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled e
381. hen one of the marker types is selected Marker Select Marker Selects an active marker whose position can be changed with the rotary knob or the arrow keys The assigned number of the active marker is displayed in the Select Marker menu box and the active marker number is also displayed right next to the active marker on the trace when the Marker View is set to On Marker View Displays the selected marker on the screen or hides it When the Marker View is turned off and then on again in the same measurement mode markers appear at the previous positions If a measurement mode is changed markers are not restored to their previous positions Normal This Normal marker type provides the reading of a marker position on the trace along with the marker number between one and six Delta This Delta marker type is associated with a Normal marker A Normal marker must be set before a Delta marker is set When the Delta marker is set the position set by the Delta marker becomes the reference position of the Normal marker and the marker s X and Y values displays the difference compared with the Delta marker Delta Pair This Delta Pair marker type is associated with a Normal marker A Normal marker must be set before a Delta Pair marker is set When the Delta Pair marker is set the position set by the Delta Pair marker becomes the reference position of the Normal marker and the marker s X and Y values displays the difference compared wi
382. hen select the number for the active offset to configure Toggle the Offset soft key and select On to display or Off to hide the active offset Press the Offset Frequency soft key to set the center frequency of the offset Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz mpap Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key to set the bandwidth for the selected offset ze Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob i Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz 7 To define the selected offsets limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a Press the Lower soft key to set the threshold for the power difference between the main channel bandwidth and the selected offset bandwidth on the left b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBc soft key Press the Upper soft key to set the threshold for the power difference between the main channel bandwidth and the selected offset bandwidth on the right e Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob f Select the dBc soft key Setting limit Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the ACP soft key Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save
383. hen select the receiver input option from the following choices Terminate Provides 100 ohm nominal input impedance according to the framing line code and BER pattern settings Bridge Provides input impedance greater than one kilohm for in service monitoring bridging the receiver input across lines that are terminated elsewhere in the network 500 Using T1 Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Monitor Provides 100 ohm nominal input impedance for the in service monitoring of T1 lines 3 Toggle the Framing soft key between SF D4 and ESF and select the framing type for your receiver setting SF D4 Super Frame D4 Group of 12 frames used to align equipment for framing ESF Extended Super Frame Group of 24 frames used to align equipment for framing 4K for a maintenance channel Facilities Data Link 2K for CRC 6 checksum and 2K for framing synchronization If the framing type does not match with your receiver setting a framing alarm occurs 4 Toggle the Line Code soft key between AMI and B8ZS and select the line code type to send an T1 signal AMI It stands for Alternate Mark Inversion A line code uses one three level signal to convey binary digits in which successive binary ones marks or pulses are of alternating polarity either positive or negative equal in amplitude A binary zero space is transmitted as no pulse or zero amplitude B8ZS It stands for Bipolar with
384. hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key 6 To set the time cursor at a specific position complete the following steps a Toggle the Time Cursor soft key and select On b Turn the rotary knob to move the time cursor You can also enter a value and then press the Enter soft key NOTE Enabling the time cursor puts the measurement on hold and you can make post processing analysis for each measurement over time using the time cursor 7 To start a new measurement press the Reset Restart soft key 8 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To
385. iMAX OFDMA symbols Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 b Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms c Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst 448 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers g h Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the numbe
386. ice mail message at the Technical Assistance number e mail the North American Technical Assistance Center tac jdsu com or submit your question using our online Technical Assistance Request form at www jdsu com About This Manual 21 JD780A Series Overview This chapter provides a general description of the JD780A series Topics discussed in this chapter include the following m About the JD780A Seril8sS c ocoocccinnnnninnicnnncccnccnnncnnna arc c rc 23 m Features and capabilities ccc ccecccecceceeeceeeeeeeeneeceeeeeaaeseeaaeeeeneecaaeeeeaaesdeaeeseaeeeseaeeseaaesseneeeeas 23 E OPIO iii A A a sado 24 e Specification ia AS cia die dais 24 JD780A Series Analyzers About the JD780A series JDSU wireless RF test solutions for the field include base station analyzers cable and antenna analyzers and signaling analyzers for the installation and maintenance of modern wireless communication systems RF test is critical for wireless operators facing challenges of signal quality and signaling interference and maintaining quality high bandwidth services The JD780A series addresses spectrum analysis interference analysis and cable antenna and modulation analysis covering current wideband technologies such as WiMAX and LTE Base station analyzer JD785A The Base Station Analyzer contains all the features and capabilities required to perform field testing of cell sites of all wireless technologies from 2G to 4G
387. idth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 5 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result Setting number of antenna ports Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels Measurement example Figure 97 Channel scanner measurement with LTE FDD OTA signal analyzer 226 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers ID scanner The LTE mobile receives signals from multiple base stations that all of these signals share the same spectrum and are present at the same time Each base station has unique scrambling code assigned to the particular base station and it differentiates its signal from other base stations in the area The ID Scanner shows key parameters such as RSRP Reference Signal Received Power and RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality that predict the downlink coverage quickly RSRPs from entire cells
388. ieeseaeeseeeseeeseaeeeeeeee Performing auto measurements Conformance test Maintenance test Signal performance test e e DAS tesi adi Performing power statistics CCDF measurements Setting Measure Slim dido Measurement example iii tii Performing carrier aggregation measurements ceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeereaeeeeeeeaeeseneesaeeseaeeseeeeaeeeeeeseeeseaeeneeeed Setting measure Setup is leads tae ad eee ee ee eta aorta enn tana Le chorale beaten Setting Gisplay vance A illa tae Measurement CxAMple unicas USING Mk iii A A An eee nets 289 Conducting LTE TDD OTA measureMentt eecceeseeseeeeceteneeeseeceaeesseeseaeesaeeeaeeseaeessaeeeaceseaeeeseeseaeeseeseaeesseeeeasereaees 290 CON el scannet rd tE AO AA PO Iii ID scanner Multipath profile Control channel A NON ROUTE MPAA A E a E IAN ARICA ds Using CDMA Signal AnalyZer cccccccssccccessnececeesneeeeseaeeeescaeeeesceaeeeesceaeeeescsaeeesecsaeeessesaeeeesesaeeeeseaas 303 Introductlonawc a a ee en tee 304 DISPIAYOVEIVIOW i cisco A iii 305 Gomnecting a Cable iii A ale A a ds a 305 A NO NO 305 Indirect connection 306 Over the air OTA 306 Selecting measurement mode 307 Configuring test parameters cita A O eva ound etal o 307 Settling frequen ici ee ee ee evn aie 307 Setting amplitude 308 Setting average 310 Setting sweep mode 310 Setting trigger SOU
389. ier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Enter a value by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement
390. ies Analyzers 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a b c Press the Subframe No soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes 0 and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number Press the Enter soft key 4 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to test on MIMO channels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Pr
391. iew a measurement result table as the test progresses Settings You can view a measurement setting table as the test progresses Setting display After completion of the auto measurement the screen menu changes to Trace Display so that you can view the results in different forms Procedure 1 Toggle the Display soft key and select the display option Result to view the result table The Display Result menu becomes activated Settings to view the measurement settings for the auto measurement 2 Toggle the Display Result soft key and select the display result option Full to view detailed measurement readings with the pass fail indication Quick to view only the Pass Fail results 3 To view the measurement results for a different carrier press the View Carrier soft key and then select the carrier number to view Conducting TD SCDMA OTA measurements Sync DL ID scanner Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Sync DL ID soft key and select Auto or Manual to set the Sync Downlink ID 416 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers automatically or manually 3 Optional To select the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key t
392. ile You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Configuration soft key and select the configuration option Current to let the instrumnet use current frequency single carrier and determine pass or fail based on the instrument s limit settings in Auto Measure Scenario to run a test with a programmed scenario in JDViewer The Scenario menu becomes activated 3 To load a scenario press the Scenario soft key and then select a scenario file to load Toggle the Test Time soft key and select the test time option Now to let the instrument run a test only once Schedule to let the instrument repeat tests as defined in the Set Timing The Set Timing menu becomes activated 5 To define a schedule for an auto measurement complete the following steps a Press the Set Timing soft key Press the Start Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Stop Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key 9 ao Press the Time Interval soft key g Enter the amount of time in minutes and then press the Enter soft key 6 To set external offset complete the following steps a Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On b Enter a value by using the nu
393. imit hot key to set the threshold for the Pass Fail indication Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Toggle the Limit soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 3 To set the upper and lower limits complete the following steps a Press the High Limit soft key Enter a value for the upper threshold by using the numeric keys Press the dBm unit soft key Press the Low Limit soft key sp Oo F Enter a value for the lower threshold by using the numeric keys c Press the dBm unit soft key 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information 530 Using Power Meter Performing Fiber Inspection This chapter provides instructions for using the fiber testing function with a P5000i fiberscope Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows e aiioa D orlo ica aia 532 a Display OVEVIS Wii dd aa ls dl dd dida 532 m Connecting a fiber MiCrOSCOPO ooocincccnnnccnnonononocnnonccnnnrnnn nn n nano cnn rca rca rra 532 m Selecting measurement Mode ooccnincccnncccinonnnnnonnnoncccnnnn nono n anno cnn nc r arrancan rra rra cnn 533 m Configuring test SN 533 m Performing fiber inspection cccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeecaaeeeeaee narran rana ranma 534 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction Inspection of fiber optic connections is essential for the optimal perf
394. imum power All 0 S A pattern that is often selected to verify HDB3 provisioning Circuit will drop if optioned for AMI Alternate A pattern that alternates between ones and zeroes 3 24 A twenty four bit pattern containing 3 ones with the longest length of consecutive zeroes constrained to fifteen It has ones density of 12 5 and is used to check clock recovery QRSS A pseudorandom pattern that is a common test pattern and simulates live traffic on a circuit 502 Using T1 Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2e23 A pseudorandom pattern based on a 23 bit shift register 2e15 A pseudorandom pattern based on a 15 bit shift register 2e23 INV Bit inversed pseudorandom pattern based on a 23 bit shift register 2e15 INV Bit inversed pseudorandom pattern based on a 15 bit shift register 6 Toggle the TX Clock soft key between Internal and RX and select the timing source option to measure frequency and timing Internal Internal clock uses an internal oscillator in case of external reference is not available and the instrument does not transmit signal to synchronized equipment The instrument provides the clock to the unit under test and most cases in Loopback test mode RX Transmit clock uses the frequency recovered from the received signal Network Loop if accurate frequency measurement is required 7 Press the TX LBO soft key and then select the level for TX Line Build Out option from the
395. information on page 552 for more information Specifications AC power Input voltage is automatically selected within the instrument s tolerable input line voltage from 100 to 240 VAC This instrument does not have a separate line protection fuse Table 7 AC power requirements Item Specification AC Power 100 to 240 V AC 50 60 Hz Power Consumption 37 W in operation 49 W with battery charging Physical specifications Table 8 shows weight with standard configurations and the battery pack installed Table 8 Physical specifications Parameter JD785A JD786A JD788A Height 7 7 195 mm 7 7 195 mm Width 11 6 295 mm 11 6 295 mm Depth 3 2 82 mm 3 2 82 mm 24 JD780A Series Overview Getting Started This chapter provides general guides of how to get started with your JD780A series instrument Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows m Unpacking the JD780A series oooocnnicincnnnnnnnnnccnncccccnnnnn nora nn c cnc cnn rana 26 m Exploring the JD780A series ccceecceceeeceeeeeeeenee cence arrancar 26 a Installing battery pakeca EAEE ENEE 30 m Starting up the JD780A series ooooocincccnnccnnnncnnnccnnonccccnrnnn nn nan n nr rca 31 a Managing lesi n ii EAT E EE EAR AEE 31 m Configuring SysSteM soesoenan inea aa Na aN aN aA 35 e Upgrading rwar cecer Li ii ta AE REEE 37 M Managing A A AN 39 m Performing Service diagnostic omconnicinnccnnnnnnnnnccnnnccccnccnn nora noc cn cn
396. ing TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 403 JD780A Series Analyzers 4 To set the number of maximum users complete the following steps a Press the Max Users soft key b Enter a value up to 16 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 5 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select how to determine scrambling estimation toggle the Scramble soft key and select Spec or Full NOTE The Spec searches Sync Sequence Number from 0 to 31 based on the TD SCDMA specification and determines Scrambling Code Number by using the sync sequence number while the Full does from 0 to 127 fully To select how to determine the Midamble spread factor estimation either in full or maximum power search toggle the Mid SF Map soft key and select Max or Spec NOTE The Max determines the spread factor of the Midamble by using the maximum power of the received Midamble while the Spec searches Default Midamble Allocation based on the TD SCDMA specification To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option A
397. ing as needed a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz b Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS c Press the MIMO soft key and then select the antenna number option 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels d Press the Antenna Port soft key and then select the option Auto 0 1 2 or 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled e Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On f Entera value by using the numeric keys and then press the dB soft key g To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number h To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automa
398. ing the calibration is changed by 10 C or greater lt is recommended that you perform a new O S L calibration to obtain accurate measurement results When the temperature comes back within the registered range the status may be changed to CAL ON CAL OFF Indicates that the frequency setting is changed off the frequency range registered for the calibration The calibration is no longer valid Connecting a cable Connecting a cable for reflection DTF 1 port phase and Smith Chart measurements Procedure 1 Connect the one end of the port extension cable to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port of the instrument 2 Connect the other end of the port extension cable to an antenna or feed line as illustrated in Figure 235 Measurement result is displayed on the screen Figure 235 Connection for reflection measurement Antenna Feediine Extension Cable Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 469 JD780A Series Analyzers E NOTE After calibration do not change the connection of the port extension cable or the frequency setting It may cause a measurement error Changing any frequency settings will automatically turn the calibration status to OFF on the display screen which requires re calibration to proceed next measurement CAUTION AN The maximum input power for the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port is 25 dBm Do not connect this port directly to the output port of t
399. ings back to App SW Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Press the System Configuration soft key 3 Press the Remote Interface soft key and then do the following Select the LAN soft key and then press the App SW soft key Select the USB soft key and then press the App SW soft key Setting USBTMC mode The USB Test amp Measurement Class USBTMC is a standard for programmatic control of USB based test instruments that defines protocols used to send and receive messages lf you want to use the USBTMC protocol to communicate with the instrument remotely you can turn this TMC Mode on Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key Select System Configuration gt Remote Interface gt USB Press the USBTMC soft key The confirmation dialog box appears 4 Press the USBTMC soft key again to confirm the mode change and reboot the instrument NOTE After using the USBTMC mode you may want to set this setting back to App SW if you use JDViewer mainly for remote controlling your JD780A series 46 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers Setting SCPI mode You can use SCPI commands to control your JD780A series remotely Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select System Configuration gt Remote Interface gt LAN 3 Press the SCPI soft key NOTE After using the SCPI mode you may want to set this setting back to App SW if you use JDViewer or JDRemote mainly Configuri
400. instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 429 JD780A Series Analyzers External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Entera value by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and N
401. interfering signals To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes NOTE This setting is not used in the in the Field Strength mode the AM FM Audio Demodulation mode and the Route Map mode Gated sweep You can configure the gated sweep settings with an internal or external trigger source If you select Gated Sweep Settings you can view the signal in time domain Procedure 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Press the Gated Sweep Settings soft key 3 Optional Adjust sweep time to allow enough time for a cycle by completing the following steps a Press the Zero Span Time soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Select the unit Sec mSec or pSec 4 Set the period if using the internal trigger source by doing one of the following To select the preset period complete the following steps a Toggle the Period soft key and select StdSignal b Press the StdSignal soft key and then select the period GSM 4 615 ms WCDMA 10 ms LTE 10 ms EV DO 5 ms TD SCDMA 5 ms or WiMAX 10 ms To manually set the period complete the following steps 60 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Toggle the Period soft key and select Manual Press the Period soft key to enter the amount of time Enter a value by using the numeric keys
402. ion 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 209 JD780A Series Analyzers To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Measurement example Figure 90 Time alignment error measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 213 for more information Data allocation map The Data Allocation Map function represents data allocation as a frame Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and lo
403. ions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal measured at the RF port of the Base Station Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set up the range table and frequency range press the Range Table soft key and then complete the following steps a Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range 9 2095 438 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers g h Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 Toggle the Range soft key between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indicati
404. ious menu NOTE It is recommended that you copy your setup or result data to an external USB memory drive so that you can restore them later Getting Started 41 JD780A Series Analyzers Re aligning touch screen When you consistently experience of the instrument responding improperly to your touch on the screen you may need to perform this touch screen alignment Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Svc Diagnostic gt Touch Alignment The white screen with a plus sign in the upper left corner appears 3 Touch the plus sign and repeat until the previous screen is back on Using system administration The Administration is used to disable editing limits enable modifying online help or change administration password Logging in You need to log in first to access the administration menus Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key Select More 1 2 gt Administration The password box appears Enter lt password gt by using the numeric keys Default password is 0000 To change the password see Changing password on page 42 4 Press the Apply soft key Changing password Procedure Press the SYSTEM hot key Select More 1 2 gt Administration and then enter your password Press the Change Password soft key The new password box appears Enter a new password up to eight digits by using the numeric keys Press the Apply soft key The rec
405. iris Anatyeer 2 Parl Moaser est Vector zene 14 029 ether tion CI Hurd dea tion Dotan Loss DU Motin Lows gt Port Me ssar merits 482 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Performing 2 port scalar measurements The Scalar measurement enables full characterization of DUT with dynamics over 100 dB Making a measurement Procedure 1 Make a proper cable connection as described in Connecting a cable for 2 port scalar measurements on page 471 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Data Points soft key to change the resolution of your measurement and then select the data point option 126 251 501 1001 and 2001 Changing the data point does not affect current calibration NOTE The larger number you choose the higher resolution you get and the longer the instrument takes to sweep and display results Selecting the data point larger than what you need for a measurement will result in unnecessarily long sweep time It is recommended that you select high resolution data points only for an instance of measuring wide frequency bands or requiring precise measurement data 4 Optional To select the output power toggle the Output Power soft key between 0 dBm and 30 dBm NOTE When an amplifier s reflection is measured it is recommended that you change this output power level to 30 dBm and then re calibrate Changing to 30 dBm may result in reduced measurement
406. isplay You can view your measurement results in a different view option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the View soft key and select the display option Zoom to view the result in detail with zoom in window The Position and Width menus become activated 154 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Full to view the full measurement result 3 To define the zoom start position and width complete the following steps a Press the Position soft key b Enter a value of the position by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key d Press the Width soft key and then select the Walsh code option 32 64 128 or 256 4 Toggle the Constellation soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the constellation chart on the Code Domain Power screen 5 Toggle the Control Channel soft key and select the control channel mode option Normal to view the relative ratio of each control channel vs total power Delta to view the relative ratio of each control channel vs CPICH channel Relative code domain power The Relative Code Domain Error RCDE measurement provides relative code domain error analysis that is particularly required by HSPA Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled
407. isplayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 31 Figure 31 Spectrum measurement screen with GSM signal analyzer Setting measure setup Procedure Optional 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Miscellaneous soft key Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Sn FP YN Press the us soft key Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 113 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write Ww measurements Display the input signal s maximum response only Max Hold M Display the input signals minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Rem
408. it for Select Set Channel power Channel Power High Limit Low Limit Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Spectrum emission mask Spectrum Emission Mask On Off only ACLR ACLR On Off only Multi ACLR Multi ACLR On Off only Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 257 JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting power vs time measurements The Power vs Time measurement measures the modulation envelope in the time domain showing the signal rise and fall shape of LTE signal and the power of each time slot in an LTE signal Power vs time slot The Power vs Time Slot in LTE TDD Signal Analyzer measures the modulation envelope in the time domain showing the signal rise and fall shape of LTE signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press t
409. it for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Error vector magnitude rms EVM RMS High Limit Peak code domain error PCDE High Limit Highest level among inactive channels Max Inactive High Limit 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Performing auto measurements The Auto Measure function of the JD780A series allows a complete signal profiling covering RF characterization and modulation quality parameters of up to 10 different carriers particularly useful on 414 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers an overlay architecture where base stations are transmitting in different frequencies The Auto Measure can be easily executed either by selecting a menu in the instrument or by running a programmed scenario in the PC based application so that the instrument automatically configure and perform tests on every aspect of all the carriers Setting limit You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 1 2 3 Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as
410. it soft key and then enter a value for the lower threshold f Press the ppm soft key 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 209 Sync DL ID analyzer measurement with TD SCDMA OTA signal analyzer Route map The JD780A Series provides indoor and outdoor mapping function that allows a user to collect data of points in an indoor or outdoor environment and track the received signals and coverage of RF transmitters plotting real time directly on top of a loaded floor plan or a map Setting measure setup Procedure 1 If required connect a GPS receiver to your JD780A series for outdoor mapping 420 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Indoor mapping does not necessarily need a GPS antenna 2 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 3 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a floor map or mcf file type created in JDMapCreator NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes any scanned floor plan or layout to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mc in
411. ivating Stata Cuit a dd Establishing a connection to StrataSync StrataSync status indicators Setting communication Configuring Ethernet Setting tor JDViewer and JDRemote cocina dd E EA Eaa ici Setting USBTMO MOde ion A NS A andate Setting SCPI MA acta Configuring LMF settingen A ie dead dee Enabling BluSto0th COMECION acia a a E E E a aE Analyzing Measurement ResultS oconoccccnonoccccconoccccconancncnnnonccnnnnon cnc canon cnn canon nc rnnnn nn nr nnnn nc cana nn cria ncccinns 48 AN AAA NN 49 Using peak Mrs IA aia 50 Using Spectrum Analyzer ores era oiar ea a traes rai 51 A NA Display overview Connecting a cable Selecting measurement mode Configuring test parameters oonmocinncconinnnnincnonocanancnn crono rn JA CON e A A O satin EE E S ttiMG DANGWIG ss 2 cece sacs ecsccessanssccansdeicetscesstecerseatehsasicivonndaddetasd dniacnuheadeteseigicueakehaideabedesbiseenangestebacieceesasaeaveltisacones Setting average Setting sweep Using RF SQUICB c ooococcccoccconccconanns Conducting spectrum Measurements iaioe e ada lid Setlingittad A A idad Setting limit Conducting RF measurements Channel power ssec Occupied bandwidth iii td Spectrum emission mask SEM voii ia late Adjacent channel power ACP ci Aldo wae diet MUltiACP Sir A A delo at Spurious emissions AM FM
412. key b Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key The instrument displays a corresponding center frequency for the channel number To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 5 7 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result To set the frequencies to be scanned 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To set the center frequency for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Center Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 5 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the scanning result
413. key You can also use the rotary knob 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 66 Route map measurement with WCDMA HSPA OTA signal analyzer 1 CPICH Power Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 173 JD780A Series Analyzers 2 CPICH Ec lo 174 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the LTE FDD Signal Analyzer option 028 and LTE Advanced FDD Analyzer option 030 with the LTE FDD OTA Analyzer option 048 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows INTO UCI ir At 176 a Display VOM Wii a eee 177 Connecting atabe iii AR AAA RER N 177 m Selecting measurement Mode cooooocccnonococcnononcncnononnnccnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nn naar rn EEEE AE EEEE En AEEA Ennen Enne 179 m Configuring test Parameters uc ii KANNA AAA ARANAK aid 179 m Conducting spectrum MEeasureMentS oooconnccninococoncccnonnnononnnanoccnnn cnn nn nn nana nn rnn rra rn nnnn cnn 184 m Conducting RF MeasurementS occincccnnnccnnoncnnncccnnncccnnnnnn acc nano cnn rca r saaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeessaeeseaeeseeeeess 186 Conducting power vs time frame measurementS omcinnnnnnnnccnnnccnnncnnnnannnancccnnn nana nn nana cnnnncanns 194 m Conducting modulation measurements oocnccinnccnncccnnncnnnonnnnneccnnncn nan nn nano cnn ran rca ranma 195
414. key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 213 for more information Time alignment error In eNode B supporting Tx Diversity transmission signals are transmitted from two or more antennas These signals shall be aligned The time alignment error in Tx diversity is specified as the delay between the signals from two antennas at the antenna ports Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 4 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the opt
415. l User input field indicator Naar miom 4 ar IMS new IM JO i viw JA Screen Ww kr T menus Measurement tegration az Level aim Cuan settings 5 400 425 aso ars 500 Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the Power amplifier output port of BTS 506 Using Channel Scanner JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 266 Direct connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS Figure 267 Indirect connection ard e JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuator to prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series Using Channel Scanner 507 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 268 OTA connection Modulated Signal Ah FERIA FEABHAL GPS Antanna JD785A JD786A GPS Antenna RF Anteem
416. l Scanner JD785A020 cdmaOne cdma2000 Signal Analyzer JD785A021 EV DO Signal Analyzer Requires option 20 JD785A022 GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD785A023 WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD785A025 TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD785A026 Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD785A028 LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD785A029 LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD785A030 LTE Advanced FDD Signal Analyzer Requires option 28 JD785A031 LTE Advanced TDD Signal Analyzer Requires option 29 JD785A040 cdmaOne cdma2000 OTA Analyzer Requires option 10 JD785A041 EV DO OTA Analyzer Requires option 10 JD785A042 GSM GPRS EDGE OTA Analyzer Requires option 10 JD785A043 WCDMA HSPA OTA Analyzer Requires option 10 JD785A045 TD SCDMA OTA Analyzer Requires option 10 JD785A046 Mobile WiMAX OTA Analyzer Requires option 10 JD785A048 LTE FDD OTA Analyzer Requires option 10 JD785A049 LTE TDD OTA Analyzer Requires option 10 Standard Accessories G710550326 AC DC Power Adapter G710550335 Cross LAN Cable 1 5 m GC73050515 USB A to B Cable 1 8 m GC72450518 gt 1G Byte USB Memory G710550325 Rechargeable Lithium lon Battery G710550323 Automotive Cigarette Lighter 12 V DC Adapter G710550316 Stylus Pen JD780A361 JD780A Series User s Manual and Application Software CD Requires Calibration Kit Requires Dual Port Calibration Kit Requires Test Cable Highly recommended adding JD785A010 Highly recommended adding G70005035x and
417. l change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key In the measurements such as Control Channel Subframe and Frame you may need to select the reference option between Relative and Absolute before setting the reference level 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1
418. laid on the screen along with the second Y axis Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 185 JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measurement is a common test used in the wireless industry to measure the total transmitted power of a radio within a defined frequency channel It acquires a number of points representing the input signal in the time domain transforms this information into the frequency domain using Fast Fourier Transform FFT and then calculates the channel power The effective resolution bandwidth of the frequency domain trace is proportional to the number of points acquired for the FFT The channel power measurement identifies the total RF power and power spectral density PSD of the signal in the LTE channel bandwidth Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Bandwidth soft key 3 Select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz Measurement example Figure 73 Channel power measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 193 for m
419. lay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 445 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 223 Spectral flatness measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication for the Spectral Flatness See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 450 for more information EVM vs subcarrier The EVM vs Subcarrier shows the error vector magnitude representing the average constellation error of WIMAX OFDMA subcarriers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunc
420. le Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Press the PDSCH Modulation Type soft key and then select the modulation type option Auto QPSK 16 QAM 64 QAM E TM3 3 E TM3 2 E TM3 1 E TM2 E TM1 2 and E TM1 1 If two or more modulation types are used in a frame select Auto If the PDSCH uses the same modulation type in a frame or in a subframe select a specific modulation type to get more accurate EVM To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key To set the threshold for PDCCH complete the following steps a Press the PDCCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Toggle t
421. le sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes NOTE Selecting Sweep Mode gt Fast may reduce the measurement accuracy but you can use this fast sweep mode to identify the existence of interfering signals Gated sweep You can configure the gated sweep settings with an internal or external trigger source If you select Gated Sweep Settings you can view the signal in time domain Procedure 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Press the Gated Sweep Settings soft key 3 Optional Adjust sweep time to allow enough time for a cycle by completing the following steps a Press the Zero Span Time soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Select the unit Sec mSec or pSec 4 Set the period if using the internal trigger source by doing one of the following To select the preset period complete the following steps a Toggle the Period soft key and select StdSignal b Press the StdSignal soft key and then select the period GSM 4 615 ms WCDMA 10 ms LTE 10 ms EV DO 5 ms TD SCDMA 5 ms or WiMAX 10
422. lect On The straight line appears on the screen To dismiss the display line 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Toggle the Display Line On Off soft key and select Off You can use the multiple segment limit line to set up different limits for different frequency ranges for Pass Fail indication Procedure To display the multiple segment line 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Multi Segment Line soft key 3 Toggle the Limit soft key between Upper and Lower to select the one to be displayed 4 Set the number of segments for the selected upper or lower limit line You can set up to 50 segments a Press the of Line soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 50 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 5 Press the Autoset soft key to let the instrument set the limit for each segment and display the line 6 Optional To move the limit line complete the following steps a Select Limit Up Down or Limit Left Right b Turn the rotary knob to move the line as desired You can also manually enter a value 7 Optional To edit the segment properties complete the following steps a Press the Edit Limit soft key b Press the Move soft key and then turn the rotary knob to select the segment to edit c Select the menu option from the following choices 76 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers To hide the line for the selected segment toggle the Line soft key and select Off
423. lected you can select the left or right measurement pane under MEASURE SETUP to configure measurement parameters for the selected spectrogram Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You need to set the frequency range to be measured either with the center frequency and span or with the start and stop frequencies You can also set the frequency with the channel number and span Procedure To set the center frequency and span 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Span soft key and then do one of the following To set the span manually select Span enter a value and then select the unit To set the span automatically select Full Span Zero Span or Last Span as needed NOTE The Zero Span option is available only in the Spectrum mode If you have selected Zero Span select TRIGGER gt Free Run External GPS Video or Display Position To set the start and stop frequencies 1 oN Oa PF ON Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Start Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key
424. limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer Using El Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the E1 Analyzer function option 004 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows a Introduction db 488 a Display OVEIVISW cocina cidad dic dida cd ica PA tad abad id ida t a 488 m Connecting a Cale uma i 489 NN ES 490 m Performing BERT testing ccoocoinnnnnnnicnnncconnccnnnccnnnnncnnnrncn anna cancer 491 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations CEPT originally standardized the E carrier system which revised and improved the earlier American T carrier technology and this has now been adopted by the International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardization Sector ITU T E1 is transmitted physically as 32 timeslots but one is used for framing and typically one allocated for signaling call setup and tear down Unlike Internet data services E carrier systems permanently allocate capacity for a voice call for its entire duration This ensures high call quality because the transmission arrives with the same short delay Latency and capacity at all times This portable test instrument can be a useful tool to check the overall health of the transmission system and assist in locating the source of problems or defects The E1 Analyzer function provides following measure
425. ll ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 108 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 247 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 108 Spectrum measurement screen with LTE TDD signal analyzer Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously 248 Procedure Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write W measurements Display the input signal s maximum response only Max Hold M Display the input signal s minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Remove all the traces and initialize the trace settings More 1 2 gt Trace Clear All Optional
426. lock as the signal source External E red The red EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connect but not locked GPS K green The green GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS N yellow The yellow GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locking is in progress GPS X grey The grey GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is not connected failed or unable to be locked Conducting spectrum measurements If you have configured test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 166 Figure 166 Spectrum measurement screen with EV DO signal analyzer Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 351 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write Ww measurements Display the input signal s maximum response o
427. lt in death or serious injury It may be associated with either a general hazard high voltage or Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided could result in minor or moderate injury and or damage to equipment It may be associated with either a general hazard high voltage or risk of explosion symbol When applied to software actions indicates a situation that if not avoided could result in loss of data or a disruption of software operation JD780A Series Analyzers Contact information for technical assistance is listed in the following table For the latest TAC information go to www jdsu com or contact your local sales office for assistance Contact information for regional sales headquarters is listed on the back cover of this manual Table 5 Technical assistance centers Region Phone Number E mail Address Americas 1 855 ASK JDSU option 3 catvsupport jdsu com Europe Africa and Mid East Asia and the Pacific 1 855 275 5378 option 3 49 0 7121 86 1345 JDSU Germany China 400 122 6542 Taiwan 008 06651950 India 1800 103 5378 Australia 1800 095 127 New Zealand 0800 448 482 Japan 005 316 50533 Korea 007 986 517 490 Singapore 1800 223 7070 Malaysia 1800 806584 Thailand 1800 658177 Vietnam 12065180 Philippines 1800 16510736 Indonesia 001 803657082 hotline europe jdsu com tac apac jdsu com During off hours you can request assistance by doing one of the following leave a vo
428. ly useful to observe signal fluctuations of the dedicated control channels over the time The RCSI measurements can be saved into an external USB memory so that a post analysis can be done with the application software JDViewer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Optional To set the scramble code complete the following steps a Toggle the Scramble soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option WCDMA HSDPA or HSPA HSDPA is set by default 4 To set the S CCPCH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the S CCPCH soft key b Toggle the S CCPCH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the S CCPCH Setting this on makes the S CCPCH in the Alarm Code menu activated c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using
429. lysis can be done with the application software JDViewer Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps 366 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key lts default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key Toggle the MAC soft key and select the MAC Walsh code option 64 or 128 To set the time interval complete the following steps a Press the Time Interval soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 7
430. lyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 401 for more information Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement required by 3GPP specifications encompasses different power limits and different measurement bandwidths resolution bandwidths at various frequency offsets It may be expressed as a ratio of power spectral densities between the carrier and the specified offset frequency band It provides useful figures of merit for the spectral re growth and emissions produced by components and circuit blocks without the rigor of performing a full SEM measurement The SEM measures spurious signal levels in up to five pairs of offset or region frequencies and relates them to the carrier power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 3 To select the mask type according to the output power of the base station complete the following steps a Press the Mask Type soft key b Select the mask type option 26 dBm 26 34 dBm or 34 dBm 396 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 4 Optional To set the del
431. lyzers Figure 269 Channel scanner measurement O OS 00 11 24 1707 08 SF ive Cheer Scanner Ir egs y 4 wen Lirewd ottim et Level tr NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the display line and channel limit See Setting limit for channel scanner on page 515 for more information Making frequency scanner measurements Setting frequency You need to set the frequency to be scanned Procedure 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 To set the starting center frequency complete the following steps a Press the Start Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 To set the amount of frequency increment in scanning channels complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by suing the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 4 To set the integration bandwidth complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 To set the number of frequencies to be displayed in the measurement table complete the following steps a Press the of Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 512 Usi
432. m Conducting RF MeasureMents cccccccccesssececeeseececeeseeecscaeeeeecaeeeeeeaeeessesaeeeeseaeeessenaeeeseeeas 64 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The advantage of using the Spectrum Analyzer is easy to verify the presence of unwanted signals such as spurious and harmonics which are normally very hard to identify in time domain analysis Performance assurance in wireless communication systems includes the observation of the out of band signal characteristics in order to identify the presence of harmonic signals Harmonic signals of a carrier may interfere with other signals far out of the transmission band or harmonic signals from other transmitter may interfere with in band signals affecting the spectral integrity In these days when wide variety of wireless communication services are provided in frequency bands assigned very closely to each other it is critical to ensure that each communication service is carried out within their assigned frequency band minimizing interference with adjacent frequency bands The Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACPR characteristic of a power amplifier or other RF components is an important factor in evaluating the system performance The JD780A series is the optimal solution to perform following measurements m Spectrum Analysis Spectrum m RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask Adjacent Channel Power ACP Multi ACP Spurious Emissions AM F
433. m Configuration gt Sleep Time 3 Enter the amount of minutes by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Adjusting LCD brightness You can adjust display brightness from one to ten as needed The larger number you set the brighter the display becomes Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select System Configuration gt LCD Brightness 3 Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Adjusting volume You can turn the sound on or off or adjust the volume from one to ten as needed Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select the sound option from the following choices To turn the sound or alarm off toggle the Sound soft key and select Off To turn the sound or alarm on toggle the Sound soft key and select On To adjust the volume complete the following steps a Press the Sound soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Upgrading firmware It is recommended that you maintain your instrument up to date with its latest firmware in order to achieve the instrument s optimal performance Getting Started 37 JD780A Series Analyzers Checking installed firmware version Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Press the HW FW Info soft key 3 Find the installed version number in the Firmware field 4 From a computer with Interne
434. m Emission Mask SEM measurement required by 3GPP2 specifications encompasses different power limits and different measurement bandwidths resolution bandwidths at various frequency offsets It may be expressed as a ratio of power spectral densities between the carrier and the specified offset frequency band It provides useful figures of merit for the spectral re growth and emissions produced by components and circuit blocks without the rigor of performing a full SEM measurement The SEM measures spurious signal levels in up to five pairs of offset or region frequencies and relates them to the carrier power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 169 Figure 169 SEM measurement with EV DO signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 358 for more information ACPR The Adjacent Channel Power Ratio ACPR is defined as the ratio of the average power in the adjacent frequency channel or offset to the average power in the transmitted frequency channel It may be expressed as the ratio of the integrated signal power in the adjacent channel to the integrated signal power in the main channel 354 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer
435. m Performing auto measurements oooocccconococcnononcncnononnncnononnncnnnonnnnnnnn nn nnnnnn nn nn naar rn rnnnnn rr nnne ennnen 214 Performing power statistics CCDF measurements ccooooccccnonoccncnononcncnanonnncnononnncnanonnncnnnnnnnnnnns 221 m Performing carrier aggregation MeasureMentS ooooocccnnnoccccnononcnnnononnnnnanonnncnanonnnnnanr nn nnne ennnen ne 222 m Conducting LTE FDD OTA measureMentS ooccccnnoccccnonoccncnononnncnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnanonnnnnanrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 225 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The LTE Long Term Evolution Signal Analyzer of the JD780A series performs power and spectrum measurements as well as modulation analysis to test the proper transmitter performance of FDD LTE systems It performs conformance testing according to the following standards providing a simple Pass Fail indication on each test This instrument provides the following measurement tools for FDD LTE system 176 3GPP TS 36 104 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Base Station BS Radio Transmission and Reception 3GPP TS 36 141 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Base Station BS Conformance Testing 3GPP TS 36 211 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Physical Channels and Modulation 3GPP TS 36 212 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Multiplexing and Channel Coding 3GPP TS 36 213 V8 2 0 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access E UTRA Ph
436. m reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key NOTE In the measurements such as Midamble Power Code Power and Code Error you may need to select the reference option between Relative and Absolute before setting the reference level 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices 388 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the
437. measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Set the main channel bandwidth to be measured a Press the Main Channel BW soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz 4 Set the frequency range over which the instrument will sweep a Press the Span soft key b Enter a span frequency value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a Press the Average soft key b Entera value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key 6 To configure an offset up to five complete the following steps a Press the Offset Limit soft key The Offset Limit screen menu bar appears Press the Offset soft key and then select the number for the active offset to configure Toggle the Offset soft key and select On to display or Off to hide the active offset Press the Offset Frequency soft key to set the center frequency of the offset Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz Press the Measurement Bandwidth soft key to set the bandwidth for the selected offset 9 209 5 gt Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also
438. measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To configure parameters for up to 5 component carriers complete the following steps a Press the CA Configuration soft key The component carrier configuration window appears Press the CA Range soft key Enter the number of the component carrier to be set between 1 and 5 Press the Enter soft key po y Toggle the Turn On soft key and then select On to set parameters and view the results for the selected component carrier on the screen or Off to turn it off f Set the following parameters as needed Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 287 JD780A Series Analyzers Center Frequency Channel Bandwidth Cell ID CFI PHICH Ng Antenna Port MBMS On Off Cyclic Prefix and PDSCH Modulation Type g To set more component carriers repeat the steps c f 3 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key again 4 Toggle the EVM Detection Mode soft key and select Single or Combine as desired Single Testing on one single antenna connected to your JD780A series with a cable Combine Testing on multiple antennas connected to your JD780A series with a 2x1 or 4x1 combiner or an antenna 5 To select the subframe number to be measured do one of the following If the EVM Detectio
439. ments Monitoring BERT Testing PCM31 only Display overview Figure 249 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Figure 249 El analyzer screen System settings and indicators W 2011410707 11 25 35 Measurement mode Logging status on Logging Of and test time User input field yee Frequency 5000000 He Mode E Anslyres Pass fail indicator Et Siyami Measurement settings Measurement result 488 Using E1 Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Connecting a cable Out of service testing Figure 250 Point to point connection is a ir an A y 6 ie Uf e O k 4 1 O lt A 4 O O Rx Rx E D O J P Lo o 0 Wo E Tx NE NE z 0 bo Sec n D k Je 000g 7 Is io DES ogam y AAA Ior j 4 MMMM AAA Figure 251 Loop back connection on io y as jm fs 0 o ue Y Tx gt 0 0 pa Network y o ono NE NE F eo aod i ea 096G Rx l leo Ono sii a 1 LF LO E __ gt gt gt u ad Figure 252 Error injection and measurement connection YM el pa j 0 5 0 af y Tx Rx oO d rS S NE Ho Sac o Soo Rx Ta en Saco ig 0105 Sa ee ax LOD eeu AZ el In service monitoring Figure 253 In service connection ME _ MN lol lil LO Using E1 Analyzer 489 JD780A Series Analyzers Monitoring transmission Making a test Procedu
440. meric keys and then press the dB soft key 6 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information 7 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test To stop running the test press the Abort soft key To change the view on the screen during the test press the Display and then select the view option from the following choices Screen You can view each measurement screen as the test progresses Results You can view a measurement result table as the test progresses Settings You can view a measurement setting table as the test progresses Setting display After completion of the auto measurement the screen menu changes to Trace Display so that you can 164 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers view the results in different forms Procedure 1 Toggle the Display soft key and select the display option Result to view the result table The Display Result menu becomes activated Settings to view the measurement settings for the auto measurement 2 Toggle the Display Result soft key and select the display result option Full to view detailed measurement readings with the pass fail indication Quick to view only the Pass Fail results 3 To view the measurement results for a different carrier
441. meters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 your measurement is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 7 Using Spectrum Analyzer 61 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 7 Spectrum measurement with spectrum analyzer EMIR TES Mute soetan nario Spectrum 40 00 48 On O ju 20131123 tastas Setting trace You can display up to six traces on the measurement chart simultaneously Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Select Trace soft key and then select the trace number T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 or T6 The legend shape of the selected trace changes from square to round to indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following 62 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write Ww measurements Display the input signal s maximum response only Max Hold M Display the input signals minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Remove all the traces and initialize the trace More 1 2 gt Trace settings Clear All NOTE For the Max Hold and Min Hold the active trace compares newly acquired data with the trace show
442. mitted in TDM Time Division Multiplex Power vs time idle slot The Power vs Time Idle Slot measurement provides the idle slot that includes the Pilot and MAC channels with the masks in all regions After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 173 Figure 173 Power vs time idle slot measurement with EV DO signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for power vs time tests on page 360 for more information Power vs time active slot The Power vs Time Active Slot measurement includes the Pilot MAC and Data channels with the upper and lower masks After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 your Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 359 JD780A Series Analyzers measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 174 Figure 174 Power vs time active slot measurement with EV DO signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for power vs time tests on page 360 for more information Setting limit for power vs time tests Procedure
443. mp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 3 Toggle the Link soft key to select the scanning direction and select Fwd for forward or Rev for reverse 4 To set the starting channel complete the following steps a Press the Start Channel soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 5 To set the amount of channel increment in scanning channels complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by suing the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 6 To set the integration bandwidth complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 7 To set the number of channels to be displayed in the measurement table complete the following steps a Press the of Channels soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Test results can be saved as a csv file format so that you can work on it in any spreadsheet software Using Channel Scanner 511 JD780A Series Ana
444. n 8 Optional To adjust the image quality complete the following steps a Right click on the JDRemote b Click the Quality c Select the image quality option among High Medium or Low You can improve refresh rate if experiencing low quality signal by adjusting the image quality in JDRemote Turning Bluetooth mode on off manually JD780A series turns the Bluetooth Mode on automatically if connected You can also turn it on and off manually Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Press the System Configuration gt Remote Interface gt Bluetooth soft key The Bluetooth screen appears with the device information 3 Toggle the Bluetooth soft key between On and Off to turn it on and off Connecting or disconnecting the adapter also turns the mode on or off automatically 550 Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix H Device driver installation JD780A series can be controlled from the application software JDViewer or JDRemote installed on your computer You must install driver software for the instrument on to the computer if USB Client connection is used for communication Procedure 1 Goto Control Panel gt System gt Device Manager The Device Manager window appears 2 Right click the Unknown Device under the Other Devices and then click the Update Driver Software The Update Driver Software Unknown Device window appears as shown in the Figure 286 below 3 Select the Browse m
445. n continue your measurement Procedure os Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Bandwidth soft key Select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz Press the Sector soft key and then select the sector option Alpha Beta or Gamma To set external offset complete the following steps a Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 215 JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key 6 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information 7 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test 8 When prompted on the screen connect the cable from the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the instrument either to Antenna Port 0 or Antenna Port 1 of the eNode B and then change the TM mode on the eNode B side 9 Press the Continue soft key to continue testing 10 Repeat the steps 8 9 until completion of the test A conformance test report appears at the end of the test 11 Optional To stop running the test press the Abort soft key Maintenance test The Auto Measure function of the JD780A series allows a complete signal profiling covering RF characterization and modulati
446. n Mode is set to Single press the Subframe No soft key and then set the subframe number NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes O and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number Ifthe EVM Detection Mode is set to Combine toggle the Subframe No soft key and then select 0 or 5 6 To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key 7 Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH precoding 8 To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels Setting display You can use the TRACE DISPLAY hard key to select modulation analysis or spectrum analysis Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the Display soft key and select MA for modulation analysis or SA for spectrum analysis The screen changes according to the selected option 288 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 130 Carrier aggregation measuremen
447. n as needed NOTE The Zero Span option is available only in the Spectrum mode If you have selected Zero Span select TRIGGER gt Free Run External GPS Video or Display Position Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob 1 Press the Frequency Step soft key if the Freq is selected 2 Enter a value by using the numeric keys 3 Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob 1 Press the Channel Step soft key if the Channel is selected 2 Enter a value by using the numeric keys 3 Press the Enter soft key Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Procedure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Using Interference Analyzer 89 JD780A Series Analyzers Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Pre
448. n on the screen and displays larger or smaller trace on the screen To select the detection option press the More 1 2 gt Detectors and then do one of the following To display Select Random noise better than the peak without missing signals Normal The highest value in each data point Peak The root mean squared average power across the spectrum RMS The lowest value in each data point Negative Peak The center value in each data point Sample Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display Optional lf you have the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is overlaid on the screen along with the second Y axis NOTE To be able to load a trace the trace to be overlaid must be saved in the same measurement mode and frequency setting as the current measurement Setting limit Procedure To use the display line 1 2 3 4 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Display Line soft key for a reference line Enter a value and then press the dBm unit soft key Toggle the Display Line soft key between On and Off to display and dismiss the reference line The straight line appears across the screen to be used as a vis
449. n rn rra 41 m Using system adMinistratiON ooonnncccnnnnniccnnnnncncnnnonnncnnnonnnn nano aAa KAAKAA NARRA nn 42 m Running IPiteste a a oi Gee eee 43 e Activating StrataSyNC seisis aanak aain iiaae eaaa aa naa iae aaa aa aaRS Aaaa 44 m Setting COMMUNICATION ccmnoccccnnncccnonenecnnnnanenononanennnnnnnennnnnnnennnnnnnennnnnnne rn K RRA KARKAR NAAN RRIRKAKA RANKA 45 JD780A Series Analyzers Unpacking the JD780A series Unpack and inspect the shipping package thoroughly to ensure that nothing was damaged during the shipment Also check that your delivered package includes all of your ordered items in the shipment If contents in the package are damaged or defective or if there are any missing items keep the shipping list and materials for carrier s inspection and contact your nearest JDSU s authorized sales and service office A basic test set of JD780A series would include the following items in the package For more options see Appendix Ordering information on page 552 Table 9 Items included in a basic test set shipment Item Quantity JD780A series instrument JD785A JD786A or JD788A 1 AC DC power adapter and power cord 1 1 5 meter cross LAN cable 1 1 8 meter USB A to B cable 1 gt 1 G byte USB memory 1 Rechargeable Lithium lon battery pack 1 12 V DC automotive adapter 1 Stylus Pen 1 User s manual and application software CD 1 Exploring the JD780A series Figure 1 JD785A front panel view
450. na Analyzer 467 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 10 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Calibrate soft key The on screen instruction for the calibration appears Connect the OPEN connector of the CAL Kit directly to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port or at the end of the connected test cable as illustrated in Figure 233 1 Press the Continue soft key to start calibration The calibration progress bar appears Connect the SHORT connector of the CAL Kit directly to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port or at the end of the connected test cable Press the Continue soft key to continue calibration The calibration progress bar appears Connect the LOAD connector of the CAL Kit directly to the Cable and Antenna Analyzer Reflection RF Out port or at the end of the connected test cable Press the Continue soft key to continue calibration The calibration progress bar appears Connect the Reflection RF Out port and the RF In port for the Cable and Antenna Analyzer with the test cable THRU cable and the proper adapter as illustrated in Figure 233 2 Press the Continue soft key to continue calibration The calibration progress bar appears After completion the calibration status on the screen changes to CAL ON Scalar measurement Figure 234 illustrates the connection diagram for calibration in Scalar measurements Figure 234 Connection for 2 port calibration in scalar me
451. nal standard option WCDMA HSDPA or HSPA HSDPA is set by default 4 To set the S CCPCH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the S CCPCH soft key b Toggle the S CCPCH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the S CCPCH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 5 To set the PICH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the PICH soft key Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 157 JD780A Series Analyzers b Toggle the PICH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PICH c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 6 Optional To set the threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 7 To set the time interval complete the following steps a Press the Time Interval soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 8 To place the time cursor to analyze your measurements complete the following steps a
452. nalyzers Conducting modulation measurements In order to make accurate measurements of time offset and PN you must connect an external trigger before making a modulation measurement Constellation The Constellation is used to observe some aspects of modulation accuracy and can reveal certain fault mechanisms such as l Q amplitude imbalance or quadrature imbalance It displays constellation diagram by modulation types Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 321 JD78
453. nanonnnnnnnnnnnnnann nn nn naar nn nc naar nnnnnnns 312 m Conducting RF measurements ccccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaee sense arrancan rana rana rca 314 m Conducting Modulation measurements oocconoccccnonoccncnononnncnononnncnanonnncnanonnnnnnnn nn ncnanrnnncnnnrnnnnnnns 321 m Performing auto measurements oooooccnonocccononocnconononnnnnnnonnnnnanonnnnnnnonnnnnnnronnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrnnnnnns 329 m Performing power statistics CCDF measurement cooccinoccnnnocononcnononcnanncnancccnnnn nano na nnnnccnnncnnns 331 m Conducting CDMA OTA measurements cccconoccccnononcncnononnncnononnnccanonnncnnnonnncnanr nn nnnanrnnnccanrrnnnnnns 332 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction This CDMA Signal Analyzer can be used to test a CDMA transmitter including cdmaOne and cdma2000 signals to check the base station s compliance with following standards documentation m 3GPP2 C S0002 Physical Layer Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems m 3GPP2 C S0010 Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Base Station This instrument automatically makes standard defined measurements using the measurement methods and limits as defined in the standards Detailed measurement results allow you to analyze cdmaOne and cdma2000 system performance m cdmaOne uses dual BPSK Binary Phase Shifting Key for the forward link and OQPSK Offset Quadrature Phase Shift Keying for the reverse link m cdma2000 uses QPSK Quadr
454. nd then press the Enter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols g Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key h Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols i Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 To set the start stop symbols complete the following steps a Press the Start Symbol soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key c Press the Stop Symbol soft key d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 437 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 219 SEM measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 440 for more information Spurious emissions Out of band emiss
455. nd then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 227 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 98 ID scanner measurement with LTE FDD OTA signal analyzer Multipath profile The Multipath Profile enables you to determine RF environmental conditions of testing area It indicates the amount of power of the dominant pilot signal that is dispersed outside the main correlation peak due to multipath echoes that are expressed in dB This value should be very small ideally The multipath profile is the result of portions of the original broadcast signal arriving at the receiving antenna out of phase This can be caused by the signal being reflected off objects such as buildings or being refracted through the atmosphere differently from the main signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 Toggle the Display soft key and select RS or Sync The RS Window soft key becomes activated if RS is selected 4 Press the RS Window sof
456. ndwidth to be measured from the choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz b Press the MIMO soft key and then select the antenna number option 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels c Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS d Press the Antenna Port soft key and then select the option Auto 0 1 2 or 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled e Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On to set the external offset value f To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off g To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To save your settings go to SAVE LOAD gt Save gt Save Setup an
457. ne soft key to set a threshold for the limit line and Pass Fail indication 2 Entera value and then press the dBm unit soft key 3 Toggle the Limit Line soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the limit line 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 39 Channel scanner measurement with GSM OTA signal analyzer Frequency scanner 128 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting frequency Procedure 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 To set the starting frequency to be scanned complete the following steps a Press the Start Frequency soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 To set the amount of frequency increment in scanning frequencies complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by suing the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 4 To set the number of frequencies to be displayed complete the following steps a Press the of Frequencies soft key b
458. ng Channel Scanner JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 270 Frequency scanner measurement NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the display line and channel limit See Setting limit for channel scanner on page 515 for more information Making custom scanner measurements Setting channel frequency You can customize channels or frequencies to be scanned as you desire Procedure To set the channels to be scanned 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection Toggle the Link soft key to select the scanning direction and select Fwd for forward or Rev for reverse Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To set the channel number for the selected index complete the following steps Using Channel Scanner 513 JD780A Series Analyzers 514 7 8 9 a Press the Channel Number soft
459. ng LMF setting The Local Maintenance Facility LMF setting is used in order to perform TX Calibration and TX Audit on Motorola s CDMA EV DO BTS in the RF Power Meter mode See Appendix F Motorola CDMA EV DO LMF on page 546 for more information Enabling Bluetooth connection You can also use the Bluetooth mode to enable communicate between your instrument and your computer with application software such as JDRemote and JDViewer or to transfer files to a Bluetooth storage device See Appendix G Bluetooth connection on page 548 for more information Getting Started 47 Analyzing Measurement Results This chapter provides instructions on how to use JD780A series capabilities for measurement analysis Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows a USING marker nic a aa 49 a Using DEAK SEC tad dei add ia ii da dit aaa 50 JD780A Series Analyzers Using marker Marker is used to get the information about a specific trace Six markers can be set on the display and each marker can be used independently The X and Y coordinates of the trace are displayed when the marker is placed on any position of the trace The position displaying the marker s X and Y coordinates may be slightly different for each measurement mode and refer to the description of each measurement There are three different marker types available Normal Delta and Delta pair Marker position can be set manually by entering numeric values frequency w
460. ngle Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth To set the threshold for PDCCH complete the following steps a Press the PDCCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Toggle the PDCCH Mode soft key and select REG to calculate EVM based on Resource Element Group or Avg to calculate EVM after adding up all the PDCCH signals from one subframe Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 121 Control channel measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer jb 20114301 Mutat Nar oie anodi A IA Wose LE TDO Figure 122 Control channel measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer MBMS On oc me hte es Pa ST LL antro Channet NOTE
461. nit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel 3 To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 109 JD780A Series Analyzers b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 4 Press the Channel Number soft key 5 Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 6 Press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 7 Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key NOTE This frequency setting is not used
462. nly Max Hold M Display the input signals minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Remove all the traces and initialize the trace More 1 2 gt Trace settings Clear All 5 Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display 6 Optional lf you have the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is overlaid on the screen along with the second Y axis Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measurement is a common test used in the wireless industry to measure the total transmitted power of a radio within a defined frequency channel It acquires a number of points representing the input signal in the time domain transforms this information into the frequency domain using Fast Fourier Transform FFT and then calculates the channel power The effective resolution bandwidth of the frequency domain trace is proportional to the number of points acquired for the FFT The channel power measurement identifies the total RF power power spectral density PSD and peak to average ratio PAR of the
463. nnel bandwidth relative to the total carrier power It may also be expressed as a ratio of power spectral densities between the carrier and the specified offset frequency band Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters you can set the measure setup to continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 2 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 3 Set the main channel bandwidth to be measured Using Spectrum Analyzer 69 JD780A Series Analyzers a Press the Main Channel BW soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit MHz kHz or Hz 4 Set the frequency range over which the instrument will sweep a Press the Span soft key b Enter a span frequency value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a Press the Average soft key b Entera value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key 6 To configure an offset up to five complete the following steps a Press the Offset Limit soft key The Offset Limit screen menu bar appears Press the Offset soft key and t
464. nt Procedure Optional To set the delay complete the following steps 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Press the Miscellaneous soft key Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob ao FP oO N Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Measurement example Figure 34 SEM measurement with GSM signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 119 for more information Spurious emissions Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal measured at the RF port of Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 117 JD780A Series Analyzers the Base Station Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set up the range table and
465. nt Setting frequency for Multi ACPR You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the frequency do one of the following To set the center frequency complete the following steps o9 29 5 DB g Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Lowest Frequency soft key to set the starting center frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Highest Frequency soft key to set the stopping center frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number complete the following steps a b peop se Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel press the Channel Std soft key and then select the band to be measured Press the Lowest Channel soft key to set the starting channel Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key Press the Highest Channel soft key to set the stopping channel Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key After configuring test parameters your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 148 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 317 JD7
466. nt line and channel limit See Setting limit for interference analyzer on page 103 for more information Interference finder The Interference Finder is an automatic triangulation algorithm that uses GPS coordinates to locate possible interference sources based on three measurements The interference finder calculates possible interference locations using its inscribed circle or circumscribed circle based on measured intersection points You can plot up to seven measurement points and select three that are more representative for triangulation JD780A series automatically logs measurement positions not to lose them while changing measurement modes Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 88 2 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a map file in mcf file type created in JDMapCreator NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes a map to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mcf into the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument b Press SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 3 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 4 Press the Location Setup soft key 5 Press the Location soft key 100 Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers
467. o indicate that the trace is the active one now Toggle the Trace View soft key and select On To clear write or capture or hide the trace s do one of the following To Select Trace Legend Clear current data and display with new Clear Write Ww measurements Display the input signal s maximum response only Max Hold M Display the input signals minimum response only Min Hold m Capture the selected trace and compare traces Capture C Load a saved trace More 1 2 gt Load L Hide the selected trace Trace View gt Off F Remove all the traces and initialize the trace More 1 2 gt Trace settings Clear All 5 To select the detection option press the More 1 2 gt Detectors and then do one of the following To display Select Random noise better than the peak without missing signals Normal Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 313 JD780A Series Analyzers The highest value in each data point Peak The root mean squared average power across the spectrum RMS The lowest value in each data point Negative Peak The center value in each data point Sample 6 Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display 7 Optional lf you have the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1
468. o set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on the measurement item MBSFN RS appears in the result table To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and
469. o set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Press the PDSCH Modulation Type soft key and then select the modulation type option Auto QPSK 16 QAM 64 QAM E TM3 3 E TM3 2 E TM3 1 E TM2 E TM1 2 and E TM1 1 If two or more modulation types are used in a frame select Auto If the PDSCH uses the same modulation type in a frame or in a subframe select a specific modulation Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 265 JD780A Series Analyzers type to get more accurate EVM To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH precoding Measurement example Figure 119 Data channel measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer O jy 20121201 10 54 22 are att ee 11 10d Mode UE TOO Ai Figure 120 Data channel measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer MBMS On jO 20130 Ade M I Atdi t e ss si 8 om ios Mode OE TOD Data C
470. o set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 206 Sync DL ID scanner measurement with TD SCDMA OTA signal analyzer Sync DL ID vs Tau Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Sync DL ID soft key and select Auto or Manual to set the Sync Downlink ID automatically or manually 3 Optional To select the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 417 JD780A Series Analyzers d Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save
471. o use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the detection mode option Auto QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 370 for more information The Max Inactive is not used in the Constellation mode Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 361 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 175 Constellation measurement with EV DO signal analyzer 1 Composite 64 2 Composite 128 362 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 3 Pilot 1 865 000 000 Cite More land 4 K FCT 4
472. o which the marker is placed Enter a value by using the numeric keys Press the Enter soft key Time alignment error In eNode B supporting Tx Diversity transmission signals are transmitted from two or more antennas Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 273 JD780A Series Analyzers These signals shall be aligned The time alignment error in Tx diversity is specified as the delay between the signals from two antennas at the antenna ports Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 4 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number
473. od at soft key and then select the marker number for the frequency to be demodulated NOTE You must set the marker s first by using the MARKER hard key as the AM FM demodulator uses the marker position to demodulate See Using marker on page 49 for more information Press the Demod Mode soft key and then select the demodulation mode AM FM and CW Press the Dwell Time soft key and then turn the rotary knob to set the demodulation interval between 1 and 20 6 Press the Volume soft key and then turn the rotary knob to set the speaker volume Using Spectrum Analyzer 75 JD780A Series Analyzers 7 Toggle the Auto Gain soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the automatic gain feature to adjust the interval gain of the demodulator 8 Optional You can use the Save On Event soft key to let the instrument automatically save measurement screen or result that falls outside the defined limit settings or the Fail indicator is on You can also set to save the first event and hold the measurement or to save all the events continuously See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting limit You can show or hide the display line on the screen that is used as a visual reference only Procedure To view the display line 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Display Line soft key 3 Enter a value and then press the dBm unit soft key 4 Toggle the Display Line On Off soft key and se
474. ode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Performing calibration To get reliable and accurate measurement results you must perform a calibration on your instrument after setting frequencies and prior to making a measurement You need to have the following ready Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 465 JD780A Series Analyzers Calibration accessories optional Calibration Kit Includes one 50 ohm load one open standard and one short standard Test Cable Use a phase stable cable for reliable and consistent measurement results 1 port calibration Measurements that need the 1 port calibration are in the Reflection DTF Cable Loss 1 Port Phase or Smith Chart mode Figure 232 illustrates the connection method when a port extension cable is used for cali
475. of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth 274 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 125 Time alignment error measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on pa
476. of the loaded map If a point is off the map the instrument displays an arrow to indicate the direction of the current location on the map and the distance from the center to the location at the top of the screen With the Full setting you can view all the collected points of the route without the loaded map To collect data plot points manually without a GPS antenna in an indoor environment press the Position soft key Press the Plot Item soft key and then select the measurement option Pilot Power or Ec lo To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Toggle the Plot soft key and select Start Touch directly on the screen or press the ENTER hard key to collect data and plot points on the loaded map for the Position setting NOTE For the Position setting you can change the direction of the route with the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob 380 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 10 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Stop to stop plotting 11 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key to save the result See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The instrument does not automatically save the collected data It is recommended that you save the result Otherwise you will lose all the collected data Setting limit You can s
477. oints only for an instance of measuring wide frequency bands or requiring precise measurement data 4 Optional To turn the bias tee on complete the following steps a Toggle the Bias Tee soft key and select On b Enter a value between 12 and 32 with 0 1 V step c Enter the V soft key NOTE The instrument s built in bias tee function option 002 supplies 12 32 VDC bias to active devices through the RF In port eliminating the need of an external power supply NOTE See Performing reflection measurements on page 471 for more information on how to set other measurement setup parameters for the Cable Loss 1 Port measurement Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 479 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 245 Cable loss 1 port measurement Q Sowa Mode Cable amp Antenna Anahaw Coble Loss 11 Ford Han 5 00 Mig te 005 00 Mita Ties FOTOS 16 67 30 Cunterm fierst 00 Mit 6000 00 Mite Cate tossit Port Figure 246 Cable loss 1 port measurement with zoom O EA Mode Cable k Antenna Analyzer Colole Lesa 1 Port Sonne 005 00 Mita Teme 20 VDAA 1h 19 30 Cuat Bam c 3 00 MHs GOCO 00 Met You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for cable and antenna analyzer on page 486 for more information NOTE You can go to MEASURE SETUP gt Zone to view your measurements in det
478. ols g Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key h Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols i Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 To set the start stop symbols complete the following steps a Press the Start Symbol soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key c Press the Stop Symbol soft key d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Toggle the Preamble Index soft key and select the preamble search method Auto or Manual Toggle the Search Type soft key and select Full or Window Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following as needed To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM To select the downlink zone press the DL Zone soft key and then select the permutation zone option Auto PUSC for partial usage of subcarrier channels FUSC for full usage of subcarrier channels or AMC2X3 for adaptive modulation and coding NOTE The permutation zone which is a number of contiguous OFDMA symbols in downlink that use the same permutation The DL subframe may contain more than one permutation zone The maximum number of DL zone is 8 in one DL subframe To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of de
479. om window select Bottom gt DTF Settings See Performing DTF measurements on page 473 for more information To set the alternate sweep settings for the bottom window select Bottom gt Alternate Sweep Settings See Setting alternate sweep on page 485 for more information NOTE See Performing reflection measurements and Performing DTF measurements for more information on how to set other measurement setup parameters for the Reflection DTF measurement Measurement example Figure 242 Reflection DTF dual measurement 1 Alternate sweep off 476 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Alternate sweep on NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for cable and antenna analyzer on page 486 for more information Performing cable loss 1 port measurements The Cable Loss 1 Port measurement quantifies signal loss through a cable or other device over a defined frequency range by range by connecting one end of the cable to the instrument measurement port and terminating the other end of the cable with a short or leaving it open altogether This measurement can be particularly useful in measuring the loss of feed line connected to the antenna Making a measurement Procedure 1 Make a proper cable connection as described in Connecting a cable for
480. omponents and circuit blocks without the rigor of performing a full SEM measurement The SEM measures spurious signal levels in up to five pairs of offset or region frequencies and relates them to the carrier power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the mask type complete the following steps Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 251 JD780A Series Analyzers Press the Mask Type soft key Select the mask type option from the following choices Wide Area BS Category A Wide Area BS Category B Local Area BS Home BS 4 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 5 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Measurement example Fi
481. on Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS 344 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer Figure 163 Indirect connection JD780A Series Analyzers JD785A JD786A aed o JD788A CAUTION input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuatorto prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series Figure 164 OTA connection Modulated Signal HEME j H GPS Antenne la JD785A JD786A Modulated Signal HAE y j H GPS Antenna la JD788A CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set O dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 345 JD780A Series Analyzers Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the Signal Analyzer soft key 3 Press the EV DO soft key The Spectrum mode is set by default 4 Press the MEASURE hot key and then select
482. on Internal External 10 MHz External 13 MHz External 15 MHz or GPS Table 20 External reference indicators Type Indicator Description Internal NT green Ue ar e indicates that the instrument uses the built in External En green The green EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connected and locked and that the instrument uses the same reference clock as the signal source External Ext red The red EXT icon indicates that an external reference is connect but not locked GPS S green The green GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS Ss yellow The yellow GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is connected and locking is in progress GPS EA grey The grey GPS antenna icon indicates that a GPS antenna is not connected failed or unable to be locked Conducting spectrum measurements Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us 392 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value by using the numeric keys
483. on complete the following steps a 9 0209 Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a o9 2095 gt Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Press the PREV hard key 7 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 8 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a b c Press the Average soft key Enter a value between 1 and 100 Press the Enter soft key Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 439 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 220 Spurious emissions measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer 4200 Gtr 1000 TK pn NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to
484. on IEEE 802 16e Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument 444 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 b Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms c Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symb
485. on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on either PMCH or PDSCH appears on the screen depending on the detected channel To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Press the PDSCH Modulation Type soft key and then select the modulation type option Auto QPSK 16 QAM 64 QAM E TM3 3 E TM3 2 E TM3 1 E TM2 E TM1 2 and E TM1 1 If two or more modulation types are used in a frame select Auto If the PDSCH uses the same modulation type in a frame or in a subframe select a specific modulation type to get more accurate EVM To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following
486. on page 31 for more information 70 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 11 Adjacent channel power measurement with spectrum analyzer Multi ACP The Multi ACP measurement is used to do multi channel ACP testing It helps you to measure ACP in multi channel transmitting base station environment Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in Configuring test parameters on page 54 you can set the measure setup to continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq or Channel For the frequency setting complete the following steps a Press the Lowest Frequency soft key b Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz d Press the Highest Frequency soft key e Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob f Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz For the channel setting complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob or the Page p Page Down soft keys c Press the
487. on quality parameters of up to 20 different carriers particularly useful on an overlay architecture where base stations are transmitting in different frequencies Following settings are required only when you run the Auto Measure Maintenance Test on the instrument using Current configuration setting Additional settings are not required when you run Auto Measure using a scenario generated in the PC application software JDViewer Setting limit for maintenance test You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the RF Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 3 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE You can use the Allowed Change soft key for each test item to compare two measurement values displayed in the result table This requires setting the Display mode to Compare in advance Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement setting
488. on soft key and then select the number of uplink downlink between one and six 9 Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on either PMCH or PDSCH appears on the screen depending on the detected channel To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key t
489. onfirmation box appears Enter the new password again by using the numeric keys se ob BN gt Press the Apply soft key to complete changing password Locking limit key You can lock the LIMIT hot key and disable editing predefined limit settings to prevent any unintentional changes which could result in incorrect measurements 42 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Administration and then enter your password 3 Toggle the Edit Limit soft key and select Disable to lock the LIMIT hot key or Enable to unlock the key NOTE Disabling the Edit Limit limits the access to the LIMIT hot key only The Limit features including displaying limit line s and Pass Fail result function properly as predefined Modifying online help The online help can be modified if needed Procedure Press the SYSTEM hot key Select More 1 2 gt Administration and then enter your password Toggle the Modify Help soft key and select Enable to allow modifying the online help or Disable to restrict any modification Running IP test You can test an Internet Protocol IP configuration of the cell site s backhaul Procedure Press the SYSTEM hot key Select More 1 2 gt Utility gt IP Test Select the command option from the following choices To display the route and measure transit delays of packets toggle the Commands soft ke
490. onstellation mode Midamble power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Scramble soft key and select Auto or Manual to set the scramble code automatically or manually 3 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 4 Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option DL Auto for auto detection of downlink UL Auto for auto detection of uplink SF1 SF2 SF4 SF8 or SF16 5 To set the number of maximum users complete the following steps a Press the Max Users soft key b Enter a value up to 16 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured
491. ools for TD SCDMA system m Spectrum Analysis m RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR Multi ACLR Spurious Emissions m Power vs Time Power vs Time Slot Power vs Time Frame Power vs Time Mask Timogram Modulation Analysis Constellation Midamble Power Code Power Code Error m Auto Measure m Over The Air OTA Sync DL ID Scanner Sync DL ID vs Tau Sync DL ID Multipath Sync DLID Analyzer Route Map 384 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Display overview Figure 186 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Figure 186 TD SCDMA signal analyzer measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode input settings Pass tail User input field E ho slo 1 Measurement settings Screen menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the Power amplifier output port of BTS Figure 187 Direct connection Attenuator Attenuator JD785A JD786A JD788A Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 385 JD780A Series Analyzers Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and th
492. or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth Press the PDSCH Modulation Type soft key and then select the modulation type option Auto QPSK 16 QAM 64 QAM E TM3 3 E TM3 2 E TM3 1 E TM2 E TM1 2 and E TM1 1 If two or more modulation types are used in a frame select Auto If the PDSCH uses the same modulation type in a frame or in a subframe select a specific modulation type to get more accurate EVM Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 207 JD780A Series Analyzers To set the threshold for PDSCH complete the following steps a Press the PDSCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key To set the threshold for PDCCH complete the following steps a Press the PDCCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Toggle the PDCCH Mode soft key and select REG to calculate EVM based on Resource Element Group or Avg to calculate EVM after adding up all the PDCCH signals from one subframe Toggle the PDSCH Precoding soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH precoding Measurement example 208 Figure 88 Frame measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 89 Frame measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer MBMS On NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot
493. or dBm P SS Power P SS Power Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor dBm S SS Power S SS Power Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor dBm S SS Ec lo S SS Ec lo Good Fair Poor dB 3 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 299 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 137 Route map measurement with LTE TDD OTA signal analyzer 1 RSRP 300 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 3 RS SINR Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 301 JD780A Series Analyzers 6 S SS Power 7 S SS Ec lo 302 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer Using CDMA Signal Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the CDMA Signal Analyzer function option 020 with the CDMA OTA Analyzer function option 040 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows a Introduction a a 304 E Display OVERVIEW icon di ca 305 m Connecting a Cable iii aia aaa a edi eei dat 305 m Selecting Measurement Mode ccooooocccnonoccccnononcncnononnncnononnncnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nnnnnn AEAEE ESSEE ESEE nr rrnnnnnnnnnnns 307 m Configuring test parameters oocccconoccccnonoccncnononnncnanonnncnnnonnnnnnnnnnnn naar rnncnnnn rn nn naar nn rn naar nn Ennn Ennen 307 m Conducting spectrum MeasureMentS oooocccconoccccnononcncnononnnnnononnnn
494. or G70005036x Standard accessories can be purchased separately 552 Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers JD786A RF Analyzer JD786A 9 kHz to 8 GHz Spectrum Analyzer 5 MHz to 6 GHz Cable and Antenna Analyzer 10 MHz to 8 GHz RF Power Meter Internal mode Options NOTE Upgrade options for the JD786A use the designation JD786AU before the respective last three digit option number JD786A001 2 Port Transmission Measurements JD786A002 Bias Tee Requires option 01 JD786A003 CW Signal Generator JD786A010 GPS Receiver and Antenna JD786A011 Interference Analyzer JD786A012 Channel Scanner Standard Accessories G710550326 AC DC Power Adapter G710550335 Cross LAN Cable 1 5 m GC73050515 USB A to B Cable 1 8 m GC72450518 gt 1G Byte USB Memory G710550325 Rechargeable Lithium lon Battery G710550323 Automotive Cigarette Lighter 12 V DC Adapter G710550316 Stylus Pen JD780A361 JD780A Series User s Manual and Application Software CD Requires Calibration Kit Requires Dual port Calibration Kit Highly recommended adding JD786A010 Highly recommended adding G70005035x and or G70005036x Standard accessories can be purchased separately Appendix 553 JD780A Series Analyzers JD788A Signal Analyzer JD788A 9 kHz to 8 GHz Spectrum Analyzer 10 MHz to 8 GHz RF Power Meter Internal mode Options NOTE Upgrade options for the JD788A use the designation JD788AU before the respective last thr
495. or external meausrement on PCS basestation Internal PM 800 MHz Band for internal measurement on celluar basestation Internal PM 1900 MHz Band for internal measurement on PCS basestation 5 To select the measurement mode complete the following steps Press the MODE hard key Press the Power Meter soft key a b c Select Internal RF Power Meter or External RF Power Meter depending on your LMF settings The measurement result is displayed on the screen Appendix 547 JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix G Bluetooth connection JD780A series Bluetooth mode is used for communication between the instrument and your computer with JDRemote or a storage device in order to use the following services if needed Bluetooth Personal Area Network PAN profile service for JDRemote Bluetooth File Transfer Profile FTP or Object Push Profile OPP service for file transfer from the instrument to a Bluetooth storage device The Bluetooth Connectivity option includes a pair of Bluetooth USB Parani UD100 Adapters and 5 dBi Dipole Antennas as well as the BlueSoleil application software Installing and Setting up Bluetooth software The BlueSoleil application must be installed in your computer prior to making a Bluetooth connection A ter installing the software you must disable DHCP Server option in order to use the PAN service properly Procedure 1 Insert the provided CD ROM into your computer and install the software a
496. or framing 4K for a maintenance channel Facilities Data Link 2K for CRC 6 checksum and 2K for framing synchronization NOTE If the framing type does not match with your receiver setting a framing alarm occurs 498 Using T1 Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 4 Toggle the Line Code soft key between AMI and B8ZS and select the line code type to send an T1 signal AMI It stands for Alternate Mark Inversion A line code uses one three level signal to convey binary digits in which successive binary ones marks or pulses are of alternating polarity either positive or negative equal in amplitude A binary zero space is transmitted as no pulse or zero amplitude B8ZS It stands for Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution A coding scheme in which the transmitter substitutes a fixed pattern of ones zeros and BPVs in place of 8 consecutive zeros 5 Press the Pattern soft key and then select the stress pattern option from the following choices 1 8 An eight bit pattern that contains a single one being used to test clock recovery 1 16 A sixteen bit pattern that contains a single one being used to test clock recovery All 1 S A pattern that causes line drivers to consume the maximum power All S A pattern that is often selected to verify HDB3 provisioning Circuit will drop if optioned for AMI Alternate A pattern that alternates between ones and zeroes 3 24 A twenty fo
497. ore information 186 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Occupied bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measures the spectrum shape of the carrier It is defined as the bandwidth which includes 99 of the transmitted power among total transmitted power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Bandwidth soft key 3 Select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz Measurement example Figure 74 Occupied bandwidth measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 193 for more information Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement required by 3GPP specifications encompasses different power limits and different measurement bandwidths resolution bandwidths at various frequency offsets It may be expressed as a ratio of power spectral densities between the carrier and the specified offset frequency band It provides useful figures of merit for the spectral re growth and emissions produced by components and circuit blocks without the rigor of pe
498. ormal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes 430 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting trigger source You can set the trigger source option for your measurements Procedure 1 Press the TRIGGER hot key 2 Select the trigger source option from the following choices Internal External or GPS Setting external clock To enhance the reliability of modulation analysis measurements the JD780A series must be synchronized with a base station When an external clock is not supplied the instrument works with its built in internal high accuracy time base and some measurement results may exhibit inaccurate values Therefore it is highly recommended that you use the same reference clock as the signal source You can use the TRIGGER hot key to set the external clock Figure 215 Connection ports
499. ormance and longevity of fiber optic connectivity Throughout their lives fiber connectors must be inspected analyzed and cleaned to maintain an acceptable level of functionality The JD780A series makes it fast and easy to troubleshoot and certify that every connection at a cell site is optimized for a lifetime of performance The JD780A series supports the handheld fiber microscope P5000i that can capture video images from the sensor and analyzes the images for fiber end face defects and contamination with reliable PASS FAIL results to guarantee the performance of your optical connections Display overview Figure 272 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Figure 280 Fiber inspection screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode Test settings Screen menus Measurement results Connecting a fiber microscope Connecting an optional fiber microscope P5000i is mandatory for fiber inspection and analysis See JD780A Series Common Options on page 555 for available options Procedure 1 Connect your fiber microscope P5000i to the USB Host port of the JD780A series The instrument detects the connected microscope automatically and displays the icon 532 Performing Fiber Inspection JD780A Series Analyzers Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 gt Fiber Inspection Con
500. ort of the instrument either to Antenna Port 0 or Antenna Port 1 of the eNode B and then change the TM mode on the eNode B side 9 Press the Continue soft key to continue testing 10 Repeat the steps 8 9 until completion of the test A conformance test report appears at the end of the test 11 Optional To stop running the test press the Abort soft key Maintenance test The Auto Measure function of the JD780A series allows a complete signal profiling covering RF 280 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers characterization and modulation quality parameters of up to 20 different carriers particularly useful on an overlay architecture where base stations are transmitting in different frequencies Following settings are required only when you run the Auto Measure Maintenance Test on the instrument using Current configuration setting Additional settings are not required when you run Auto Measure using a scenario generated in the PC application software JDViewer Setting limit for maintenance test You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 1 2 3 Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 4 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 5 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goe
501. ou can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 125 JD780A Series Analyzers can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Configuration soft key and select the configuration option Current to let the instrumnet use current frequency single carrier and determine pass or fail based on the instrument s limit settings in Auto Measure Scenario to run a test with a programmed scenario in JDViewer The Scenario menu becomes activated To load a scenario press the Scenario soft key and then select a scenario file to load Toggle the Test Time soft key and select the test time option Now to let the instrument run a test only once Schedule to let the instrument repeat tests as defined in the Set Timing The Set Timing menu becomes activated 5 To define
502. our selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Slot power Slot Power High Limit Low Limit Downlink pilot signal power DwPTS Power High Limit Low Limit Uplink pilot signal power UpPTS Power High Limit Low Limit Power between on and off On Off Ratio High Limit Low Limit portions of the downlink slots 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Conducting modulation measurements TD SCDMA receivers rely on the frequency or phase quality of the QPSK or 8PSK signal in order to achieve the expected carrier to noise performance A transmitter with high frequency or phase error is often still able to support phone calls during a functional test It displays the frequency errors numerically and graphically showing the binary representation of the demodulated data bits of the received signal using Constellation Midamble Power Code Power and Code Error screens Constellation The Constellation is used to observe some aspects of modulation accuracy and can reveal certain fault mechanisms such as l Q amplitude imbalance or quadrature imbalance It displays constellation diagram by modulation types Setting measure setup After configurin
503. outside the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal measured at the RF port of the Base Station Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set up the range table and frequency range press the Range Table soft key and then complete the following steps a Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range 9 2095 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 191 JD780A Series Analyzers g h Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 3 Toggle the Range soft key between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps a 9
504. ove all the traces and initialize the trace More 1 2 gt Trace settings Clear All 5 Optional Press the More 1 2 gt Trace Info soft key and then select the trace number to view the trace s parameter setting information stored at the time of the measurement or None to hide the information display 6 Optional lf you have the two traces T1 and T2 you can perform trace math To view the power difference between the traces press the T1 T2 gt T5 or T2 T1 gt T6 soft key The result is overlaid on the screen along with the second Y axis Conducting RF measurements Channel power The Channel Power measures in channel power for GSM GPRS and EDGE systems which use dynamic power control to ensure that each link is maintained with minimum power It gives two fundamental benefits of keeping overall system interference to a minimum level and of maximizing battery life in the case of mobile stations lt determines the power delivered to the antenna system on the RF channel under test The instrument acquires a GSM GPRS or EDGE signal in the time domain The average power level above the threshold is then computed and displayed Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you 114 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers can continue your measurement Procedure Optional To set the delay complete the following
505. ovides several methods for you to connect your instrument with application software or other instruments and devices Configuring Ethernet You can configure a network to connect your JD780A series and PC with JDViewer or JDRemote via Ethernet Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select System Configuration gt Ethernet Config The Ethernet Configuration box appears 3 Select the IP addressing option from the following choices Getting Started 45 JD780A Series Analyzers To enable automatic IP addressing toggle the Mode soft key and select DHCP To manually assign fixed IP addresses complete the following steps Toggle the Mode soft key and select Static Select Field gt IP Address Press the First Octal soft key Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key Press the Second Octal soft key and repeat step d mo 295 Press the Third Octal soft key and repeat step d Press the Fourth Octal soft key and repeat step d gt Select Field gt Subnet Mask and repeat steps c g i Select Field gt Gateway and repeat steps c g 4 Press the Apply soft key to complete the network configuration 5 Press the ESC hard key to exit Setting for JDViewer and JDRemote The App SW is set by default to make it easy to connect your instrument to JDViewer or JDRemote After using other remote interfaces such as SCPI LMF and USBTMC it is recommended that you set the LAN and USB sett
506. ower vs time slot measurement with GSM EDGE signal analyzer o IA oo 4008 Pena Tira r PAOLO Me 122 Fw Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 121 JD780A Series Analyzers Power vs time frame Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the signal standard option Auto GSM or EDGE Auto is set by default The instrument applies a mask automatically based on the selected mode 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Setting limit for frame average power Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key Press the Frame Avg Power soft key to set the limit in the Power vs Time Frame measurement 4 Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 5 Set the upper threshold a Press the High Limit soft key b Enter a
507. owing choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 To set the start stop symbols complete the following steps a b Press the Start Stop Symbol soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Toggle the Preamble Index soft key and select the preamble search method Auto or Manual Toggle the Search Type soft key and select Full or Window Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following as needed To select the detect mode pr
508. p After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key 5 Toggle the MAC soft key and select the MAC Walsh code option 64 or 128 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 369 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 179 MAC CDP Table measurement with EV DO signal analyzer Setting display Ifthe MAC CDP table spans over to the next page s you can change pages up and down to view your measurement results Procedure
509. p for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key 5 Toggle the Q Paging soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the quick page channel that indicates the power of Quick Page Walsh code 80 6 Press the Alarm Code soft key and then select the alarm code option None Pilot Page Sync or Quick Page 7 To set the alarm mask complete the following steps a Press the Set Mask soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB dBm soft key 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 153 RCSI measurement with CDMA signal analyzer Setting display You can view your measurement results in a different view option 326 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Code Order soft key and then select the code order option from the following choices Hadamard To assign
510. p to 10 different carriers particularly useful on an overlay architecture where base stations are transmitting in different frequencies The Auto Measure can be easily executed either by selecting a menu in the instrument or by running a programmed scenario in the PC based application so that the instrument automatically configure and perform tests on every aspect of all the carriers Setting limit for auto measure You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the RF Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 3 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 329 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Pr
511. polarity either positive or negative equal in amplitude A binary zero space is transmitted as no pulse or zero amplitude HDB3 It stands for High Density Bipolar order 3 encoding It is a bipolar signaling technique using both positive and negative pulses based on the AMI It extends AMI by inserting violation codes whenever there is a run of four or more zeros To start or stop monitoring 1 Press the MEASURE hot key 2 Press the Monitoring soft key and then select the monitoring option as needed Start Stop or Clear Optional You can save event records automatically by using the Save Result as CSV Format soft key See Using save on page 31 for more information 490 Using E1 Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 254 El transmission monitoring for framing PCM30 Monitor ay 12400 732237 me 000 417 NOTE Bit Error is not supported for the framing type PCM30 Performing BERT testing There are three RX modes available for the BERT testing Terminate Mode The Terminate mode is used when you wish to send and receive an E1 signal The instrument terminates the received signal with a low impedance termination and requires that the circuit be disrupted for testing m Bridge Mode The Bridge mode is similar to the monitor mode However in the Bridge mode the instrument applies high impedance isolation resistors to the circuit under test This isolation circuit
512. port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS Figure 69 Indirect connection ard e JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuatorto prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series 178 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer Figure 70 OTA connection JD780A Series Analyzers Modulated Signal DiRi FEABHAL GPS Antanna JD785A JD786A GPS Antenna RF Anteema Omni of Directional JD788A CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set 0 dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing Selecting measurement mode Procedure Press the MODE hard key Press the Signal Analyzer soft key gt O Nh gt choices Spectrum Press the LTE FDD soft key The Spectrum mode is set by default Press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode option from the following RF Analysis gt Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum
513. provides indoor and outdoor mapping function that allows a user to collect data of points in an indoor or outdoor environment and track the received signals and coverage of RF transmitters plotting real time directly on top of a loaded floor plan or a map Setting measure setup Procedure 1 If required connect a GPS receiver to your JD780A series for outdoor mapping Indoor mapping does not necessarily need a GPS antenna 2 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 3 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a floor map or mcf file type created in JDMapCreator NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes any scanned floor plan or layout to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mc into the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument b Press SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 4 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 5 Press the Plot Point soft key and then select the plot point option from the following choices To collect data plot points automatically as you move around in a vehicle or outside press the GPS soft key and then toggle the Screen Mode soft key between Map and Full With the Map setting you can view only the collected points that can be seen within the boundary
514. ps a Tap the Detail Settings button The input dialog box appears b Enter lt port numbers in the Port field c Enter lt proxy server address gt in the Proxy Server address if necessary Contact your system administrator for your proxy server information d Tap the Apply button to save and exit 7 Tap the Start Sync button Once successfully synchronized the text Successfully synchronized with server appears and the StrataSync status icon changes accordingly 8 Tap the Apply button to exit 44 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 3 StrataSync setting window Enter the address of the StrataSync server Server address stratasyncjdsu com Enter account details needed to authenticate with the server Account ID 45435316 Technician ID Fech Sart Sync Deta Settings Establishing connection to server Apply StrataSync status indicators The StrataSync indication icons provide you with the connection and activity status Indicator Description Indicates that your instrument is idle to be connected and synchronized with the StrataSync server Indicates that your instrument is acquiring an authentication synchronizing with the server and sharing data Indicates that your instrument is synchronized successfully Indicates that your instrument failed to synchronize with the StrataSync server or encountered an error DoDD Setting communication JD780A series pr
515. ps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys to change the value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key Toggle the MAC soft key and select the MAC Walsh code option 64 or 128 Press the Alarm Code soft key and then select the alarm code option None Pilot MAC Data or Slot 7 To set the alarm mask complete the following steps a Press the Set Mask soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB dBm soft key 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information 368 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 178 RCSI measurement with EV DO signal analyzer MAC CDP Table The MAC CDP Table is used for the user to look at a numeric and textual description of all the active control channels in the signal Setting measure setu
516. q Press the Lowest Frequency soft key to set the starting center frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Highest Frequency soft key to set the stopping center frequency o9 29 5s0p Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob g Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number complete the following steps a Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel Selecting Channel sets the standard channel to Band Global automatically so that you can set the Channel Number without choosing a standard channel band from the list b Press the Lowest Channel soft key to set the starting channel c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the Enter soft key e Press the Highest Channel soft key to set the stopping channel f Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob g Press the Enter soft key 190 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 77 Multi ACLR measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 193 for more information Spurious emissions Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately
517. r Hz To set the channel number complete the following steps a Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel Selecting Channel sets the standard channel to Band Global automatically so that you can set the Channel Number without choosing a standard channel band from the list b Press the Lowest Channel soft key to set the starting channel c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the Enter soft key e Press the Highest Channel soft key to set the stopping channel f Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob g Press the Enter soft key 254 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 113 Multi ACLR measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 257 for more information Spurious emissions Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal measured at the RF port of the Base Station Setting measure setup After con
518. r definable limit and Pass Fail indication Route map The JD780A Series provides indoor and outdoor mapping function that allows a user to collect data of points in an indoor or outdoor environment and track the received signals and coverage of RF transmitters plotting real time directly on top of a loaded floor plan or a map Setting measure setup Procedure 1 If required connect a GPS receiver to your JD780A series for outdoor mapping Indoor mapping does not necessarily need a GPS antenna 2 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 3 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a floor map or mcf file type created in JDMapCreator NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes any scanned floor plan or layout to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mc into the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 171 JD780A Series Analyzers b Press SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 4 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 5 Press the Plot Point soft key and then select the plot point option from the following choices To collect data plot points automatically as you move around in a vehicle or outside press the GPS soft key and then tog
519. r of downlink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 To set the start stop symbols complete the following steps a b Press the Start Stop Symbol soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Toggle the Preamble Index soft key and select the preamble search method Auto or Manual Toggle the Search Type soft key and select Full or Window Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following as needed To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM To select the downlink zone press the DL Zone soft key and then select the permutation zone option Auto PUSC for partial usage of subcarrier channels FUSC for full usage of subcarrier channels or AMC2X3 for adaptive modulation and coding NOTE The permutation zone which is a number of contiguous OFDMA symbols in downlink that use the same permutation The DL subframe may contain more than one permutation zone The maximum number of DL zone is 8 in one DL subframe To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press
520. r soft key or ENTER hard key to complete the entry The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number To set the span complete the following steps a Press the Span soft key Using Spectrum Analyzer 55 JD780A Series Analyzers b Select the span option from the following choices To set the span manually select Span enter a value and then select the unit To set the span automatically select Full Span Zero Span or Last Span as needed NOTE The Zero Span option is available only in the Spectrum mode If you have selected Zero Span select TRIGGER gt Free Run External GPS Video or Display Position Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob 1 Press the Frequency Step soft key if the Freq is selected 2 Entera value by using the numeric keys 3 Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob 1 Press the Channel Step soft key if the Channel is selected 2 Entera value by using the numeric keys 3 Press the Enter soft key NOTE This setting is not used in the Spurious Emissions mode Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Procedure To automatically set the reference and a
521. r thear OTA ii eas eves Satie a ee in ee eects Selecting measurement Mode ici A Adela an dias Configuring test parameters Setting freQuency eeseceeeseesceseseeeseeeeaeeeeeeeaeessaeeeacecsaeseaeeceaeeeseeeaeecaeseaeessaeeeaeeceaeesaeseaeeseaeesseeseaeessaeseaeeseaeseaeeee Setting amplitUdO tito A AA en ii Setting av ra e it dd bi eee Setting SWEEP MOU annsi sarima aei A A O aia Setting trigger source Setting external clock Conducting spectrum measurements SO aa dicas Coniducting RF Measurements ecin de A LIRA Nic enstne Channel cia OccuUpled bandwidth seee A A dunce aaae ae a Erara Eaa aaa taa EEA Spectrum emission mask SEM Spuri US EMISSIONS oia A A A Edd asada Setting limit for ARETES coa Conducting power vs time measurements Power vs time idle slot Power vs time active slot 359 Setting limit for power VS time teStS 2 2 eeseeseeesceseeeeeseeeeeeeeseesaeeesaeseaeessaeseseeceanecsaeseaeesaeeeaeeseaeeeseeseaseteaeseaeeens 360 Conducting Modulation MEASUFEMENsS eseeeeceeeceeeseeeseeeeseeteeeeeeeceaeesseeseaeesaeeesaeseaeeeaeceaeeceaeeeseeseaeeseeseaeesseeeeeereaees Constellation S tting limit f r modulation tests sisi dee SA ia Sa ee a ee eee ee Performing Auto MEASUTEMENIS ii Aaa 371 Setting limit for auto MEASUIE uc iii 371 Setting measure Sep NT 371 Setting display inienn taa 372 Performing power statistics CCDF
522. rameters on page 88 2 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 3 Press the Sound Indicator soft key 4 Toggle the Sound soft key between On and Off to enable and disable the alarm sound 5 Select the alarm reference option from the following choices To set the active marker position as the alarm reference toggle the Alarm Reference soft key and select Marker To set the limit as the alarm reference complete the following steps a Toggle the Alarm Reference soft key and select Line The Limit Line menu becomes activated to be set b Press the Limit Line soft key to define a threshold for the limit line 94 Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the dBm soft key Optional To adjust the volume for alarm sound press the Volume soft key and then turn the rotary knob clockwise or counter clockwise Optional You can save logging data automatically so that you can load the measurement data and replay in the Spectrum Replayer mode See Using save on page 31 for more information AM FM audio demodulation You can use the AM FM Audio Demodulation to identify if the interfering signal is n harmonics of AM FM audio The instrument sounds demodulated signals that you can hear through the speaker or headphones Procedure Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on
523. ransmitting Base Station environment Setting frequency for Multi ACLR You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the frequency do one of the following To set the center frequency complete the following steps o9 29 5 DB g Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Lowest Frequency soft key to set the starting center frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Highest Frequency soft key to set the stopping center frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number complete the following steps a b peop se Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel press the Channel Std soft key and then select the band to be measured Press the Lowest Channel soft key to set the starting channel Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key Press the Highest Channel soft key to set the stopping channel Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key After configuring test parameters your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 53 U
524. re To select the measurement mode 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the E1 T1 Analyzer soft key 3 Select E1 Analyzer gt Monitoring To configure measurement parameters 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the RX Mode soft key and then select the receiver input option from the following choices Terminate Provides 120 ohm nominal input impedance according to the framing and line code settings Bridge Provides input impedance greater than one kilohm for in service monitoring bridging the receiver input across lines that are terminated elsewhere in the network Monitor Provides 120 ohm nominal input impedance for the in service monitoring of E1 lines 3 Toggle the Framing soft key between PCM30 and PCM31 and select the framing type for your receiver setting PCM30 Timeslots from 1 to 15 correspond to channels from 1 to 15 and timeslots from 17 to 31 to channels from 16 to 30 Timeslot 16 is for the multi frame alignment and Channel Associated Signaling CAS PCM31 Timeslots from 1 to 31 correspond to channels from 1 to 31 NOTE If the framing type does not match with your receiver setting a framing alarm occurs 4 Toggle the Line Code soft key between AMI and HDB3 and select the line code type to send an E1 signal AMI It stands for Alternate Mark Inversion A line code uses one three level signal to convey binary digits in which successive binary ones marks or pulses are of alternating
525. re are screen menus under the screen menu Data entry and other keys Key Description Y 000 0 00 ROTARY KNOB WITH ENTER KEY You can change a value with predefined increments or move marker position Rotating this knob clockwise increases value or moves a marker to the right and rotating counter clockwise does vice versa This knob works as the ENTER hard key as well ARROW KEYS You can increase or decrease value or move your selection up down to the left or to the right NUMERIC KEYS You can manually enter a value for measurement parameters DEL You can delete data entry After pressing the ENTER key or selecting a unit soft key you cannot delete or remove data entered ENTER You can save and confirm data entry ESC You can cancel any input in the user input field or dismiss a pop up window on the screen PREV You can go back to the previous menu without changing current setup Top panel The JD785A and the JD786A analyzers have the same top panel view as Figure 2 except for the E1 T1 inlet The JD786A has the GPIO inlet instead 28 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 2 JD785A top panel view 1 5 mm bukt in AF Out Refiection mado jack tor Cable E Anterea Reflection RF Out Cable and Antenna Analyzer The Reflection RF Out port of the Cable and Antenna Analyzer is a precise 50 Q N type female connector that is used as the output signal port for the Ca
526. receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key e Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 455 JD780A Series Analyzers Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols g Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key h Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols i Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following as needed To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 228 Multipath profile measurement with Mobile WiMAX OTA signal analyzer Nu Relative Pinserin Owy pa Nea TAN Preamble power trend The Preamble Power Tren
527. rement results Setting up for a LMF test Procedure 1 To connect your instrument both with BTS and PC do one of the following Internal power sensor Connect the Motorola CDMA EV DO BTS with the Spectrum Analyzer RF In 50 Q port of JD785A and connect the WinLMF running PC with JD785A via a hub as illustrated in the Figure 284 External power sensor Connect an external power sensor to the USB Host port of JD785A and to the BTS and connect the WinLMF running PC with JD785A via a hub as illustrated in the Figure 285 Figure 284 Using internal power sensor ATTENUATOR Ethemet rub rr a o i i i i PC Wint MF TASA 546 Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 285 Using external power sensor COMA BTS ATTENUATOR EM 307328 Performing a LMF test Procedure Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 To set the IP address complete the following steps a b c d Select System Configuration gt Ethernet Config Toggle the Mode soft key and select Static Press the Field gt IP Address soft key Set the IP address as 192 167 10 1 Select Remote Interface gt LAN gt LMF To set up the LMF settings complete the following steps Press the LMF Settings soft key a b Select the power measurement and BTS option from the following choices External PM 800 MHz Band for external measurement on cellular basestation External PM 1900 MHz Band f
528. rence option Internal External 10 MHz External 13 MHz External 15 MHz or GPS Setting date and time You can set the instrument system clock to your region Procedure Press the SYSTEM hot key Select System Configuration gt Date Time The current time zone information box appears To change the standard time zone complete the following steps a Press the Std Time Zone soft key b Select your time zone by using the rotary knob or arrow keys You can also use the Top Bottom or Page Up Down soft keys c Press the ENTER hard key to save your change You can also press the rotary knob 4 To change the date format complete the following steps a Press the Date Format soft key b Select YYMMDD MMDDYY or DDMMYY as needed 5 To set the date and time manually complete the following steps a Select Year Month Day Hour or Minute soft key as needed b Enter a value by using numeric keys Getting Started 35 JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the Enter soft key to save your change 6 Press the Apply screen key to save and exit Setting language You can change the system language for the menus messages and information on screen Procedure 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select System Configuration gt Language 3 Select the language option from the choices available Setting power on Procedure To set the power on option 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key
529. rforming a full SEM measurement Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 187 JD780A Series Analyzers The SEM measures spurious signal levels in up to five pairs of offset or region frequencies and relates them to the carrier power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the mask type complete the following steps a Press the Mask Type soft key b Select the mask type option from the following choices Wide Area BS Category A Wide Area BS Category B Local Area BS Home BS Measurement example Figure 75 SEM measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 193 for more information 188 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers ACLR The Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR measures the amount of interference or power in an adjacent frequency channel according to the standards Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as d
530. ring test parameters Setting TEQUONGCY neina E E e N aaa R E K Eae N EE a EEES eaaa Vea Aa EEEE SEA Mat NE ene a e a e E ae e aa E a e tesa chest deuce dees sboudelaceddsstarboessbecedvenveses Se tlING SWEEP MOIS ii a E a a a ea a A EE a e aa a aE EE aaa Making channel scanner measurements Setting channel Measurement example ceeee Making frequency scanner measurements cceeceeesceeseeeeseeteseeeeeeeaeesseeseaeetsaeseaeeseaeeeaeceaeecaeeeseeseaeeeseeseaeessaeseneetaees Setting MEQUEMCY Wii AAA St wed pe ce te eee See wee Measurement Mii ci Making custom scanner measurements ococoncccccnooccconancnonananananoncnnnon cnn nana nan nnon nn cnn rca nano nana nn nn nn nn anar ane nana nn nn nc nana na nana terana na Setting channel frequency Measurement example Analyzing measurements 2 000 Setting imit for channel S aE a T a ed Aniki aan nid hain idea radiata E SEENA EL aa Using Power Mete iei Dasena aE E RE E EE AASE REENE ES ERRE E OE SAAE ETS EAEE Intr ducti n 2 A T Display Oveni O AN Performing internal RF power MeasurementS coooccoccccocccooncnonanancconn nono nanonncnn cnn acc no narran rra rn rre rn nn EAN EEAE nana near na nanena Connecting A ccs eames eden tenet tn eee an eevee ec Selecting ES Setting frequency eee Setting amplitude Setting sweep mode Making ame asuromonty neier siete naldututtav estes A A a ia idad calada Measurement
531. roducts JD785A JD786A JD788A E RoHS Fiamma sae se CEPI 55395 MHR Additional Information required for the Chinese Market only sh B ge i ETA SA ENARE lt DE e a RT RRRNTRANAR HOT Reh SAT EE JD780A Product Family ARRIETA RELE RASH AREAS AS CEET REHRSTRRELSRERG TEDE REOR ERE AE AEREA SAA 25 E HSHDARSRERER ARTERIA SARA ARERR ESIAFREPIHE FREFORAAS RA RARER cn AAA Chee accessales O RRE FE 5 E EAS SSHASHEF SJ T11363 2006 HERE X RSI AASA ERES HSEHASRST SI11363 2006 HERE Appendix 557 JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix K On screen keyboard You can use the on screen keyboard to type in texts file names and folder names Adding or deleting letters Procedure 1 Tap keys on the on screen keyboard As you type each letter is displayed in the name field If you want to change the letter case between uppercase and lowercase tap the Caps key To delete a letter tap the Back key on the keyboard or press the backspace key on the keypad To move the cursor along the name field tap the lt or gt key turn the rotary knob or touch in between letters in the name field 4 To delete all the letters displayed in the name field tap the Clear key on the on screen keyboard Figure 287 On screen keyboard Fie Name TEST FieType Report Location merna Save Screen Edit Keywords Editing or adding a custom keyword You can edit and delete a keywor
532. ror Rate Measurement result Using T1 Analyzer 495 JD780A Series Analyzers Connecting a cable Out of service testing Figure 257 Point to point connection is a ir an A y 6 ie Uf lw E Oo O lt AE 4 3 oO O Rx Rx E D O 7 gt y Lo O gt lt 0 o Tx NE NE T 0 dea Sec n D k Je 000g 7 Is io DES ogam y AAA LO ei LO ae Figure 258 Loop back connection om io y as fs 2 1C o ue Y Tx gt 0 Tey pa Network y o ono NE NE F eo aod i ea 096G Rx i le 000 SSS SF LO Figure 259 Error injection and measurement connection YM el pa ja 2 a 5 0 dC Tx Rx oO d o ds NE Ho Sac o Soo Rx Ta en Saco ig 0105 A oe LOD eeu AZ el In service monitoring Figure 260 In service connection ME Ho MN Mes pecs LO 496 Using T1 Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Monitoring transmission Making a test Procedure To select the measurement mode 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the E1 T1 Analyzer soft key 3 Select T1 Analyzer gt Monitoring To configure measurement parameters 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the RX Mode soft key and then select the receiver input option from the following choices Terminate Provides 100 ohm nominal input impedance according to the framing line code and BER pattern settings
533. rs correlation peak due to multipath echoes that are expressed in dB This value should be very small ideally The multipath profile is the result of portions of the original broadcast signal arriving at the receiving antenna out of phase This can be caused by the signal being reflected off objects such as buildings or being refracted through the atmosphere differently from the main signal Measurement example Figure 64 Multipath profile measurement with WCDMA HSPA OTA signal analyzer Ostry teu ha Ea pelt Dufay qian Code domain power Channels with high correlation factors are determined to be active channels and are indicated as such on the display Once the channels are decoded the analyzer determines the power of each channel relative to the total signal power This measurement helps to verify that each code channel is operating at its proper level and helps to identify problems throughout the transmitter design from the coding to the RF section System imperfections such as the non linearity of amplifiers will present themselves as an undesired distribution of power in the code domain Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters you can set the measure setup to continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure
534. rum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuator to prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series Figure 46 OTA connection Modulated Signal Modulated Signal HE sE E S HEE y new fF 4 F Y Ao ae 81 K f 81 GPS Antenne GPS Antenna la la JD785A JD786A JD788A CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set O dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing 136 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the Signal Analyzer soft key 3 Press the WCDMA soft key The Spectrum mode is set by default 4 Press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode option from the following choices Spectrum RF Analysis gt Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum Emission Mask ACLR Multi ACLR or Spurious Emissions Modulation gt Constellation Code Domain Power Relative Code Domain Error Codogram RCSI or CDP Table Auto Measure
535. ry will protect the signal from any possible disruption There is no need to plug into the TX jack of the test set while in the Bridge mode and there is no need to specify a test pattern to be transmitted However the transmitter in the test set is sending the selected test pattern framing coding and CRC Monitor Mode The Monitor protected monitoring point mode is used when a monitor access is to be made The network element has isolated the MON signal from the live signal with high impedance resistors It is useful that it protects the live signal from any possible disruptions caused by the testing process Making a test Procedure To select the measurement mode 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the E1 T1 Analyzer soft key Using E1 Analyzer 491 JD780A Series Analyzers 3 Select E1 Analyzer gt BERT To configure measurement parameters 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the RX Mode soft key and then select the receiver input option from the following choices Terminate Provides 120 ohm nominal input impedance according to the framing and line code settings Bridge Provides input impedance greater than one kilohm for in service monitoring bridging the receiver input across lines that are terminated elsewhere in the network Monitor Provides 120 ohm nominal input impedance for the in service monitoring of E1 lines 3 Toggle the Framing soft key between PCM30 and PCM31 and s
536. s Scrambling Code Number by using the sync sequence number while the Full does from 0 to 127 fully To select how to determine the Midamble spread factor estimation either in full or maximum power search toggle the Mid SF Map soft key and select Max or Spec The Max determines the spread factor of the Midamble by using the maximum power of the received Midamble while the Spec searches Default Midamble Allocation based on the TD SCDMA specification To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 8PSK QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM To set the relative threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key Its default setting is 27 dB b Enter a value between 50 and zero by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 413 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 205 Code error measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication for the Max Inactive See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 414 for more information Setting limit for modulation tests Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the lim
537. s When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 2 3 4 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On Enter a value by using the numeric keys Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 2 Press the AMP SCALE hard key Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 245 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the
538. s Analyzers Setting frequency You need to set the frequency to be measured depending on your connected external power sensor Procedure 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 Press the Frequency soft key 3 Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Setting amplitude Procedure Press the AMP SCALE hard key Toggle the Display soft key and select the display method Relative or Absolute If the Relative is selected press the Set Reference soft key to set the current value as the reference To specify the display range complete the following steps a mpap Press the Display Maximum soft key to set the maximum value for the power meter Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the dBm soft key Press the Display Minimum soft key to set the minimum value for the power meter Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the dBm soft key Optional To enable the external offset complete the following steps a b c Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On Enter a value between 0 and 60 by using the numeric keys Press the dB soft key Making a measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE hot key 2 Depending your connected power sensor do one of the following For JD736B select the power range option Average Power
539. s SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 4 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 5 Press the Plot Point soft key and then select the plot point option from the following choices To collect data plot points automatically as you move around in a vehicle or outside press the GPS soft key and then toggle the Screen Mode soft key between Map and Full With the Map setting you can view only the collected points that can be seen within the boundary of the loaded map If a point is off the map the instrument displays an arrow to indicate the direction of the current location on the map and the distance from the center to the location at the top of the screen With the Full setting you can view all the collected points of the route without the loaded map To collect data plot points manually without a GPS antenna in an indoor environment press the Position soft key Press the Plot Item soft key and then select the measurement option Pilot Power or Ec lo To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Toggle the Plot soft key and select Start Touch directly on the screen or press the ENTER hard key to collect data and plot points on the loaded map for the Position setting NOTE For the Position setting you can change the direction
540. s Time Slot Power vs Time Frame Power vs Time Frame or Timogram Modulation Analysis gt Constellation Midamble Power Code Power or Code Error Auto Measure OTA gt Sync DL ID Scanner Sync DL ID vs Tau Sync DL ID Multipath Sync DL ID Analyzer or Route Map Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number If a frequency to be set matches to the frequency corresponding to the selected channel standard the instrument calculates its channel number and updates the screen with it automatically Procedure To set the center frequency 1 oa fF ON Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Frequency Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 387 JD780A Series Analyzers Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears
541. s can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument 216 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Configuration soft key and select the configuration option Current to let the instrumnet use current frequency single carrier and determine pass or fail based on the instrument s limit settings in Auto Measure Scenario to run a test with a programmed scenario in JDViewer The Scenario menu becomes activated To load a scenario press the Scenario soft key and then select a scenario file to load Toggle the Test Time soft key and select the test time option Now to let the instrument run a test only once Schedule to let the instrument repeat tests as defined in the Set Timing The Set Timing menu becomes activated 5 To define a schedule for an auto measurement complete the following steps a Press the Set Timing soft key Press the Start Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Stop Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key mpap Press the Time Interval soft key Enter the amount of time in minutes and then press the Enter soft key Q 6 Press the Settings soft key and then set the follow
542. s instructed The BlueSoleil Space shortcut icon appears on the desktop NOTE For more information on installation refer to the Quick Start Guide or the User Guide provided with the adapter 2 Double click the BlueSoleil Space shortcut icon on your computer desktop to launch the application The BlueSoleil program window appears 3 Right click the My Device icon the orange ball in the center of the window and then click Properties gt Services tab The My Device Properties window appears 4 Select the Bluetooth Personal Area Network from the list and then click the Properties button The Bluetooth Personal Area Network Properties window appears 5 Click the Options tab and then uncheck the Enable DHCP Server option NOTE As the Enable DHCP Server option is checked by default you must disable this option 6 Click the OK button The Bluetooth Personal Area Network Properties window dismisses 7 Click the OK button The My Device Properties window dismisses Making Bluetooth connection The JD780A series detects a connected Parani UD100 USB Bluetooth Adapter automatically Procedure 1 Connect the 5 dBi Dipole Antenna to the Parani UD100 Bluetooth USB Adapter one for the computer and the other for JD780A series 548 Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Plug in the Bluetooth adapters to the USB port of the computer and the instrument The instrument detects the connected adapter and turns th
543. s off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE You can use the Allowed Change soft key for each test item to compare two measurement values displayed in the result table This requires setting the Display mode to Compare in advance Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure _ Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Configuration soft key and select the configuration option Current to let the instrumnet use current frequency single carrier and determine pass or fail based on the instrument s limit settings in Auto Measure Scenario to run a test with a programmed scenario in JDViewer The Scenario menu becomes activated To load a scenario press the Scenario soft key and then select a scenario file to load Toggle the Test Time soft key and select the test time option Now to let the instrument run a test only once Schedule to le
544. s soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the limit Press the High Limit soft key Enter a value for the upper limit Press the dBm unit soft key 9 a0 5 Press the Low Limit soft key Enter a value for the lower limit e h Press the dBm unit soft key 3 To set the limit for total power dynamic complete the following steps a Press the Total Power Dynamic soft key b Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the limit c Press the Low Limit soft key d Enter a value for the lower limit e Press the dBm unit soft key 4 To set the limit for on off power press the On Off Power soft key and then do the following as needed To set the limit for Select Set Off power Off Power High Limit Transition period Transition Period High Limit 5 To verify signal quality press the Signal Quality soft key and then do the following as needed To set the limit for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Error vector magnitude EVM High Limit QPSK High Limit 16 QAM High Limit 64 QAM Time alignment error Time Alignment Error High Limit Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 279 JD780A Series Analyzers RS power RS Power High Limit Low Limit 6 To verify unwanted emissions press the Unwanted Emissions soft key and then do the following as needed To set the limit for Select Set Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High
545. s such on the display Once the channels are decoded the analyzer determines the power of each channel relative to the total signal power This measurement helps to verify that each code channel is operating at its proper level and helps to identify problems throughout the transmitter design from the coding to the RF section System imperfections such as the non linearity of amplifiers will present themselves as an undesired distribution of power in the code domain Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the Pseudo Noise PN offset complete the following steps a Toggle the PN Offset soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually c Press the Enter soft key 3 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 378 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 4 To set the threshold between Auto and Manual complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key
546. s to be measured Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 192 Channel power measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 401 for more information Occupied bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measures the spectrum shape of the carrier It is defined as the bandwidth which includes 99 of the transmitted power among total transmitted power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 395 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 193 Occupied bandwidth measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to ana
547. scribed in the Configuring test parameters on page 307 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 335 JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 158 Multipath profile measurement with CDMA OTA signal analyzer Code domain power Channels with high correlation factors are determined to be active channels and are indicated as such on the display Once the channels are decoded the analyzer determines the power of each channel relative to the total signal power This measurement helps to verify that each code channel is operating at its proper level and helps to identify problems throughout the transmitter design from the coding to the RF section System imperfections such as the non linearity of amplifiers will present themselves as an undesired distribution of power in th
548. se Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel press the Channel Std soft key and then select the band to be measured Press the Lowest Channel soft key to set the starting channel Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key Press the Highest Channel soft key to set the stopping channel Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 196 Multi ACLR measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 401 for more information Spurious emissions Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal measured at the RF port of the Base Station Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 399 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure
549. se the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the center frequency and span 1 NO a Po N Press the FREQ DIST hard key Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Span soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To select the band from the band list 1 2 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Press the Band List soft key and then select Standard Band or Custom Band The band list window appears Select a frequency band from the list and then press the Select soft key The start and stop frequency information on the screen changes according to your choice Setting distance In the DTF measurement mode you need to set the start and stop distances The maximum measurable distance is displayed on the left side of the screen depending on the frequency setting You can set any distance within the maximum measurable distance Optimum resolution is achieved when the user setting distance is the same as the maximum measurable distance Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Press the FREQ DIST h
550. select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting limit for OTA control channel 230 Procedure 1 2 Press the LIMIT hot key Select the test item s and set the limit s as needed To set the limit for Select Set P SS error vector magnitude P SS EVM High Limit S SS error vector magnitude S SS EVM High Limit RS error vector magnitude RS EVM gt RSO EVM High Limit RS EVM gt RS1 EVM RS EVM gt RS2 EVM RS EVM gt RS3 EVM Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Time error Time Error High Limit Low Limit Time alignment error Time Alignment Error High Limit 3 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting display You can use the TRACE DISPLAY hard key to select the display option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the Display soft key and select Power or EVM The screen changes according to the selected option Measurement example Figure 100 Control channel measurement with LTE FDD OTA signal analyzer Datagram The OTA Data
551. selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Channel power Channel Power High Limit Low Limit Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Spectrum emission mask Spectrum Emission Mask On Off only ACPR ACPR On Off only Multi ACPR Multi ACPR On Off only Spurious emissions Spurious Emissions On Off only 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information 358 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Conducting power vs time measurements The Power vs Time Idle Slot and Active Slot in EV DO Signal Analyzer verifies that the transmitter output power has correct amplitude shape and timing for the EV DO format am idle Slot Slot with no data in traffic channel Active Slot Slot with the loaded data in traffic channel Forward link of 1xEV DO is a frame structure and each frame consists of 16 slots The frame period for 1xEV DO is 26 667 ms which is also the period of one pilot channel Each frame is divided into 16 slots of 1 666 ms 1xEV DO uses CDMA modulation scheme but unlike its previous systems the Pilot MAC Media Access Control and Data Traffic Channel are not transmitted simultaneously instead they are trans
552. set in the signals to be measured Measurement example Figure 195 ACLR measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 401 for more information Multi ACLR The Multi ACLR measurement is used to perform multi channel ACLR measurements with as many channels as possible It helps you to measure ACLR in multi channel transmitting Base Station environment Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the frequency do one of the following To set the center frequency complete the following steps a Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq b Press the Lowest Frequency soft key to set the starting center frequency c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 398 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers e f g Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Highest Frequency soft key to set the stopping center frequency Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number complete the following steps a b pop
553. signal analyzer 160 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Setting display You can view your measurement results in a different view option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the View soft key and select the display option Zoom to view the result in detail with zoom in window The Position and Width menus become activated Full to view the full measurement result 3 To define the zoom start position and width complete the following steps a Press the Position soft key b Enter a value of the position by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key d Press the Width soft key and then select the Walsh code option 32 64 128 or 256 CDP Table The CDP Table is used to look at a numeric and textual description of all the active code channels in the signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 137 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Optional To set the scramble code complete the following steps a Toggle the Scramble soft key between Auto and Manual b Enter a value by using the numeric keys to set manually
554. sing Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Performing auto measurements The Auto Measure function of the JD780A series allows a complete signal profiling covering RF characterization and modulation quality parameters of up to 10 different carriers particularly useful on an overlay architecture where base stations are transmitting in different frequencies The Auto Measure can be easily executed either by selecting a menu in the instrument or by running a programmed scenario in the PC based application so that the instrument automatically configure and perform tests on every aspect of all the carriers Setting limit You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 1 2 3 Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 4 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 5 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you
555. sing WCDMA HSPA Signal AnalyZer c ccccccceesceceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeneeceeeeecaaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeeesaaeeesaaeeeeeeetaas 133 TO UC Ai cados 134 Display overview Connecting a cable Direct connection IndiveGt COMMECHION 22 2 scevncecccesccacts e Ea a vane cha ag vaca e Ea e a Ean aaaea ae bevel acedssiacebosheveseddeeveebes 135 Over thesair OT seed inal aeons a ieee etn eee ead 136 Selecting MEASUFEMENt MOS ie serseceescevete A Ae Lao 137 Configuring test parameters ii ea ee donee eee 137 Setting frequency Setting amplitude Setting AV it Ae Sani eee A a ee ee Te Setting sweep Mode kiseiscrnas neice isan AA tia 140 S tting trigger Sourcew i aise a HA Ae Ae ie ee el 140 Setting external clock 141 Conducting spectrum measurements 142 Setting trace u 142 Conducting RF MEASUreMents ia a A aii 143 Channel POWER A A A i A OO dao 143 Occupied bandwidth aein a a a a A tae 144 Spectrum emission imask SEM e n aa ee Sa 145 SPUMIOUS EMISIONES A Setting limitsor RE tests unitat dra ici Conducting modulation measurements Constellation 0 ceeeeeeeees Code domain power Relative code domain power Setting limit for MOdUIAation tests IN Performing auto measurements ze Setting limit tor AUtO MOASUIE comicidad Setting CAU fee e a e a oe eat a a aAa a aa a Aa teenie eee eee Seta Asi is A A et raa Aa a nea ibe aa ered Performing power statisti
556. sing WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 147 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 53 Multi ACLR measurement with WCDMA HSPA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 150 for more information Spurious emissions Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission within the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal measured at the RF port of the Base Station Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set up the range table and frequency range press the Range Table soft key and then complete the following steps a Press the Range soft key and then enter the range number to add a new range or change an existing one Press the Enter soft key Press the Start Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Stop Frequency soft key to set up the frequency range opop205p Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob h Select the unit
557. sing the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 4 Press the Channel Number soft key 5 Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 6 Press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 7 Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key NOTE This frequency setting is not used in the Multi ACLR and Spurious Emissions modes Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Procedure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using
558. sitions Press the Point 2 soft key and then repeat steps 6 7 Press the Point 3 soft key and then repeat steps 6 7 Press the Display Setup soft key iil Display Mode soft key and then select the display mode Circum Inscribed or ouble NOTE Change the display to different mode options and check possible location of the interfering signal Circumscribed Inscribed Double Using Interference Analyzer 101 JD780A Series Analyzers 13 Toggle the Screen Mode soft key and select the display option Map or Full Map Displays points on the loaded map Full Displays points without the map Measurement example Figure 26 Interference finder measurement in map view Spectrum Replayer The Spectrum Replayer lets you retrieve and replay recorded spectrum analyzer traces in interference analysis mode These traces can be played back in the spectrogram or RSSI You can configure the limit line to create failure points when signals exceed it The failure points are clearly displayed on the trace timeline for quick access during playback Setting measure setup 102 Procedure PN Oa Press the MEASURE hot key Press the Spectrum Replayer soft key The file manager window appears Select a file to be loaded and then press the Load soft key The Measure Setup screen menus appear Toggle the Replay Direction soft key between FWD and REV to change play direction to forward or revers
559. smitters plotting real time directly on top of a loaded floor plan or a map Setting measure setup Procedure 1 If required connect a GPS receiver to your JD780A series for outdoor mapping Indoor mapping does not necessarily need a GPS antenna Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 To load your map file complete the following steps a Plug in your USB drive that has a floor map or mcf file type created in JDMapCreator NOTE The JDMapCreator converts and resizes any scanned floor plan or layout to fit onto your instrument s display You must save your map files mc into the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument b Press SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 4 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 5 Press the Plot Point soft key and then select the plot point option from the following choices To collect data plot points automatically as you move around in a vehicle or outside press the GPS soft key and then toggle the Screen Mode soft key between Map and Full NOTE With the Map setting you can view only the collected points that can be seen within the boundary of the loaded map If a point is off the map the instrument displays an arrow to indicate the direction of the current location on the map and the distance from the center 458
560. sne ch sunsaaceinsesnaseescsuensansysseeceubesussesuaensscepuaneanspsecaeseeinsseayacseatens FROME er La PPP oo rn A A NS Installing battery PACKk o oooonocininnnccnnnnnncnonocononccnornc nora rorc nn enn Starting up the JD780A series AE O SINO SAVE rro race gad EEE dettaacedinceattcauatedaysuctcns acu TA T MUSIC Alo le PATE EEEE TE AE E AE AE EAT A E tea dato cada decanos A A Configuring systeM Setting frequency reference Setting date and time Setting language smc id iirde iaeiaiai Setting PO WE Oi ts Changing display MOJO iii lola Setting Sleep IME crio lic Adjusting LCD brightness Adjusting volume Upgrading firmware s s Checking installed firmware VerSiOn cesceseceeeseeeseeeeeeseseeeseeceaeeeseesaeeeseeeeaceseaeeeseeseaeeeaeeseaeeesaeseaeesaeseaeeeeaeenaes 38 installing NeW firmware a ir ii lata Managing licenses xiii iia di de taria Checking OPOS cui dido Installing options Loading temporary license Viewing OSS license Performing Service diagnostinis aaa a aiia taida a e a daaa aa Ea enie a E E EEK ViewWing SyStem0d ciar id adds Running self test Performing factory reset Re aligning touch screen Using system administrativa to lei ia odian Asides Logging O iii aia Changing PASS Words tido coa Lo king limit KEY iio A Modifying online Helps is dr celta dan lt E TEASEE LEE S A SEn aAA RUNNER dt Act
561. soft key o9 2095 gt Enter a value by using the numeric keys i Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Press the PREV hard key 7 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 8 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a Press the Average soft key 400 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers b Enter a value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 197 Spurious emissions measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 401 for more information Setting limit for RF tests By default test limits specified in the standard are set for you You can change thresholds if you desire Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Channel power Channel Power High Limit Low Limit Occupied bandwidth Occupied BW High Limit Spectrum emission mask Spectrum Emission Mask On Off only ACLR ACLR On Off only Multi ACLR
562. soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Press the PREV hard key 7 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 8 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a b c Press the Average soft key Enter a value between 1 and 100 Press the Enter soft key After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 your measurement result is displayed on the screen as like the following example Figure 172 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 357 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 172 Spurious emissions measurement with EV DO signal analyzer A A NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 358 for more information Setting limit for RF tests By default test limits specified in the standard are set for you You can change thresholds if you desire Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your
563. soft key and select Max or Spec NOTE The Max determines the spread factor of the Midamble by using the maximum power of the received Midamble while the Spec searches Default Midamble Allocation based on the TD SCDMA specification To select the detect mode press the Detect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 8PSK QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM Measurement example Figure 198 Power vs time slot measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for power vs time tests on page 408 for more information Power vs time frame The Power vs Time Frame measures the modulation envelope in the time domain showing the power of each time slot of the TD SCDMA signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 3 Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option DL Auto for auto detection of downlink UL Auto for auto detection of uplink SF1 SF2 SF4 SF8 or SF16 Us
564. ss the Enter soft key 434 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the Stop Symbol soft key d Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Measurement example Figure 217 Channel power measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 440 for more information Occupied bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measures the spectrum shape of the carrier It is defined as the bandwidth which includes 99 of the transmitted power among total transmitted power Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 427 you can continue your measurement Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the System Config soft key and then do the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 7 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 7 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 In conjunction with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 b Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms
565. ss the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBuyvV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly Scale per division You can use the Scale Div feature available for the spectrum measurement screen It represents the value of one division on the horizontal scale The default setting is 10 dB per division and the maximum value can be set up to 20 dB Procedure To set the scale per division 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Select More 1 2 g
566. standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 3 To set the starting channel to be scanned complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the amount of channel increment in scanning channels complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by suing the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 5 To set the number of channels to be displayed complete the following steps a Press the of Channels soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 127 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting zoom position You can set the starting channel for the Zoom In Window Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Zoom Position soft key 3 Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting limit for OTA channel scanner Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 1 Press the Limit Li
567. sult shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Entera value by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation in the spectrum and RF analysis A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest 390 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggl
568. sured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes O and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key 4 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 267 JD780A Series Analyzers 268 Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subframe is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E
569. surement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes 0 and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key 4 Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subframe is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths 6 Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key
570. surement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps 334 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 3 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 157 PN scanner measurement with CDMA OTA signal analyzer Multipath profile The Multipath Profile enables you to determine RF environmental conditions of testing area It indicates the amount of power of the dominant pilot signal that is dispersed outside the main correlation peak due to multipath echoes that are expressed in dB This value should be very small ideally The multipath profile is the result of portions of the original broadcast signal arriving at the receiving antenna out of phase This can be caused by the signal being reflected off objects such as buildings or being refracted through the atmosphere differently from the main signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as de
571. surement example Figure 94 CCDF measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer Performing carrier aggregation measurements Carrier aggregation enables a maximum of five multiple LTE carriers to be used together in order to provide high data rate required for LTE Advanced Component carriers to be aggregated can be intra band contiguous intra band non contiguous or inter band The JD780A series provides carrier aggregation measurements supporting for all the different modes with carrier aggregation bands added to the channel standard This functionality is activated if the license for the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To configure parameters for up to 5 component carriers complete the following steps a Press the CA Configuration soft key The component carrier configuration window appears Press the CA Range soft key Enter the number of the component carrier to be set between 1 and 5 Press the Enter soft key o 20 y Toggle the Turn On soft key and then select On to set parameters and view the results
572. surements the JD780A series must be synchronized with a base station When an external clock is not supplied the instrument works with its built in internal high accuracy time base and some measurement results may exhibit inaccurate values Therefore it is highly recommended that you use the same reference clock as the signal source You can use the TRIGGER hot key to set the external clock Table 16 Standards of external clock operation Clock Type Reference Port Switching Standard External Reference Internal Internal 10 MHz Default External External Ref Clock Ext Ref SMA Manual switching Input signal level gt 3 dBm GPS GPS Clock GPS SMA Automatic switching GPS signal received Trigger Internal Internal Trigger Default External External Trigger Trigger SMA Manual switching GPS GPS GPS SMA Manual switching Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 311 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 142 Connection ports for external reference clock PP23 10MHz LIMHr 151MHz GPS Procedure 1 Connect an external reference or a GPS antenna to the JD780A series Press the SYSTEM hot key Press the Freq Reference soft key and then select the reference option Internal External 10 MHz External 13 MHz External 15 MHz or GPS NOTE When a GPS antenna is connected and locked GPS coordinates longitude and latitude are displayed on the screen and frequency reference is automatically set to GPS in the System
573. t GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel 3 To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 427 JD780A Series Analyzers See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 4 Press the Channel Number soft key 5 Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 6 Press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 7 Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key NOTE This frequency setting is not used in the Spurious Emissions mode Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Procedure To automatically se
574. t Scale Div 3 Enter a value between 1 and 20 by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector 90 Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the Preamp soft key and select On or Off as needed NOTE You can turn the Preamp on when the input attenuation range is from 0 dB to 10 GB If the attenuation value is manually set to greater than 10 dB the instrument will automatically turn off the pre amplifier to display low level signal properly on the chart External offset You can turn the External Offset on and manually set the external offset value An offset consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Enter a value by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Of
575. t The instrument applies a mask automatically based on the selected mode 3 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Setting limit for burst power Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key 3 Press the Burst Power soft key to set the limit in the Power vs Time Slot measurement 4 Toggle the Test Limits soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Pass Fail indication 120 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Set the upper threshold a Press the High Limit soft key b Enter a value for the upper limit and then press the dBm unit soft key Set the lower threshold a Press the Low Limit soft key b Enter a value for the lower limit and then press the dBm unit soft key Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 36 P
576. t The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 To set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Bandwidth soft key b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 5 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the M
577. t Time alignment error Time Alignment Error High Limit 3 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting display You can use the TRACE DISPLAY hard key to select the display option Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the Display soft key and select Power or EVM The screen changes according to the selected option Measurement example Figure 135 Control channel measurement with LTE TDD OTA signal analyzer Datagram The OTA Datagram is a time varying spectral representation that shows how the power of a signal varies with time The power allocated to the specific resource block will be represented with an amplitude axis in dBm and the waterfall diagram will show the trend of past resource block power over certain period Using a marker function facilitates analysis of accumulated resource block power for data utilization Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 242 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load 296 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP
578. t compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Entera value by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuo
579. t setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO chamnels To assign a antenna port number automatically or manually press the Antenna Port soft key and select the option Auto 0 1 2 and 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number If this setting is on the measurement item MBSFN RS appears in the result table To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth To set the threshold for PDCCH complete the following steps a Press the PDCCH Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the dB soft key Toggle the PDCCH Mode soft key and select RE
580. t 1199 1930 00 1990 00 O lt n lt 1199 O lt n lt 1000 O lt n lt 1000 Band 2 TACS 872 0125 914 9875 1329 lt n lt 2047 917 0125 959 9875 1329252047 1 lt n lt 799 1 lt n lt 799 lt n lt lt n lt Band 3 JTACS 887 0125 924 9875 sOtenst022 832 0125 869 9875 01sn1033 1041 lt n lt 1199 1041 lt n lt 1199 1201 lt n lt 1600 1201 lt n lt 1600 Band 4 KR PCS 1750 00 1780 00 O lt n lt 599 1840 00 1870 00 O lt n lt 599 1 lt n lt 300 1 lt n lt 300 539 lt n lt 871 539 lt n lt 871 Band 5 450 411 675 483 480 1039 lt n lt 1473 421 6750 493 4800 1039 lt n lt 1473 1792 lt n lt 2016 1792 lt n lt 2016 Band 6 2100 1920 00 1980 00 O lt n lt 1199 2100 00 2170 00 O lt n lt 1199 Band 7 700 776 00 794 00 O lt n lt 359 746 00 764 00 O lt n lt 359 Band 8 1800 1710 00 1784 95 O lt n lt 1499 1805 00 1879 95 O lt n lt 1499 Band 9 900 880 00 914 95 O lt n lt 699 925 00 959 95 O lt n lt 699 O lt n lt 719 O lt n lt 719 Band 10 2nd 800 806 000 900 975 720 lt n lt 919 851 000 939 975 720 lt n lt 919 WCDMA Band Global Band 1 2100 General 1920 0 1980 0 9612 lt n lt 9888 2110 0 2170 0 10562 lt n lt 10838 Band 2 1900 General 9262 lt n lt 9538 9662 lt n lt 9938 1850 0 1910 0 1930 0 199010 SSS Band 2 1900 Additional 12 lt n lt 287 SERA 412 lt n lt 687 Band 3 1800 General 1710 0 1780 0 937 lt n lt 1288 1805 0 1880 0 1162 lt n lt 1513 Band 4 1700 General 1312 lt n lt 1513 1537 lt n lt 1738 Band 4 1700 Additional 1710 0 pee 1662 lt n lt 1862 209 21230 1887 lt n lt 2
581. t access visit JDSU s Software Updates website and check if your 6 installed firmware is the latest one Do the steps 5 6 if you want to update your firmware with using your USB memory drive Download a latest firmware file from the website to the root directory of your USB memory drive NOTE It is recommended that you format your memory drive to have enough space to download the file Unzip the download file into the root directory of your USB memory stick A firmware file fw and a firmware release note pdf are extracted Installing new firmware To update your firmware you can choose either way of using your USB memory drive or accessing the FTP server over the network Upgrading from USB memory drive Procedure Power your instrument via the AC DC adapter to prevent any severe damage to your instrument caused by a power off in the middle of the upgrade which may require a repair in the factory Plug in the USB memory drive to the USB Host port of your instrument Press the SYSTEM hot key Select More 1 2 gt Upgrade gt USB The file manager window appears Highlight the firmware file w saved in the root directory of your USB drive Press the Select soft key The Update Firmware dialog box appears Press the OK button to start to install the new firmware The Upgrade Status bar appears The instrument reboots the system automatically and completes upgrading NOTE Firmware up
582. t by using the rotary knob Press the ENTER hard key You can also press the rotary knob The License Code bar appears 6 Type the number of the license to activate by using the numeric keys 7 Press the ENTER hard key You can also select the Enter soft key Loading temporary license The temporary license that you received from JDSU is intended for your evaluation only and it expires after its specified time limit Procedure To load a temporary license that you have received for evaluation 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt License Manager The License Manager menu bar appears Select the Load Temp License soft key The file manager window appears Select the name of the license file Press the Load soft key OOF bw Optional You can check the loaded license using the Installed Options menu Viewing OSS license The JD780A series incorporates software that is covered by either the GNU General Public license or GNU Lesser General Public License Check the OSS license notification for more details Procedure To view OSS license notification and distribution 1 Press the SYSTEM hot key 2 Select More 1 2 gt License Manager The License Manager menu bar appears 3 Select the OSS License soft key The Open Source Code Notification amp Distribution screen appears 4 Press the ESC hard key to return to your previous screen 40 Getting Started JD780A Series An
583. t consists of a cable loss and a user offset and the measurement result shows the value reflecting both offset values When the external offset value is set at 40 dB in the Spectrum mode the measurement result compensates 40 dB at both the Spectrum Analyzer and Signal Analyzer modes Procedure To set the external offset 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On 3 Entera value by using the numeric keys 4 Press the dB soft key to complete the entry To turn the external offset off 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select Off Setting average You can set the number of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 182 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 3 Entera value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single s
584. t key Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Sn FP YO N Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Measurement example The Occupied Bandwidth measurement shows both of power across the band and power bandwidth in a user specified percentage to determine the amount of spectrum used by a modulated signal Occupied bandwidth is typically calculated as the bandwidth containing 99 of the transmitted power Figure 33 Occupied bandwidth measurement with GSM signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for RF tests on page 119 for more information Spectrum emission mask SEM The Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement is to identify and determine the power level of out of band spurious emission outside the necessary channel bandwidth and modulated signal It measures the power ratio between in band and adjacent channels The JD780A series indicates either 116 Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Pass or Fail based on the specified limit of the signal Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 109 you can continue your measureme
585. t key if RS is selected and then select the RS window option 2 us 4 us or 8 us 5 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To select the number of antenna ports toggle the MIMO soft key and select 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 228 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels To select the cyclic prefix toggle the Cyclic Prefix soft key and select Normal or Extended See Appendix E Cyclic prefix table on page 545 for OFDM parameter details by different bandwidth 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 99 Multipath profile measurement with LTE FDD OTA signal analyzer Control channel DL RS power is the resource element power of Downlink Reference Symbol The absolute DL RS power is indicated on the BCH The absolute accuracy is defined as the maximum deviation between the DL RS power indicated on the BCH and the DL RS power at the BS antenna connector The OTA Control Channel provides summary of all control channels in
586. t key type a directory name and then press the Apply soft key 6 Press the Save soft key Saving fail events Depending on the measurement mode you can let the instrument automatically save measurement screen or result that falls outside the defined limit settings or the Fail indicator is on You can also set to save the first event and hold the measurement or to save all the events continuously 32 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 2 3 4 9 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key The Save Load screen menu bar appears Press the Save soft key Press the Save On Event soft key Press the Save Type soft key and then select the save option Screen Result or Result as CSV Format Optional Toggle the Save Then Stop soft key and select On in order to save the first event that falls outside the limit s and to hold the measurement Otherwise leave this feature off to save events continuously Press the Start soft key to start saving The on screen keyboard appears Type the name of the file in the File Name field with or without using a keyword Optional To create or edit keywords touch the Edit Keywords button select your desired keyword button in the upper screen type a keyword and then tap the Save button on the keyboard See Editing or adding a custom keyword on page 558 for more information To include a keyword in the file name touch the Append Keywords button select your d
587. t key between On and Off to enable or disable the PSK constellation observation NOTE The PSK constellation must be turned on to analyze EDGE signals 4 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Miscellaneous soft key b Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us c Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob d Press the us soft key Using GSM GPRS EDGE Signal Analyzer 123 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Setting limit for constellation Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key to set the limits in the Constellation measurement Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Phase error rms Phase Error RMS High Limit Low Limit Phase error peak Phase Error Peak High Limit Low Limit Error vector magnitude rms EVM RMS High Limit Error vector magnitude peak EVM Peak High Limit 1 Q origin offset of the and Q error IQ Origin Offset High Limit magnitude squared offset from the origin Carrier to interference C I ratio C I Low Limit 4 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and
588. t the instrument repeat tests as defined in the Set Timing The Set Timing menu becomes activated 5 To define a schedule for an auto measurement complete the following steps a Press the Set Timing soft key Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 281 JD780A Series Analyzers o9p20p g Press the Start Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Stop Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Time Interval soft key Enter the amount of time in minutes and then press the Enter soft key 7 Press the Settings soft key and then set the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Press the MIMO soft key and then select the antenna number option 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required
589. t the plot point option from the following choices To collect data plot points automatically as you move around in a vehicle or outside press the GPS soft key and then toggle the Screen Mode soft key between Map and Full With the Map setting you can view only the collected points that can be seen within the boundary of the loaded map If a point is off the map the instrument displays an arrow to indicate the direction of the current location on the map and the distance from the center to the location at the top of the screen Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 233 JD780A Series Analyzers With the Full setting you can view all the collected points of the route without the loaded map To collect data plot points manually without a GPS antenna in an indoor environment press the Position soft key 6 Press the Plot Item soft key and then select the measurement option RSRP RSRQ RS SINR S SS RSSI P SS Power S SS Power or S SS Ec lo NOTE The instrument collects the strongest Cell ID s data to plot points 7 Press the Bandwidth soft key to set the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured and then select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz Toggle the Plot soft key and select Start to start plotting Touch directly on the screen or press the ENTER hard key to collect data and plot points on the loaded map for the Position setting NOTE For the Position setting you
590. t the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key NOTE In the measurements such as Midamble Power Code Power and Code Error you may need to select the reference option between Relative and Absolute before setting the reference level 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level 428 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys
591. t with LTE TDD signal analyzer MA eae E M aa Figure 131 Carrier aggregation measurement with LTE TDD signal analyzer SA Imama NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 277 for more information You can use the MARKER hard key to place the marker at a specific channel Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer 289 JD780A Series Analyzers 2 Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the marker 3 Press the Channel soft key to select the channel to be displayed on the IQ diagram 4 Use the rotary knob to move and select an item under EVM Conducting LTE TDD OTA measurements The TDD LTE Over The Air OTA measurement has Channel Scanner ID Scanner Multipath Profile Datagram and Control Channel screens The ID Scanner displays key parameters such as RSRP RSRQ RS SINR and S SS RSSI The Multipath Profile enables you to determine RF environmental conditions of testing area The OTA Control Channel provides summary of all control channels including RS power variation over time Channel scanner The Channel Scanner is a radio receiver that can automatically tune or scan two or more discrete frequencies and multi channels indicating when it finds a signal on one of them and then con
592. tary knob Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 346 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel To select the standard channel complete the following steps a Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information b Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys c Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection 4 Press the Channel Number soft key 5 Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 6 Press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 7 Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Channel Siep soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key NOTE This frequency setting is not used in the Multi ACLR and Spurious Emissions modes Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire Proced
593. te reference TRIGGER You can use this SMA type female connector to receive PP2S clock or 10 ms synchronization signals from an external timing reference m REF You can use this SMA type female connector to receive 10 MHz 13 MHz or 15 MHz reference clock signals from an external frequency source Installing battery pack You need to install the Lithium lon battery pack provided with your instrument Follow the instruction to install or remove the battery pack as needed Procedure To install the battery pack 1 Loosen the latching screw of the battery cover by turning counter clockwise 2 Slide out the battery cover to open 3 Insert the battery pack with the connector terminal side up and push in until it stops 30 Getting Started JD780A Series Analyzers 4 Slide in the battery cover to close 5 Tighten the latching screw of the battery cover by turning clockwise To remove the battery pack 1 Loosen the latching screw of the battery cover A by turning counter clockwise CT 2 Slide out the battery cover 3 Hold the battery strap and pull it out CAUTION A The battery pack that came with your instrument is Lithium lon and it may if not connected correctly lead to explosion In case you need to replace the battery you must use one of the same kinds or compatible ones You must dispose a battery according to your local safety and environmental regulations E NOTE It is recomm
594. tect Mode soft key and then select the option Auto QPSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM To select the downlink zone press the DL Zone soft key and then select the permutation zone option Auto PUSC for partial usage of subcarrier channels FUSC for full usage of subcarrier channels or AMC2X3 for adaptive modulation and coding NOTE The permutation zone which is a number of contiguous OFDMA symbols in downlink that use the same permutation The DL subframe may contain more than one permutation zone The maximum number of DL zone is 8 in one DL subframe To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 447 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 224 EVM vs subcarrier measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 450 for more information The Spectral Flatness and Frequency Error are not used in the EVM vs Subcarrier mode EVM vs symbol The EVM vs Symbol is used to show the error vector magnitude representing the average constellation error of W
595. ter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 Toggle the Preamble Index soft key and select the preamble search method Auto or Manual 4 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following as needed To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured 5 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 457 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 229 Preamble power trend with Mobile WiMAX OTA signal analyzer Route map The JD780A Series provides indoor and outdoor mapping function that allows a user to collect data of points in an indoor or outdoor environment and track the received signals and coverage of RF tran
596. tery Maximum Humidity Shock and Vibration Storage Temperature EMC ESD JD785A JD786A 18 V DC 37 W 10 8 V 7800 mA h gt 3 hours Typical 2 5 hours 80 5 hours 100 O to 25 C 32 to 77 F Maximum 100 MB Limited to the size of USB flash drive 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F 10 to 55 C 14 to 131 F 95 RH MIL PRF 28800F Class 2 30 to 71 C 22 to 160 F IEC EN 61326 1 2006 CISPR11 2009 A1 2010 IEC EN 61000 4 2 Size and Weight Standard Configuration Weight Size Warranty Calibration Cycle lt 4 3 kg 9 5 Ib 295 x 195 x 82 mm 11 6 x 7 7 x 3 2 Inch 2 years 1 year JD788A 18 V DC 37 W 10 8 V 7800 mA h gt 3 hours Typical 2 5 hours 80 5 hours 100 0 to 25 C 32 to 77 F Maximum 100 MB Limited to the size of USB flash drive 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F 10 to 55 C 14 to 131 F 95 RH MIL PRF 28800F Class 2 30 to 71 C 22 to 160 F IEC EN 61326 1 2006 CISPR11 2009 A1 2010 IEC EN 61000 4 2 lt 3 9 kg 8 6 lb 295 x 195 x 82 mm 11 6 x 7 7 x 3 2 Inch 2 years 1 year Appendix JD780A Series Analyzers Supplemental Information 49 W maximum when charging battery Lithium lon In balance mode In case of a fully discharged battery The battery pack should be stored in an environment with low humidity Extended exposure to temperature above 45
597. th the Delta Pair marker The reference position will be varied in accordance with trace change m Marker All Off Turns all the markers the screen off When the Marker View is selected for those markers the instrument displays those markers back at the previous position If a measurement mode is changed current settings are not restored m Marker gt Sets the X coordinate of the active marker as selected Marker Center Sets the frequency of the active marker to the center frequency of spectrum analyzer Marker Start Sets the frequency of the active marker to the start frequency of spectrum analyzer Marker Stop Sets the frequency of the active marker to the stop frequency of spectrum analyzer m Frequency Count This Frequency Count is used when a highly accurate reading of the frequency is needed for the active marker on the signal The measurement sweeps get significantly slower because the instrument runs the measurement of the signal peak with 1 Hz resolution in background Toggle this key between On and Off to enable or disable the frequency count function for the selected marker m Noise Marker This Noise Marker is used to measure a noise adjacent to a signal by averaging several data points to calculate the readout for the Noise Marker as if making a measurement using a 1 Hz bandwidth Toggle this key between On and Off to enable or Analyzing Measurements 49 JD780A Series Analyzers disable the noise marker function
598. the 1960 s a single T1 circuit made it possible for a telephone company to deliver 24 high quality voice conversations T1 is a fully digitalized service with no possibility of crosstalk which is common in analog carrier networks where copper pairs pickup emissions from neighboring pairs Significant increases in noise immunity were also achieved by adopting this new digital transmission standard Since the early 1980 s T1 service has been available to private industry throughout the country This document will discuss the various types of T1 measurement items how to measure them and understand the general guidelines of T1 analysis using the JD785A Base Station Analyzer This portable test instrument can be a useful tool to check the overall health of the transmission system and assist in locating the source of problems or defects The T1 Analyzer function provides following measurements Monitoring m RX Signal Level BERT Testing Loop Testing Display overview Figure 256 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Figure 256 T1 analyzer screen System settings and indicators Measurement PA mode Logging status vont Loguing O EOS eee and test time re ne 00 00 08 Mode 11 Analyzer Pass fail User input field indicator Current Hed Alarm o RAI Yellow Alarm Al Biker Alara ar rc gt Screen menus Measurement settings Frame Sya Loss Pattern Sync Los Error fate Bil Er
599. the channel list window and view the scanning result Setting measure setup After configuring other test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key To set the incremental step for the PN offset complete the following steps a Press the PN Increment soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting limit for OTA channel scanner Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Limit Line soft key to set a threshold for the limit line and Pass Fail indication 3 Entera value and then press the dBm unit soft key 4 Toggle the Limit Line soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the limit line 5 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page
600. the numeric keys Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 159 JD780A Series Analyzers f Press the Enter soft key 5 To set the PICH information of the system to be tested complete the following steps a Press the PICH soft key b Toggle the PICH soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the PICH Setting this on makes the PICH in the Alarm Code menu activated c Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option 4 8 16 32 64 128 or 256 d Press the Spread Code soft key to set the spread code e Enter a value by using the numeric keys f Press the Enter soft key 6 Optional To set the threshold complete the following steps a Press the Threshold soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 7 Press the Alarm Code soft key and then select the alarm code option None CPICH P CCPCH S CCPCH PICH P SCH or S SCH NOTE The alarm codes S CCPCH and PICH become activated in case that you have enabled the S CCPCH and PICH respectively 8 To set the alarm mask complete the following steps a Press the Set Mask soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 9 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select the save option from the choices available for your measurement mode See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 59 RCSI measurement with WCDMA HSPA
601. the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key In the measurements such as Code Domain Power Codogram and RCSI you may need to select the reference option between Relative and Absolute before setting the reference level 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following 138 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly NOTE This Units menu is available in the Sp
602. the screen as well The shaded area on the display indicates the channel bandwidth Occupied bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measures the percentage of the transmitted power within a specified bandwidth The percentage is typically 99 Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters you can set the measure setup to continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Configure test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 54 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Set the percentage of power within the bandwidth to be measured a Press the Occupied BW Power soft key b Entera value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key 4 Set the frequency range over which the instrument will sweep a Press the Span soft key b Entera span frequency value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 5 Set the number of measurements to be averaged 66 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers a Press the Average soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key Setting limit Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Occupied BW soft key to set t
603. the us soft key NOTE The Delay setting is used only when there is a time offset in the signals to be measured Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 449 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Setting limit for modulation tests 450 Figure 225 EVM vs symbol measurement with Mobile WiMAX signal analyzer NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 450 for more information The Spectral Flatness and Frequency Error are not used in the EVM vs Subcarrier mode Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key to set the limits Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Spectral flatness Spectral Flatness On Off Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit RMS for RCE RCE RMS High Limit Peak for RCE RCE Peak High Limit RMS for error vector magnitude EVM RMS High Limit Peak for error vector magnitude EVM Peak High Limit Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information U
604. then press the dBm unit soft key 4 Toggle the Limit Line soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the limit line 5 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit 6 Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer 167 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 62 Channel scanner measurement with WCDMA HSPA OTA signal analyzer on DES 0 0048 On The WCDMA HSPA mobile receives signals from multiple base stations that all of these signals share the same spectrum and are present at the same time Each base station has a unique scrambling code assigned to the particular base station and it differentiates its signal from other base stations in the area Measurement example Figure 63 Scramble scanner measurement with WCDMA HSPA OTA signal analyzer Soramtile Scammer rp T anon 048 sera Ofer 0 00 48 ON Leone tregon 2 147 000 000 GH Presmp k Ex Channel Seancand Band Godal The Multipath Profile enables you to determine RF environmental conditions of testing area It indicates the amount of power of the dominant pilot signal that is dispersed outside the main 168 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyze
605. tically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen 7 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 217 JD780A Series Analyzers 8 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test 9 To stop running the test press the Abort soft key 10 To change the view on the screen during the test press the Display and then select the view option from the following choices Screen You can view each measurement screen as the test progresses Results You can view a measurement result table as the test progresses Settings You can view a measurement setting table as the test progresses Setting display After completion of the auto measurement the screen menu changes to Trace Display so that you can view the results in different forms Procedure 1 Toggle the Display soft key and select the display option Result to view the result table The Display Result menu becomes activated Settings to view the measurement settings for the auto measurement 2 Toggle the Display Result soft key and select the display result option Full to view detailed measurement readings with
606. tinue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 349 JD780A Series Analyzers Setting trigger source You can set the trigger source option for your measurements Connecting an external trigger is necessary for accurate modulation measurements on EV DO systems Procedure 1 Press the TRIGGER hot key 2 Select the trigger source option from the following choices Internal External or GPS Setting external clock To enhance the reliability of modulation analysis measurements the JD780A series must be synchronized with a base station When an external clock is not supplied the instrument works with its built in internal high accuracy time base and some measurement results may exhibit inaccurate values Therefore it is highly recommended that you use the same reference clock as the si
607. tinue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Configuration soft key and select the configuration option Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 371 JD780A Series Analyzers Current to let the instrumnet use current frequency single carrier and determine pass or fail based on the instrument s limit settings in Auto Measure Scenario to run a test with a programmed scenario in JDViewer The Scenario menu becomes activated 3 To load a scenario press the Scenario soft key and then select a scenario file to load 4 Toggle the Test Time soft key and select the test time option Now to let the instrument run a test only once Schedule to let the instrument repeat tests as defined in the Set Timing The Set Timing menu becomes activated 5 To define a schedule for an auto measurement complete the following steps a Press the Set Timing soft key Press the Start Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key Press the Stop Time HH MM soft key Enter the time in the HH MM format and then press the Enter soft key mpap Press the Time Interval soft key g Enter the amount of time in minutes and then press the Enter soft k
608. tinuing scanning when that frequency goes silent Setting channel frequency Procedure To set the channels to be scanned 1 2 3 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel Press the Index soft key and then enter an index number between one and six by turning the rotary knob or using the numeric keys To select the standard channel complete the following steps d Press the Channel Std soft key The standard channel window appears See Appendix C Band frequency amp channel standard on page 541 for more information e Select the band to be measured by using the rotary knob the arrow keys or the Page Up Page Down soft keys f Press the Select soft key or the rotary knob to confirm the selection To set the channel number for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Channel Number soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key The instrument displays a corresponding center frequency for the channel number To set the integration bandwidth for the selected index complete the following steps a Press the Integration Bandwidth soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To add more channels to be scanned repeat steps 3 6 Press the ESC hard key to dismiss the channel list window and view the s
609. tion with nominal channel bandwidth 8 75 MHz 8 7 Sets the channel bandwidth to 8 75 MHz with sampling factor 8 7 10 MHz 28 25 Sets the channel bandwidth to 10 MHz with sampling factor 28 25 b Toggle the Frame Length soft key and select 5 ms or 10 ms c Press the TTG RTG soft key to set the transmit receive transition gap between the last sample of the downlink burst and the first sample of the subsequent uplink burst 446 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers g h Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the CP Ratio soft key and then select the cyclic prefix ratio option 1 4 1 8 1 16 or 1 32 Press the DL Symbols soft key to set the number of downlink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Press the UL Symbols soft key to set the number of uplink symbols Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key 3 To set the start stop symbols complete the following steps a b Press the Start Stop Symbol soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the Enter soft key Toggle the Preamble Index soft key and select the preamble search method Auto or Manual Toggle the Search Type soft key and select Full or Window Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following as needed To select the detect mode press the De
610. tions for each segment of the measurement screen 462 Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 231 Reflection measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode input settings i Pass fall User input field ond 3 indicator Measurement settings porta menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the Cable amp Antenna Analyzer soft key The Reflection VSWR mode is selected by default 3 To change the mode press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode Reflection Return Loss DTF VSWR DTF Return Loss Reflection DTF Cable Loss 1 Port 1 Port Phase Smith Chart 2 Port Measurement Vector Scalar Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set frequencies manually using the Start Frequency Stop Frequency or Center Frequency Span You can also select from the band list stored in the instrument It is recommended to set the frequency to a value that covers the normal range of the measurement with enough margins Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 463 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure To set the start and stop frequencies 1 No a PO N Press the FREQ DIST hard key Press the Start Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also u
611. to able to test on MIMO channels Press the Antenna Port soft key and then select the option Auto 0 1 2 or 3 If the option 031 LTE Advanced TDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On Enter a value by using the numeric keys and then press the dB soft key To turn the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service MBMS feature on or off toggle the MBMS soft key and select On or Off For proper MBMS testing you need to set the Subframe No with the same PMCH subframe number To set the Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network MBSFN detection automatically or manually for MBMS testing toggle the MBSFN soft key and select Auto or Manual An automatically detected or manually entered MBSFN ID appears on the screen 8 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information 9 Press the Run Test soft key to start to run a test The Auto Measure Results window appears at the end of the test 10 To stop running the test press the Abort soft key 11 To change the view on the screen during the test press the Display and then select the view option from the following choices Screen You can view each measurement screen as the test progresses Results You can view a measurement result table as the test progresses Settings You can vie
612. to complete the entry The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 6 To set the span complete the following steps a Press the Span soft key b Select the span option from the following choices To set the span manually select Span enter a value and then select the unit To set the span automatically select Full Span Zero Span or Last Span as needed ee Span option is available only in the Spectrum mode If you have selected Zero Span select TRIGGER gt Free Run External GPS Video or Display Position Optional To define the amount of frequency increment for the rotary knob 1 Press the Frequency Step soft key if the Freq is selected 2 Enter a value by using the numeric keys 3 Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob 1 Press the Channel Step soft key if the Channel is selected 2 Enter a value by using the numeric keys 3 Press the Enter soft key Setting amplitude Procedure Press the AMP SCALE hard key Toggle the Display soft key and select the display method Relative or Absolute If the Relative is selected press the Set Reference soft key to set the current value as the reference 4 To specify the display range complete the following steps a Press the Display Maximum soft key to set the maximum value for the power meter Enter a
613. to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing 306 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 141 OTA connection Modulated Signal Modulated Signal EPER I p i F i RA BHIAL j t REBI GPS Antenna i GPS Antenna RF Amena Omni of Directional JD785A JD786A JD788A Selecting measurement mode Procedure Press the MODE hard key Press the Signal Analyzer soft key Press the CDMA soft key The Spectrum mode is set by default Pon Press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode option from the following choices Spectrum RF Analysis gt Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum Emission Mask ACPR Multi ACPR or Spurious Emissions Modulation gt Constellation Code Domain Power Codogram RCSI or CDP Table Auto Measure Power Statistics CCDF OTA gt Channel Scanner PN Scanner Multipath Profile Code Domain Power or Route Map Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You can set the frequency with either frequency or channel number If a frequency to be set matches to the frequency corresponding to the selected channel standard the instrument calculates its channel number and updates the screen with it automatically Procedure To set the center frequency 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 307 JD780A Series Analyzers on PW
614. to the SavedMap folder of your USB drive so that you can load them onto your instrument b Press SAVE LOAD hot key and then select Load gt Load Map See Using load on page 34 for more information 4 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 5 Press the Plot Point soft key and then select the plot point option from the following choices To collect data plot points automatically as you move around in a vehicle or outside press the GPS soft key and then toggle the Screen Mode soft key between Map and Full NOTE With the Map setting you can view only the collected points that can be seen within the boundary of the loaded map If a point is off the map the instrument displays an arrow to indicate the direction of the current location on the map and the distance from the center to the location at the top of the screen With the Full setting you can view all the collected points of the route without the loaded map To collect data plot points manually without a GPS antenna in an indoor environment press the Position soft key 6 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Start to start plotting 7 Touch directly on the screen or press the ENTER hard key to collect data and plot points on the loaded map for the Position setting NOTE For the Position setting you can change the direction of the route with the arrow keys and the distance with the rotary knob 8 Toggle the Plot soft key and select Stop to s
615. top plotting 9 Press the SAVE LOAD hot key to save the result See Using save on page 31 for more information NOTE The instrument does not automatically save the collected data It is recommended that you save the result Otherwise you will lose all the collected data Setting limit for route map You can set the thresholds for each test item Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Excellent soft key to set its threshold 3 Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob 4 Press the Very Good soft key to set its threshold Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer 421 JD780A Series Analyzers DOS Y Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Good soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Fair soft key to set its threshold Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Press the Poor soft key to set its threshold 11 12 Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key You can also use the rotary knob Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example 422 Figure 210 Route map measurement with TD SCDMA OTA signal analyzer 1 Map view titernal titernal
616. tor Impedance Input Frequency Input Range USB USB Host USB Client LAN E1 T1 GPIO Audio Jack External Power Speaker Display Type Size Resolution 538 JD785A JD786A Type N female 500 gt 33 dBm gt 50 V DC Type N female 500 gt 40 dBm gt 50 V DC Type N female 500 gt 25 dBm gt 50 V DC SMA female 500 SMA female 500 10 13 15 MHz 5 to 5 dBm Type A 1 port Type B 1 port RJ45 10 100 Base T RJ45 N A 3 5 mm headphone jack 5 5 mm barrel connector Built in speaker Resistive touch screen ee 800 x 600 JD788A Type N female 500 gt 33 dBm gt 50 V DC Type N female 500 gt 40 dBm gt 50 V DC N A N A N A SMA female 500 SMA female 500 10 13 15 MHz 5 to 5 dBm Type A 1 port Type B 1 port RJ45 10 100 Base T N A RJ45 3 5 mm headphone jack 5 5 mm barrel connector Built in speaker Resistive touch screen 8 800 x 600 Appendix Supplemental Information Spectrum Analyzer Nominal Nominal Cable and Antenna Analyzer Nominal Nominal Cable and Antenna Analyzer Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Available in JD785A Available in JD786A and JD788A LCD backlight transflective LCD with anti glare coating Power External DC Input Power Consumption Battery Operating Time Charge Time Storage Temperature Data Storage Internal External Environmental Operating Temperature AC Power Bat
617. trostatic sensitive device can only withstand voltage spikes of 10 to 100 volts Any discharge greater than this can damage or effectively destroy such a device while going unnoticed by a technician Common plastics synthetic insulating materials clothing and paper or cardboard are the most common source of static charges CAUTION A This instrument uses a Lithium lon battery that if not connected correctly may lead to explosion In case the battery needs to be exchanged it must be the same kind as or compatible with the one shipped with your instrument The battery must not be disposed of in a landfill site or as municipal waste and should be disposed of according to your national regulations Battery The battery pack that comes with the instrument is Lithium lon and it may lead to explosion if not connected correctly In case the battery needs to be replaced it must be one of the same kinds or compatible ones Disposal of the batteries must be done according to local safety and environmental regulations 18 About This Manual JD780A Series Analyzers Safety guide Do not expose the battery to high temperature such as fire heat direct sun etc Do not connect the positive and negative terminals of the battery together with any metal objects such as wires paper clips etc Do not expose the battery to any type of liquid such as rain water and salt water etc Do not disassemble or modify the battery Storag
618. ttenuation is needed where the T1 line is series connected to 7 5 dB attenuator 15 dB Is used in cases that attenuation is needed where the T1 line is series connected to 15 dB attenuator To start or stop testing 1 Press the MEASURE hot key 2 Press the BERT soft key and then select the testing option as needed Start Stop or Clear To select the error injection type 1 Press the Error Injection soft key and then select the error injection type None 1E 3 1E 4 1E 5 or Single Using T1 Analyzer 499 JD780A Series Analyzers To set the error injection optios 1 Press the Alarm Injection soft key 2 Toggle the AIS Alarm soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Alarm Indication Signal 3 Toggle the RAI Alarm soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the Remote Alarm Indication Optional You can save event records automatically by using the Save Result as CSV Format soft key See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 262 T1 BERT testing Curren Hed Alarm e NAL Yellow Amend Am the Alarm Y av o BH Error Count Performing RX signal testing Making a test Procedure To select the measurement mode 1 Press the MODE hard key 2 Press the E1 T1 Analyzer soft key 3 Select T1 Analyzer gt RX Signal To configure measurement parameters 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the RX Mode soft key and t
619. ttenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference level on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following 56 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases
620. ture button function The QuickCapture button is the small grey round button on the side of the microscope Procedure 1 To set the function of the QuickCapture button on the side of the P5000i toggle the Test Button soft key and select the option from the following choices Performing Fiber Inspection 533 JD780A Series Analyzers Test Sets the capture button to function as Test Pressing the Quickcapture button analyzes fiber image as like the Test soft key on your JD780A series Freeze Sets the capture button to function as Freeze Pressing the Quickcapture button captures fiber image as like the Freeze soft key on your JD780A series To turn the auto center feature on or off toggle the Auto Center soft key between On and Off and select the option you want to set Default setting is On It automatically displays the center of the fiber when viewing at high magnification Performing fiber inspection Capturing fiber image 534 Procedure Connect the fiber to be inspected to the tip of your microscope P5000i The live image of the fiber is displayed on the screen See the user manual of your fiber microscope for details on using the P5000i Focus the image by rotating the Focus Control on the P5000i until the image is in focus Toggle the Magnification soft key between Low and High and select the option you want to use You can also press the Magnification Control button on either side of the P500
621. tween On and Off to enable or disable the PDSCH precoding 204 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 86 Subframe measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer 1 Regular view 2 Chart view Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 205 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 87 Subframe measurement with LTE FDD signal analyzer MBMS On NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for modulation tests on page 213 for more information Setting display You can use the TRACE DISPLAY hard key to view the RE and RS power at the symbol Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Toggle the Chart soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the chart If this setting is on the MARKER hard key is activated Using marker If you turn the Chart view on you can use the MARKER hard key to place the marker at a specific symbol Procedure 1 Press the MARKER hard key 2 Toggle the Marker View soft key between On and Off to display or dismiss the marker on the chart Press the Symbol soft key to select the symbol number to which the marker is placed Enter a value by using the numeric keys Press the Enter soft key Frame The Frame measures the modulation accuracy of all the data and control channels at the frame 10 ms 2
622. u directly connect the signal to the instrument or connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press the MODE hard key Press the Spectrum Analyzer soft key The Measure Off mode is selected by default To select a measurement mode press the MEASURE hot key and then select the measurement mode Channel Power Occupied BW Spectrum Emission Mask Adjacent Channel Power Multi ACP Spurious Emissions AM FM Audio Demod Field Strength Route Map Dual Spectrum PIM Detection gt Single Carrier or Multiple Carrier Configuring test parameters Setting frequency You need to set the frequency range to be measured either with the center frequency and span or with the start and stop frequencies You can also set the frequency with the channel number and span 54 Using Spectrum Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure To set the center frequency and span 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press the FREQ DIST hard key Toggle the Unit soft key and select Freq Press the Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Span soft key and then do one of the following To set the span manually select Span enter a value and then select the unit To set the span automatically select Full Span Zero Span or Last Span as n
623. ual reference only Using Spectrum Analyzer 63 JD780A Series Analyzers To display the multiple segment line 1 Press the LIMIT hot key 2 Press the Multi Segment Line soft key for Pass Fail indication 3 Toggle the Limit soft key between Upper and Lower to select the one to be displayed 4 Set the number of segments for the selected upper or lower limit line You can set up to 50 segments a Press the of Line soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 50 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 5 Press the Autoset soft key to let the instrument set the limit for each segment and display the line 6 Optional To move the limit line complete the following steps a Select Limit Up Down or Limit Left Right b Turn the rotary knob to move the line as desired You can also manually enter a value 7 Optional To edit the segment properties complete the following steps a Press the Edit Limit soft key b Press the Move soft key and then turn the rotary knob to select the segment to edit c Select the menu option from the following choices To hide the line for the selected segment toggle the Line soft key and select Off To add a new point press the Add Point soft key To delete the selected point press the Delete Point soft key To change the position press the Frequency or Amplitude soft key and then turn the rotary knob to change the value as desired 8 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD
624. ually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using the numeric keys d Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key To couple the input attenuator s level with your reference level setting select Attenuation gt Couple As you increse the reference setting the attenuation level also increases acoordingly Optional To change the scale unit 1 Select More 1 2 gt Units 2 Select the unit of the display scale dBm dBV dBmV dBpV V or W The scale unit on the screen changes accordingly Pre amplifier You can turn the internal pre amplifier on to correct and compensate for the gain of the preamp so that amplitude readings show the value at the input connector Procedure
625. uitry without being modulated Performing auto measurements The Auto Measure function of the JD780A series allows a complete signal profiling covering RF characterization and modulation quality parameters of up to 10 different carriers particularly useful on an overlay architecture where base stations are transmitting in different frequencies The Auto Measure can be easily executed either by selecting a menu in the instrument or by running a programmed scenario in the PC based application so that the instrument automatically configure and perform tests on every aspect of all the carriers Setting limit for auto measure You can set test limits for test item s in the auto measurement Procedure Press the LIMIT hot key Press the RF Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 1 2 3 Press the PvsT Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 4 Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key and then enable test limits as desired 5 Optional You can enable alarm sound that goes off if the measurement falls outside of the limit Toggle the Beep soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the beep sound 6 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 346 you can con
626. umber of measurements to be averaged for the trace presentation A maximum of 100 times of averaging can be set When the averaging reaches to your setting a new measurement value replaces the measurement value in sequence from the earliest Procedure 1 Press the BW AVG hard key 2 Press the Average soft key 3 Enter a value between 1 and 100 as needed by using the numeric keys 4 Press the Enter soft key Setting sweep The SWEEP hot key is used to set and control the sweep time sweep mode gated sweep settings and gated sweep on or off Sweep time You can set the sweep time automatically or manually Manual setting allows you to set the sweep time beyond an automatic setting Procedure 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Select the sweep time option from the following choices 92 Using Interference Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers To automatically set toggle the Sweep Time soft key and select Auto To manually set complete the following steps a Press the Sweep Time soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Select the unit Sec mSec or Sec The sweep time mode automatically changes to Manual Sweep mode The default settings of the sweep mode are Continue and Normal to sweep continuously at a normal speed for most on going measurements If you want to hold the measurement or get a single sweep you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the sing
627. umeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz To set the channel number 1 Press the FREQ DIST hard key 2 Toggle the Unit soft key and select Channel NOTE Selecting Channel sets the standard channel to Band Global automatically so that you can set the Channel Number without choosing a standard channel band from the list 3 Press the Channel Number soft key 4 Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob 5 Press the Enter soft key The instrument automatically displays the corresponding center frequency value for the selected channel number 6 Optional To define the amount of channel increment for the rotary knob complete the following steps a Press the Channel Step soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob c Press the Enter soft key NOTE This frequency setting is not used in the Multi ACLR and Spurious Emissions modes Setting amplitude Reference level and attenuation You can set the reference and attenuation levels automatically or manually to optimize the display of the traces measured as you desire 180 Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation leve
628. ur bit pattern containing 3 ones with the longest length of consecutive zeroes constrained to fifteen lt has ones density of 12 5 and is used to check clock recovery QRSS A pseudorandom pattern that is a common test pattern and simulates live traffic on a circuit 2e23 A pseudorandom pattern based on a 23 bit shift register 2e15 A pseudorandom pattern based on a 15 bit shift register 2e23 INV Bit inversed pseudorandom pattern based on a 23 bit shift register 2e15 INV Bit inversed pseudorandom pattern based on a 15 bit shift register 6 Toggle the TX Clock soft key between Internal and RX and select the timing source option to measure frequency and timing Internal Internal clock uses an internal oscillator in case of external reference is not available and the instrument does not transmit signal to synchronized equipment The instrument provides the clock to the unit under test and most cases in Loopback test mode RX Transmit clock uses the frequency recovered from the received signal Network Loop if accurate frequency measurement is required 7 Press the TX LBO soft key and then select the level for TX Line Build Out option from the following choices 0dB Is used in most cases including that the test set is connected to the DSX front panel to CSU to NIU or Channel Bank or that the cabling is less than about 130 feet in between test set and DSX 7 5 dB Is used in cases that a
629. ure To automatically set the reference and attenuation level 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 Press the Auto Scale soft key Each time you press this key both of the Y axis scale and input attenuation level change to be optimized with some margin To set the reference or attenuation level manually 1 Press the AMP SCALE hard key 2 To set the maximum reference value on the Y axis manually complete the following steps a Press the Reference Level soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys or the rotary knob with 10 dB increments c Press the dBm soft key or the ENTER hard key NOTE In the measurements such as Code Domain Power and MAC Codogram you may need to select the reference option between Relative and Absolute before setting the reference level 3 To set the attenuation option select one from the following choices To set the input attenuator s level automatically select Attenuation gt Auto Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 347 JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE It is recommended that you set the Attenuation to Auto in most situations so that the level of the input attenuator can be set automatically according to your input signal level To set the input attenuation manually up to 55 dB to optimize S N complete the following steps a Select Attenuation gt Manual b Press the Attenuation Value soft key to set the level c Enter a value between 0 and 55 in fives by using th
630. us sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Setting trigger source You can set the trigger source option for your measurements 140 Using WCDMA HSPA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Press the TRIGGER hot key 2 Select the trigger source option from the following choices Internal External or GPS Setting external clock To enhance the reliability of modulation analysis measurements the JD780A series must be synchronized with a base station When an external clock is not supplied the instrument works with its built in internal high accuracy time base and some measurement results may exhibit inaccurate values Therefore it is highly recommended that you use the same reference clock as the signal source You can use the TRIGGER hot key to set the external clock Table 12 Standards of external clock operation Clock Type Reference Port Switching Standard External Internal Internal 10 MHz Default Reference External External Ref Clock Ext Ref SMA Manual switching Input signal level gt 3 dBm GPS GPS Clock GPS SMA Automatic switching GPS signal received Trigger Internal Internal Trigger Default External External Trigger Trigger SMA Manual switching GPS GPS GPS SMA Manual switching Figure 47 Connection ports for external reference clock pPP2s L
631. user input field activated or highlighted press the ESC hard key to use these hot keys Key Description MEASURE You can select measurements available for your selected analyzer mode MEASURE SETUP You can set measurement parameters available for your selected measurement mode SAVE LOAD You can save or load your current screen result setup or limit into or from the internal memory or an external USB memory drive SWEEP You can configure sweep parameters 0000 TRIGGER You can select trigger options such as internal external and GPS SYSTEM You can configure your system settings or view your current system information ar Getting Started 27 JD780A Series Analyzers 1080 vd PRESET You can use this key to return to a known state and make measurements HOLD You can change the sweep mode Continue or Single LIMIT You can set limit settings such as display line multi segment line save limits recall limits or test specification limits BACKLIGHT You can turn the key backlight feature on or off HELP You can have the online help screen on Soft keys You can use these soft keys along the right side of the display to start a specific function associated with each key invoke other screen keys or select a unit The More screen menu indicates that there are more than seven screen menus for the level The small arrowhead symbol in the screen menu indicates that the
632. uto QPSK 8PSK QPSK 8PSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM Measurement example Figure 199 Power vs time frame measurement with TD SCDMA signal analyzer 404 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers NOTE You can use the LIMIT hot key to analyze your measurements with the user definable limit and Pass Fail indication See Setting limit for power vs time tests on page 408 for more information The On Off Ratio is not used in the power vs time frame tests Power vs time mask Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Slot Number soft key and then select the time slot number to be displayed TSO TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 or TS6 3 Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option DL Auto for auto detection of downlink UL Auto for auto detection of uplink SF1 SF2 SF4 SF8 or SF16 4 To set the number of maximum users complete the following steps a Press the Max Users soft key b Enter a value up to 16 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 5 Optional To set the delay complete the following steps a Press the Delay soft key to set the amount of delay in us b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can
633. value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Press the dBm soft key Press the Display Minimum soft key to set the minimum value for the power meter Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob o9 2095 Press the dBm soft key 5 Optional To enable the external offset complete the following steps a Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On b Enter a value between 0 and 60 by using the numeric keys 522 Using Power Meter JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the dB soft key Setting sweep mode The default setting of the sweep mode is Continue If you want to hold the measurement you can change the sweep mode Procedure To select the single sweep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 To select the single sweep mode toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 To return to the continuous sweep mode toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Making a measurement Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Resolution soft key and then select the resolution option from the following choices 0 to display the reading with no decimal place 1 to display the reading with one decimal place 2 to display th
634. value in the Manual mode c Press the Enter soft key 5 Toggle the Q Paging soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the quick page channel that indicates the power of Quick Page Walsh code 80 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer 327 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 154 CDP Table measurement with CDMA signal analyzer Setting display Ifthe CDP table spans over to the next page s you can change pages up and down to view your measurement results Procedure 1 Press the TRACE DISPLAY hard key 2 Press the Code Order soft key and then select the code order option from the following choices Hadamard To assign the number based on Walsh code order and display the measured code power according to the assigned number in sequence Bit Reverse Code number in binary bit is reversed relative to the Hadamard method Toggle the Base Code Length soft key and select the base Walsh code number 64 or 128 Select Page Up or Page Down as needed to scroll the screen up and down Setting limit for modulation tests Procedure 1 Press the LIMIT hot key Press the Modulation Test Limits soft key Select the test item s and set the limit s depending on your selected measurement mode To set the limit for Select Set Frequency error Frequency Error High Limit Low Limit Time offset Time Offset High Limit Low Limit 328 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series
635. ve Screen gt Screen png Measurement result in a report Save Screen gt Report paf format with comments Measurement result Save Result tra gom Orr jdt Measurement result csv Save Result as CSV Format CSW Setup and test configuration Save Setup sta Limit setting Save Limit ajal Logging data Save Logging Data grr gsr Automatically screen or results Save On Event png that falls outside the defined tra limit settings Failed event CSV The on screen keyboard appears NOTE Save Setup saves a test configuration only not a measurement limit setting You must use Save Limit to save your limit settings 4 Type the name of the file in the File Name field with or without using a keyword 5 Optional To create or edit keywords touch the Edit Keywords button select your desired keyword button in the upper screen type a keyword and then tap the Save button on the keyboard See Editing or adding a custom keyword on page 558 for more information To include a keyword in the file name touch the Append Keywords button select your desired keyword and then tap the Keyboard button See Appending a keyword on page 559 for more information To change the file location in the internal memory or to your USB memory drive tap the Location button select your desired file path using the touch screen or the rotary knob and then press the Apply soft key To create a folder press the Create Folder sof
636. ve the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 179 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file You can also use JDViewer PC application software to configure a measure setup save as a file and load the file on to the instrument Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS 3 Press the MIMO soft key and then select the antenna number option 2x2 or 4x4 This MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output setting is activated only if the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is installed with a license number If not the instrument sets this option to 2x2 by default A 2x1 or 4x1 RF combiner is also required to able to test on MIMO channels 4 Press the Antenna Port soft key and then select the option Auto 0 1 2 or 3 If the option 030 LTE Advanced FDD is not installed or if the MIMO is set to 2x2 the antenna ports 2 and 3 are disabled 5 Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel bandwidth to be measured from the following choices 1 4 MHz 3 MH
637. w a measurement setting table as the test progresses Setting display After completion of the auto measurement the screen menu changes to Trace Display so that you can view the results in different forms 282 Using LTE TDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure 1 Toggle the Display soft key and select the display option Result to view the result table The Display Result menu becomes activated Settings to view the measurement settings for the auto measurement 2 Toggle the Display Result soft key and select the display result option Full to view detailed measurement readings with the pass fail indication Quick to view only the Pass Fail results Compare to compare two measurement values for each test time with the Allowed Change setting on You can view results vs factory defined or user defined references 3 To view the measurement results for a different carrier press the View Carrier soft key and then select the carrier number to view 4 Press the Replace Reference soft key to replace existing reference values for comparison with new measurement data 5 Press the Load From soft key to select the location from which references file to be loaded Signal performance test Unlike the other auto measurement tests the Signal Performance Test runs measurements continuously Setting limit for signal performance test You can set test limits for test item s in th
638. wPTS Power and UpPTS Power are not used in the power vs time mask tests Timogram Setting measure setup After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test parameters on page 387 you can continue your measurement The measurement settings can be saved and recalled as a file Procedure Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key 2 Press the Spread Factor soft key and then select the spread factor option DL Auto for auto detection of downlink UL Auto for auto detection of uplink SF1 SF2 SF4 SF8 or SF16 3 To set the number of maximum users complete the following steps a Press the Max Users soft key b Enter a value up to 16 by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 4 To set the time interval complete the following steps a Press the Time Interval soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys c Press the Enter soft key 5 To place the time cursor to analyze your measurements complete the following steps a Toggle the Time Cursor soft key between On and Off to enable or disable the time cursor b Enter a value by using the numeric keys 406 Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers c Press the Enter soft key NOTE When the time cursor is enabled the measurement is put on hold and information about the time cursor is displayed 6 Optional Press the Miscellaneous soft key and then do the following s as needed To set the delay
639. weep mode 1 Press the SWEEP hot key 2 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Single You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red appears and the sweeping is paused 3 Optional Press the Sweep Once soft key to get a new measurement To return to the continuous sweep mode 1 Toggle the Sweep Mode soft key and select Continue You can also use the HOLD hot key The letter HOLD in red disappears and the sweeping resumes Setting trigger source You can set the trigger source option for your measurements Procedure 1 Press the TRIGGER hot key 2 Select the trigger source option from the following choices Internal External or GPS Setting external clock To enhance the reliability of modulation analysis measurements the JD780A series must be synchronized with a base station When an external clock is not supplied the instrument works with its built in internal high accuracy time base and some measurement results may exhibit inaccurate values Therefore it is highly recommended that you use the same reference clock as the signal source You can use the TRIGGER hot key to set the external clock Figure 71 Connection ports for external reference clock PP 2S 10MHz 13MHr 15MHz GPS Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 183 JD780A Series Analyzers Procedure Connect an external reference or a GPS antenna to the JD780A series Press the SYSTEM hot key Press the Freq Refer
640. wer amplifier output port of BTS Figure 212 Direct connection Attenuator Attenuator Ay JD785A JD786A JD788A Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the monitor test port of BTS Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer 425 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 213 Indirect connection JD785A JD786A aed o JD788A CAUTION input signal level to be measured is greater than 25 dBm use a High Power Attenuator to prevent damage when you directly connect the signal to the instrument or A The maximum power for the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port is 25 dBm 0 316 W If the connect the signal from the coupling port of a directional coupler Over the air OTA Procedure 1 Connect an Omni directional RF antenna to the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series 2 Connect a GPS antenna to the GPS port of the JD780A series Figure 214 OTA connection Modulated Signal HEME j H GPS Antenne la JD785A JD786A Modulated Signal HAE y j H GPS Antenna la JD788A CAUTION If the input signal level to be measured is less than 0 dBm set 0 dB attenuation or turn on the preamp to have better dynamic range for the OTA testing 426 Using Mobile WiMAX Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Selecting measurement mode Procedure 1 Press
641. y b Select the bandwidth option 1 4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz or 20 MHz 3 To select the subframe number to be measured complete the following steps a Press the Subframe No soft key b Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob NOTE For MBMS testing this subframe number must be neither 0 nor 5 as these subframes O and 5 are not available for MBMS and it must be set to the MBMS transmitted channel s subframe number c Press the Enter soft key Optional Toggle the Cell ID soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument detect the Cell ID for the LTE signal automatically Manual to set a specific Cell ID for the LTE signal manually in order to speed up the synchronization with a BTS Optional Toggle the CFI soft key and select Auto or Manual as desired Auto to let the instrument set the number of OFDM symbols used for transmitting PDCCHs in a subframe Manual to set the number of OFDM symbols manually The set of OFDM symbols that can be used for PDCCH in a subframe is given by 0 2 3 or 4 in 1 4 MHz bandwidth and 1 2 or 3 in other bandwidths Optional Press the PHICH Ng soft key and then select the option for the number of PHICH groups Ng 1 6 1 2 1 2 E 1 6 E 1 2 E 1 or E 2 Toggle the EVM Detection Mode soft key and select Single or Combine as desired Single Testing on one single antenna connected to your JD780A s
642. y You can also use the rotary knob 4 Optional Go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then select Limit to save the limit settings See Using save on page 31 for more information Using EV DO Signal Analyzer 381 JD780A Series Analyzers Measurement example Figure 185 Route map measurement with EV DO OTA signal analyzer 1 Pilot Power 2 Pilot Ec l 382 Using EV DO Signal Analyzer Using TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the TD SCDMA Signal Analyzer function option 025 with the TD SCDMA OTA Analyzer function option 045 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows E IMOGUCHON rita A a nat 384 E DISPIAY OVERVIEW ici a A di RENEE 385 m Connecting a Cable iii a 385 m Selecting measurement MOCEC cceccceceee cesses ceeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaeeseeeeecaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaesseeeseeeeess 387 m Configuring test parameters ecccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeecaaeseeaaesseeeeseeeeeaeseeaeeeeeeees 387 m Conducting spectrum MEASUEMENIS cccececeeeee cent eeeeaeeeeeee scenes seaeeeeeaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeteeeeeeeeees 392 m Conducting RF measurements cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeee eens eeeeaeeeeaee senses seaeeeeeaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeseeeees 394 m Conducting power vs time measurements ccceeececeeeeeeneeceeeee eae nano nn nnn cc carr nn nnn canarias 402 m Conducting modulation measurements ooonncinnccnncccnnncnnocnnnnnccn
643. y and select Traceroute To display the reachability and measure the round trip time toggle the Commands soft key and select Ping 4 To set the destination IP address to be tested complete the following steps a Press the Destination IP soft key Press the First Octal soft key Enter a value and then press the Enter soft key Press the Second Octal soft key and repeat step c o ao Press the Third Octal soft key and repeat step c f Press the Fourth Octal soft key and repeat step c 5 Press the Execute soft key and select Start to start testing Test result is displayed on the screen as the test is progressing Press the Execute soft key and select Stop to stop testing Optional Press the Save soft key to save the test result as a txt file type Getting Started 43 JD780A Series Analyzers Activating StrataSync StrataSync is a cloud based solution that provides asset configuration and test data management for JDSU instruments StrataSync manages and tracks test instruments collects and analyzes results from the entire network and informs and trains the workforce The JD780A series is compatible with the JDSU StrataSync cloud This optional capability allows you to manage your instrument inventory ensuring you know where all your valuable equipment is and which engineer is using it In addition it allows you to keep your instruments current through the remote upgrade capability that ensures all instruments
644. y and select On or Off to enable or disable the alternate sweep feature 4 To set the start and stop distances for the alternate sweep complete the following steps a b Press the Start Distance soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the Enter soft key Press the Stop Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the Enter soft key set the start and stop frequencies for the alternate sweep complete the following steps Press the Alternate Start Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Alternate Stop Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz set the center and span frequencies for the alternate sweep complete the following steps Press the Alternate Center Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the Alternate Span Frequency soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob or the arrow keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Using Cable and Antenna Analyzer 485 JD780A Seri
645. y between On and Off to display or hide the selected range 4 To set up the test limits for Pass Fail indication complete the following steps 318 Using CDMA Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers Press the Start Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key Press the Stop Limit soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys You can also use the rotary knob Select the dBm soft key o9 29o psp 5 To set up the other parameters complete the following steps a Select More 1 2 gt Attenuation to set up the attenuation value Enter a value in the multiple of five Press the dB soft key or the ENTER hard key Press the RBW soft key Enter a value by using the numeric keys Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz Press the VBW soft key o9 2095 gt Enter a value by using the numeric keys i Select the unit GHz MHz kHz or Hz 6 Press the PREV hard key 7 Toggle the Measure Type soft key between Examine and Full to select the measurement type NOTE The Examine mode displays only the selected range while the Full mode lets the instrument automatically changes the selected range from one another 8 Set the number of measurements to be averaged a Press the Average soft key b Enter a value between 1 and 100 c Press the Enter soft key After configuring test parameters as described in the Configuring test paramet
646. y computer for driver software and then click the Browse button to search for the location where the driver software is The Browse For Folder window appears 4 Search for the JDRemote folder and then select the driver folder for the installed OS For example OSDisk C gt Program Files x86 gt JDRemote gt Driver gt Win7 gt 64bit 5 Click the OK button The Browse For Folder window dismisses 6 Click the Next button to start installation Ifthe Windows Security window appears select the Install this driver software anyway Installing driver software starts 7 Click the Close button at the end of the installation Figure 286 Device manager screen G teari o Agr fis bst View tech Hop Za Deven Manager W Me aiim View rdp G l u IAS Appendix 551 JD780A Series Analyzers Appendix Ordering information JD785A Base Station Analyzer JD785A 9 kHz to 8 GHz Spectrum Analyzer 5 MHz to 6 GHz Cable and Antenna Analyzer 10 MHz to 8 GHz RF Power Meter Internal mode Options NOTE Upgrade options for the JD785A use the designation JD785AU before the respective last three digit option number JD785A001 2 Port Transmission Measurements JD785A002 Bias Tee Requires option 01 JD785A003 CW Signal Generator JD785A004 El Analyzer JD785A005 T1 Analyzer JD785A006 Bluetooth Connectivity JD785A010 GPS Receiver and Antenna JD785A011 Interference Analyzer j JD785A012 Channe
647. your instrument and your PC with application software JDViewer or JDRemote You must install driver software for the instrument on to the computer See Appendix H Device driver installation on page 551 for more information HOST You can use this port to plug in an external USB memory to extend storage capacity or to upgrade the instrument s firmware lt supports most USB memory devices with 32 bit file system You can also use this port to connect an external power sensor Bluetooth USB adapter or P5000i fiber microscope See Appendix G Bluetooth connection on page 548 on how to set up and use the Bluetooth connection LAN You can use this Ethernet communication port to connect your instrument and your PC using the application software JDViewer or Motorola WinLMF if necessary Two LEDs indicate data transfer activity and link status m ACTIVITY The yellow LED is illuminated during data transfer m LINK The green LED is illuminated when there is a valid communication connection E1 T1 for JD785A You can use this E1 T1 input port to detect an error or alarm from E1 T1 signal and to transmit test pattern to E1 T1 transmission line connected through the provided RJ45 cable accessory GPIO for JD786A and JD788A This General Purpose Input Output GPIO port is factory use only External In m GPS You can plug in a GPS antenna to this SMA type female connector in order to get location information and highly accura
648. ype None 1E 3 1E 4 1E 5 or Single Optional You can save event records automatically by using the Save Result as CSV Format soft key See Using save on page 31 for more information Measurement example Figure 255 E1 BERT testing for framing PCM30 09 2040 12 06 23 39 10 Maite El Analyzer Errn Hate Frame Error NOTE Bit Error is not supported for the framing type PCM30 Using E1 Analyzer 493 Using T1 Analyzer This chapter provides instructions for using the T1 Analyzer function option 005 Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows a INMODUCHOMN eoe anaia aaa dete aisle adnan 495 a Display OVENVIOW cocina cidad dic did cd iaa PA tad ea caauide id cdta ais 495 m Connecting a Cable umi aada lei a a fed aeiaai dane 496 m Monitoring tranSMisSSiOn ccccccececeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee cee anna 497 m Performing BERT testing cccesceceeeeeseee cesses scence ceaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseaeeecaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeseaaeseeaeeeeeeeess 498 m Performing RX Signal testing cccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeee eens eeeeaeeeeaee sense seaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeess 500 m Performing loop teSting ccccccccecssecsescecsseeecsseceeeeecsseeecsaeescseeceseeecsaeescsaesesseeesseesesaeeseaseeeseeess 502 JD780A Series Analyzers Introduction The T1 is what telephone companies have traditionally used to transport digitized telephone conversations between central offices As early as
649. ype N m to SMB m 50 Q Appendix 555 JD780A Series Analyzers Optional Omni Antennas G700050353 G700050354 G700050355 G700050356 G700050357 RF Omni Antenna Type N m 806 MHz to 896 MHz RF Omni Antenna Type N m 870 MHz to 960 MHz RF Omni Antenna Type N m 1 71 GHz to 2 17 GHz RF Omni Antenna Type N m 720 MHz to 800 MHz RF Omni Antenna Type N m 2 3 GHz to 2 7 GHz Optional Yagi Antennas G700050364 G700050365 G700050363 G700050366 Optional RF Adapters G710050570 G710050571 G710050572 G710050573 G710050574 G710050575 G710050576 G710050577 G710050578 G710050579 RF Yagi Antenna Type N f 806 MHz to 896 MHz 10 2 dBd RF Yagi Antenna Type N f 866 MHz to 960 MHz 10 2 dBd RF Yagi Antenna Type N f 1 75 GHz to 2 39 GHz 9 8 dBd RF Yagi Antenna SMA f 700 MHz to 4 GHz 1 85 dBd Adapter Type N f to Type N f DC to 6 GHz 50 Q Adapter Type N m to DIN f DC to 4 GHz 50 Q Adapter DIN m to DIN m DC to 4 GHz 50 2 Adapter Type N m to SMA f DC to 18 GHz 50 Q Adapter Type N m to BNC f DC to 1 5 GHz 50 Q Adapter Type N f to Type N f DC to 4 GHz 50 Q Adapter Type N m to DIN m DC to 4 GHz 50 Q Adapter Type N f to DIN f DC to 4 GHz 50 Q Adapter Type N f to DIN m DC to 4 GHz 50 Q Adapter DIN f to DIN f DC to 4 GHz 50 Q Optional E1 T1 Test Cables G710050317 G710050318 G710050319 RJ45 to Y Bantam Cable RJ45 to Y BNC Cable RJ45 to 4 Alligator Clips StrataSync Subscription
650. ysical Layer Procedures Spectrum Analysis RF Analysis Channel Power Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR Multi ACLR Spurious Emissions Power vs Time Frame Modulation Analysis Constellation Data Channel Control Channel Subframe Frame Time Alignment Error Data Allocation Map Auto Measure Conformance Test Maintenance Test Signal Performance Test DAS Test Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer JD780A Series Analyzers m Power Statistics CCDF Carrier Aggregation m Over The Air OTA Channel Scanner ID Scanner Multipath Profile Control Channel Datagram Route Map Display overview Figure 67 provides descriptions for each segment of the measurement screen Figure 67 LTE FDD signal analyzer measurement screen System settings global positioning information and indicators Measurement mode Input settings Pass fall User input field y indicator Measurement reen settings Screer menus Trace legend Marker table Measurement result Connecting a cable Direct connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In port of the JD780A series and the Power amplifier output port of BTS Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 177 JD780A Series Analyzers Figure 68 Direct connection JD785A JD786A JD788A Indirect connection Procedure 1 Connect the Spectrum Analyzer RF In
651. z 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz and 20 MHz 6 Toggle the RF Profile soft key between On and Off to turn on or off the RF profiling such as channel power and subframe frequency error 7 Toggle the Modulation Profile soft key between On and Off to turn on or off the modulation profiling such as P SS S SS Data QPSK Data 16 QAM and Data 64 QAM 8 Toggle the MIMO Profile soft key between On and Off to turn on or off the MIMO profiling such as TX1 RSO TX2 RS1 and time alignment error 9 Toggle the External Offset soft key and select On to set the external offset value 10 To save your settings and results go to SAVE LOAD gt Save and then perform functions as you desire See Using save on page 31 for more information DAS test The Distributed Antenna System DAS testing enables you to check the degradation of performance in the signal transmission from a radio band to antennas distributed from it You can save measurement values at both the radio band and antennas and then compare results with percentage of changes You can also save test results in the csv file format for ease of analysis Setting measure setup Procedure 1 Press the MEASURE SETUP hot key Using LTE FDD Signal Analyzer 219 JD780A Series Analyzers 220 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Press the Settings soft key and then set the following a Press the Bandwidth soft key and then select the nominal channel ba
652. zone 6 To show or hide image overlays press the Overlay soft key Each time this key is pressed the selection changes 7 Optional To save the fiber inspection result with specific details as a report pd complete the following steps a Tap the Save PDF soft key The Save window appears with the on screen key b Type a file name in the File Name field c Select a folder where you want to save the file if desired Press the Save soft key The information input window appears e Type in information as required Performing Fiber Inspection 535 JD780A Series Analyzers f Tap the Apply button or press the Apply soft key to save and return to the previous state 8 Press the Live soft key to return to the live image screen or press the Quit soft key to exit the fiber inspection Measurement example Figure 282 Analyzed fiber image and fiber inspection result TEST pal Fiber Inspection Pie Saree TE pr inprtean Dew TIO Ltt pe Cargar hera Untze E Fiber Information wr ithe FAIL Convector MM PECETO I F Uaes Tipa power GAPI Dawe Deian wne bose 431000 11 05 0001 mans me Done 6 pes 008 mm 190 0004 ree poe CHR we 116 000 iD bats mw fare 0 110 090 te 20 903 0 Magica e aon A Cl 536 Performing Fiber Inspection Appendix Topics discussed in this chapter are as follows m Appendix A Product general information ooonniccncccnnicinnnnnnnccccon

JD780A Series User`s Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents